- - 4 ^J
v™*> v-^v v™*v ->
",, P
■^v
-of
V
i
^0<
V'..
< K
well secured against surprise, and is by nature altogether one:
of the most defensible places I have seen.
The landscape which is here presented to the eye has ?.
most charming diversity of scenery, consisting of mountains
woodlands, glades, water-courses, and prairies, all laid out
and arranged in such peculiar order as to produce a witching
effect upon the senses.
This must have been a favorite spot for the Indians ; and
why they have abandoned it I cannot imagine, unless it was
through fear of the Comanches. It is only two years since
they removed from here, and their lodge-frames are stili
standing, with the scaffolds upon which they dried their corn,
The soil, in point of fertility, surpasses anything we hav?
NATURAL MEADOW. 79
before seen, and the vegetation in the old corn-fields is so
dense, that it was with great difficulty I could force my horse
through it. It consisted of rank weeds, growing to the height
of twelve feet. Soil of this character must have produced an
enormous yield of corn. The timber is sufficiently abundant
for all purposes of the agriculturist, and of a superior quality.
Most of the varieties of hard wood, such as over-cup, post-
oak, black-walnut, pecan, hackberry, ash, black or Spanish
oak, (Quercas elongata,) elm, and china, besides cotton- wood
and willow, are found here. We also found the wild passion-
flower, (Passiflom incamata,) and a beautiful variety of the
sensitive plants which we had not met with before.
Directly opposite the village, upon the north side, there is a
large body of timber, which extends across to the eastern
branch of Cache creek ; this unites with the branch upon
which we are encamped, about a mile below the village.
[}pon the south bank of the creek there is an immense na-
tural meadow, clothed with luxuriant grasses, where hay
might be procured sufficient to subsist immense numbers of
cattle. Opposite our camp the creek flows directly at the
base of a perpendicular wall of porphyritic trap, three hun-
dred feet high, and studded with dwarf cedars, which, taking
shallow root in the crevices of the formation, receive their
meagre sustenance from the scanty decomposition of the rocks*
This escarpment has a columnar structure, with the flutings
parallel, and traversing the face in a vertical direction from
top to bottom, and has the appearance of being the vertical
section of a round hill that has been cleft asunder and one-
half removed, there being no appearance of a continuation of
the formation upon the opposite bank of the creek. All the
sides of this hill, except that upon the creek, are smooth, with
gentle and easy slopes, covered with grass up to the very
verge of the acclivity. On riding up the smooth ascent of
this eminence, and suddenly coming upon the edge of the
giddy precipice, one involuntarily recoils back with a shudder
at the appearance of this strange freak of nature. Large veins
of quartz were seen traversing this formation, and upon an ex-
amination of specimens, we found it to be cellular or spongy,
with the cells rilled with liquid naptha, of about the consist-
ence of tar, and having a strong resinous odor.
We have now reached the eastern extremity of the Witchita
chain of mountains, and shall to-morrow morning cross the
main creek below the village, and strike our course for Fort
CHOCTAW RESERVATION.
Arbuckle, this being the nearest military post, and in our
course for Fort Smith.
The more we have seen of the country about these moun-
tains, the more pleased we have been with it. Indeed, I have
never visited any country that, in my opinion, possessed
greater natural local advantages for agriculture than this.
Bounteous nature seems here to have strewed her favors with
a lavish hand, and to have held out every inducement for
civilized man to occupy it. The numerous tributaries of Cache
creek flowing from granite fountains, and winding, like net-
work, in every direction through the valleys in the mountains—
withthe advantages of good timber, soil, and grass, the pure,
elastic, and delicious climate, with a bracing atmosphere— all
unite in presenting rare inducements to the husbandman. It
would only be necessary for our practical farmers to visit this lo-
cality ; they could not be otherwise than pleased with it. And
were it not for the fact that the greater part of the most desir-
able _ lands lie east of the 100th meridian of longitude, and
within the limits of that vast territory ceded by our govern-
ment to the Choctaws, it would be purchased and settled by our
citizens in a very few years. As it is now situated, far beyond
the limits of the settlements, and directly within the range of
the Comanches, it is of no use to the Choctaws themselves,
as they do not venture among the prairie tribes, and do not
even know the character of this part of their own territory.
They have a superabundance of fertile lands bordering upon
the Red and Canadian rivers, near the white settlements of
Texas and Arkansas, and they prefer occupying those to
going further out. They have thrown aside their primitive
habits, in a great degree, and abandoned the precarious and
uncertain life of the hunter, for the more quiet avocation of
the husbandman. They look upon the wild Indian in much
the same light as we do, and do not go among them ; indeed,
there is but little in common with them and the wild Indians.*
In consequence of losing one of our mules last night, we
were detained later than usual this morning. Two of the
*The lands included within the Choctaw reservation, which are not occupied
or made use of by them, are embraced within the 97th and 100th degrees of
west longitude, and are bounded upon the north and south by the Canadian and
Red rivers, being about one hundred and eighty miles in length by fifty in width,
and constituting an aggregate of about nine thousand square miles of valuable
and productive lands, or one thousand square miles more than the State of
Massachusetts.
PERSEVERANCE OF THE GUIDES. 81
Delawares went out at day-light in search of it, but returned
in about two hours, not having been able to strike the track.
We had, up to this time, been so fortunate as to lose no ani-
mals. I was, therefore, particularly desirous that the lost mule
should be recovered, and intimated as much to our interpreter,
John Bushman, who had not joined in the first search. At
the same time, I asked him what he thought were the chances
of success. He replied, in his laconic and non-committal
style, " I think maybe so find um — -maybe not." I directed
him to make an effort, and not give over the search as long-
as there remained the least prospect of success. We then
packed our wagons and started on towards Fort Arbuckle,
crossing the creek below the old village, where it was forty
yards wide and ten inches deep, with a rapid current flowing
over a bed of gravel.
Upon the east bank of the creek we passed over a broad
and level piece of bottom-land, covered with a dense crop of
wild rice, and other rich grasses. We then left the valley in
a course north of east, over the ridge dividing Cache from Bea-
ver creek, until we reached a branch of the latter, upon which
we encamped. The timber here is large and abundant ; the
water fresh, but standing in pools ; and the soil good. I have
crossed this same stream at four different places below here,
and have invariably found the soil of a similar character and
the timber large, consisting of pecan, elm, hackberry, oak, cot-
ton-wood, and walnut, and generally confined to the borders
of the stream.
Our most excellent and indefatigable hunter, John Bush-
man, returned this evening with the lost mule, having tracked
him for twenty miles from where he left us. He had also
killed a buffalo during the day, and brought us a piece of the
hump. He states that from the time the mule left us until he
overtook him, he had continued to travel, without stopping,
directly to the north, and at right-angles to the course we had
been pursuing. 1 inquired of him if he did not become al-
most discouraged before he came up with the animal. He
said no ; that I had ordered him not to return without him,
and that he should have been on the track yet if he had not
overtaken him. I have no doubt such would have been the
case, for he is a man of eminently determinate and resolute
character, with great powers of endurance, and a most acute
and vigilant observer, accompanied by prominent organs of
locality and sound judgment. These traits of character, with
the abundant experience he has had upon the plains, make him
6
82 RESOLUTION OF THE INDIANS.
one of the very best guides I have ever met with. He never
sees a place once without instantly recognising it on seeing it
the second time, notwithstanding he may approach it from a
different direction ; and the very moment he takes a glance
over a district of country he has never seen before, he will al-
most invariably point out the particular localities (if there are
any such) where water can be found, when to others there
seems to be nothing to indicate it. Such qualifications render
the services of these people highly important, and almost in-
dispensable in a tour upon the prairies.
An incident which was related to me as occurring with one
of these guides a few years since, forcibly illustrates their
character. The officer having charge of the party to which
he was attached, sent him out to examine a trail he had met
with on the prairie, for the purpose of ascertaining where it
would lead to. The guide, after following it as far as he sup-
posed he would be required to do, returned and reported that
it led off into the prairies to no particular place, so far as he
could discover. He was told that this was not satisfactory, and
directed to take the trail again, and to follow it until he gained
the required information. He accordingly went out the second
time, but did not return that day, nor the next, and the party,
after a time, began to be alarmed for his safety, fearing he
might have been killed by the Indians. Da} r s and weeks
passed by, but still nothing was heard of the guide, until, on
arriving at the first border settlement, to their astonishment,
he made his appearance among them, and, approaching the
commanding officer, said, " Captain, that trail which you
ordered me to follow terminates here." He had, with in-
domitable and resolute energy, traversed alone several hun-
dred miles of wild and desolate prairie, with nothing but his
gun to depend upon for a subsistence, determined this time to
carry out the instructions of his employer to the letter.
July 21. — We crossed two small branches this morning at
four o'clock, and continued our course over undulating prai-
ries, with smooth and even surfaces, frequently crossing small
affluents of Beaver creek, where we found good running spring
water, which can always be relied upon.
We had a copious shower this morning, which is the first
rain that has fallen in several weeks.
There is good timber and grass upon all the branches we have
passed to-day, and the soil is highly productive. We have also
passed several groves of post-oak timber upon the ridges ; this,
however, for the most part, is small, short, and scrubby.
WITCHITA VILLAGE. 83
Jtihj 22. — Making an early start at two o'clock this morn-
ing, we ascended the eastern branch of Beaver creek to its
source, when we found ourselves upon the ridge dividing this
stream from Rush creek. The ridge is covered with timber
similar to that of the Cross Timbers, consisting of post-oak
and black-jack, ( Querents ferruginea. )
Our road leads for five miles through this timber, when it
emerges into a beautiful meadow, where the head of one of
the branches of Rush creek takes its rise in large springs, and
runs off' in a fine bold stream, with a variety of hard timber
along its borders. After following down this about two miles,
we suddenly came in sight of several squaws who were col-
lecting the tall grass which grows along the banks of the
creek. They no sooner espied us than they jumped upon
their horses and were about making off"; most of them, how-
ever, stopped at the command of our interpreter, while one
or two gallopped away in the direction of the village to give
notice of our approach. They proved to be Wacos and Wit-
chitas, and informed us that their villages were about four
miles in advance, at the same time inviting us to pay them a
visit. We reached the villages (which were situated upon the
banks of Rush creek) and encamped about half a mile bekrw
them in the valley.
Immediately on our arrival we were accosted by a large
crowd of men who were anxious to learn where we had been
and whether we had seen any Comanches ; and as we were
(I think) the first party of whites who had visited them at this
place, they appeared very glad to see us — probably in antici-
pation of presents.
There are two villages here occupied by the Witchitas and
Wacos respectively ; they are situated in the rich and fertile
valley of the creek, where they have cultivated corn, pump-
kins, beans, peas, and melons. These people have no ploughs,
or other agricultural implements, but a small hoe, with which
they prepare the ground for the reception of the seed, and do
all other necessary work in its cultivation ; yet the prolific
soil gives them bountiful returns ; and were it not for their im-
provident natures, they might, with little labor, have sufficient
for the whole year. Instead of this, they only care for the
present, and from the time the corn is fit for roasting, are con-
continually eating and feasting until it is gone. They are then
obliged to depend upon the precarious results of the chase
during the remainder of the year.
The village of the Witchitas has forty-two lodges, each
84 WACOES.
containing two families of about ten persons. These lodges
are made by erecting a frame-work of poles placed in a cir-
cle in the ground, with the tops united in an oval form and
bound together with numerous withes or wattles, the whole
nicely thatched with grass ; and when completed, it makes a
very commodious and comfortable domicil. The interior ar-
rangements are such, that every person has a bunk, raised
from the ground and covered with buffalo-hides, forming a
couch which is far from being uncomfortable. When seated
around their fires in the centre of the lodges, they have an air
of domestic happiness about them which I did not expect to
find.
The lodges are about twenty-five feet in diameter at the
base, twenty feet high, and in the distance have very much
the appearance of a group of hay-stacks. With the excep-
tion of a few families that live upon the Canadian, the whole
Witchita nation is concentrated at this place ; their numbers
do not exceed five hundred souls. They have, during the
early settlement of Texas, given more trouble to the people
upon the northern borders of that State than any other Indians.
They have no regard for truth, will steal, and are wholly un-
worthy of the least confidence, and their vicious propensities
are only kept in check now from fear.
s Living, as they do, between the white settlements and the
prairie tribes, they are at the mercy of both ; they seem to be
conscious of this fact, and express a desire to be on terms of
friendship with all their neighbors. At my urgent request
they presented us with several bushels of green corn this
evening, which was very acceptable, as we had seen no vege-
tables for several months.
The Wacos live about a mile above the Witchitas, in a vil-
lage constructed precisely like the other. There are twenty
lodges in this village, and about two hundred souls. Their
habits and customs are similar to the Witchitas, with whom
they frequently intermarry, and are upon the best and most
friendly terms.
Both of these tribes subsist for a great portion of the year
upon buffalo and deer, and wear the buffalo robes like the
Comanches. They also use the bow and arrow for killing
game ; sume of them, however, are provided with rifles, and
are good shots. They have a large stock of horses and mules,
many of which are the small Spanish breed with the Mexican
brand upon them, and have probably been obtained from the
prairie tribes ; while others are large, well formed animals,
MEXICAN PRISONERS. 85
and have undoubtedly been stolen from the border white set-
tlers.
We learned from the Witchitas, much to our surprise, that
a report had been made to the commanding officer at Fort
Arbuckle, by a Keechi Indian, to the effect that our whole
party had been overpowered and massacred by the Coman-
ches near the head of Red river. This information must have
originated with the Comanches or Kiowas, as they are the
only tribes inhabiting the country about the sources of the
river ; neither the Keechies nor the Witchitas ever venture as
far out into the plains as we have been.
The account given by the Indian was so circumstantial and
minute in every particular, showing a perfect knowledge of all
our movements, with our numbers and equipment, that the
information was evidently communicated by persons who
were near us at the time, and observing our movements. This
accounts for the fact of their avoiding us upon all occasions,
although we saw them several times, as has been observed,
and frequently passed their camps that had been abandoned
but a short time, yet they never came to us or communicated
with us. They probably regarded us as out upon a hostile ex-
pedition, going into their country to chastise them for their de-
predations, and may have supposed that the report of our having
been massacred would deter other parties from following us.
The old chief of the Witchitas (To-se-quash) informed us that
Pah-hah-en-ka's band of the " Middle Comanches," in conse-
quence of some of their people having been killed near one of
the military posts in Texas, were much exasperated, and had
burnt up the testimonials of good character given to them by
United States authorities. They had always before preserved
these papers with great care, and manifested much pride and
satisfaction in exhibiting them to strangers. To-se-quash says
they are now "very mad," and will fight us whenever they
meet us.
July 23. — As it rained during the night, and still continues,
we did not move forward to-day. D uring the morning I sent
for the chiefs of the two villages, for the purpose of endeavor-
ing to persuade them to surrender to me two Mexican priso-
ers in their possession : one a man about forty years of age,
and the other a boy of fifteen. The man stated that he had
been with the Witchitas since he was a child, and he was not
now disposed to leave them ; that he had become as great a
rascal as any of the Indians, (which I gave full credence to,)
and should not feel at home anywhere else.
<5b LEAVE WITCHITA VILLAGE.
It appeared, however, that the boy had only been with them
a few months. He states that he was kidnapped by the Kio-
ways from his home near Chihuahua; that in consequence of
their brutal treatment he escaped, and made his way to the
Witchita mountains, where a Witchita hunter found him in
nearly a famished state, and brought him to this place. He
says he has been kindly treated by the Witchitas, bat is anx-
ious to leave them and go with us. He appears to be very
intelligent, and reads and writes in his own language.
In a talk with the chiefs, I told them that the American
people were now on terms of friendship with the Mexicans,
and in a treaty we had obligated ourselves to return to them
all prisoners in the hands of Indians in our territory, and to
prevent further depredations being committed upon them ; that
the principal chief of the whites (the President) would not re-
gard any tribe of Indians as friends who acted in violation of
this treaty ; that he confidently hoped and expected all the
tribes who were friendly to our people would comply strictly
with the requirements of the treaty, and give up all prisoners
in their possession. I then requested them to release to me
the boy, and told them if they did this I should make them
some presents of articles that had been sent out by the Presi-
dent for such of his red children as were his friends. They
hesitated for a long time, stating that the boy belonged to a
Waco, and he loved him so much that it was doubtful if he
could be persuaded to part with him. Whereupon I told them
that if they released the boy quietly, I should reward them ;
but otherwise I had determined to take him from them by
force, and if compelled to resort to this course, should give
them nothing in return. This appeared to have the desired
effect, and they said if I would make the family into which he
bad been adopted a few presents, in addition to what I had
promised them, they would release him. I accordingly dis-
tributed the presents, and took possession of the boy. Upon
turning him over to us they divested him of the few rags of
covering that hung about his person, and reluctantly gave him
to us, and he makes his exit from the Witchita nation in the
same costume in which he entered the world. We soon had
him comfortably clothed, and he is much delighted with the
change. Captain McClellan will take him to San Antonio,
from which place he will communicate with his relatives.
July 24. — We left the Witchita village at 4 o'clock this
morning, and intended to have followed the trail which the
Indians travel to Fort Arbuckle, but soon discovered that it
KICKAPOOS. 8 /
crossed numerous brooks running through deep gullies impass-
able for wagons, which made it necessary for us to turn south
towards the dividing ridge between Rush creek and Wild
Horse creek. We followed this ridge for seven miles, and
encamped upon a small affluent of Wild Horse creek. In
our march to-day we passed over an elevated, waving coun-
try, interspersed with groves of oak. Upon each side of the
dividing ridge are numerous small spring branches, flowing
off to the right and left, and upon these there is an abundance
of good timber, with soil of the best quality. We have passed
the range of the grama grass, but still find the mezquite and
other varieties of wild grasses, upon which our animals con-
tinue to thrive, and keep in excellent condition. After we had
proceeded some ten miles upon our march this morning, we
discovered that our friends the Witchitas had, in the charac-
teristic style of their hospitality, abstracted from one of our
wagons several articles which they probaby supposed would
be more useful to them than to us. Unfortunately, we were
too far from the village to admit of going back and making
them restore the articles. Our Spanish boy states that before
he left, they advised him to seize the first opportunity that
should offer to steal one of our horses, and make his escape to
them.
July 25. — Our wagons were packed, and we were in mo-
tion at about 3 o'clock this morning, in a course nearly due
east, down the right bank of Wild Horse creek for eight miles,
when we entered the Cross-Timbers upon the ridge dividing
this stream from Mud creek (an affluent of Red river, which
puts in above the Washita.) Our encampment this evening
is upon the border of a ravine in the timber, where we find
good water and grass.
In our march to-day, we have passed the heads of several
branches running into Wild Horse, Beaver, Rush, and Mud
creeks, upon all of which there is an exuberant vegetation, de-
noting a fertile soil. The timber is abundant, and of good
quality, and the water, issuing from springs, is perennial. I
have passed through the Cross-Timbers at five different points
before this, and have always found them similar in character
and composition.
Some Kickapoo hunters came into camp this evening, and
we could not but remark the striking contrast between them
and the Witchitas. They were fine-looking, well-dressed
young men, with open, frank, and intelligent countenances,
and seem to scorn the idea of begging ; while the others, as
Ob REACH FORT ARBUCKLE <
has been observed, are incessantly begging every article they
see, and do not possess the slightest gratitude for favors re-
ceived.
July 26. — At daylight this morning we resumed our march
through the Cross-Timbers, keeping the dividing ridge for
two miles, when we turned to the left, and passed down near
Wild Horse creek ; but we found small streams, with abrupt
banks, crossing our course so frequently, that we had much
difficulty in making progress. We, however, by hard labor
in digging down banks and cutting through dense thickets, suc-
ceeded in making eight miles, and encamped upon a small
spring branch in the Cross-Timbers. A short distance before
we reached our present position we fell into an old Indian
trail, where some wagons had passed several years before.
We noticed where several small trees had been cut, and where
the bark had been scraped off from others by the ends of the
axles as they passed along.
July 27. — As soon as it was sufficiently light to enable us
to see the trail this morning, we started on, keeping the old
wagon trace through the timber for eight miles, when it led
us into a road I had made the last season, between Fort Ar-
buckle and Fort Belknap, at a point fourteen miles from the
former post. As soon as the men came in sight of this, they
gave a prolonged and simultaneous shout of joy ; it seemed
to them like greeting an old familiar acquaintance : it was the
first place they had recognised in several months, and it
brought them near home.
The axes and spades were laid by in the wagons, as our
labors in road-making terminate here ; and I have no doubt
the command are heartily rejoiced upon the occasion, as their
duty since we left the Witchita mountains has been very la-
borious. Two miles after striking the road we emerged from
the Cross-Timbers, and passing over a range of low moun-
tains lying south of Wild Horse Creek valley, encamped nine
miles from Fort Arbuckle.
July 28. — At one o'clock this morning we were upon the
road again, and at daylight marched into Fort Arbuckle,
where we found our friends much astonished and delighted at
our sudden appearance among them, when they had supposed
us all massacred by the Comanches. We are much indebted
to the kind hospitality of the officers stationed here for the
generous supply of vegetables with which they furnished our
entire command during our stay with them. After an exclu-
sive diet of meat and bread for several months, we could not
SAFE RETURN OF THE PARTY. 89
have had a more welcome present than the fine fresh vegeta-
bles which their gardens afforded.
I shall remain here for two or three days to dispose of the
stores on our hands, recruit our animals, and get the company
in readiness to return to its station at Fort Belknap, under
charge of Lieutenant Updegraff.
I feel a sincere regret at parting with the company, as the
uniform good conduct of the men during the entire march of
about a thousand miles merits my most sincere and heartfelt
approbation. I have seldom had occasion even to reprimand
one of them. All have performed the arduous duties assigned
them with the utmost alacrity and good will ; and when (as
was sometimes the case) we were obliged to make long-
marches, and drink the most disgusting water for several days
together, instead of murmuring and making complaints, they
were cheerful and in good spirits. I owe them, as well as
the officers and gentlemen who were with me, my most hearty
thanks for their cordial co-operation with me in all the duties
assigned to the expedition. It is probably in a great measure
owing to this harmonious action on the part of all persons at-
tached to the expedition that it has resulted so fortunately.
We have lost no men by death, and, with the exception of the
two cases of scurvy, there has been no sickness of consequence.
And instead of any of our animals dying or straying away,
we have had the especial good fortune of adding three horses,
which we found upon the plains, to the number we received
at the commencement of the march.
The animals, and particularly the oxen, many of which
were so poor when they left Preston as to be considered al-
most useless, have all returned in fine condition, and are now
much better capable of performing service than when they
came into our hands.
90 PROMINENT FEATURES OF RED RIVER.
CHAPTER IX.
Prominent features of Red river — Floods — Chain of lakes — Cross-timbers —
Arable lands — Establishment of a military post upon Red river recommended
— Route of Comanches and Kioways in passing- to Mexico — Wagon-route from
Fort Belknap to Santa Fe — Navigation of Red river — Erroneous opinions in
regard to Red river — Extensive gypsum range — El Llano Estacado.
In a comprehensive review of the physical characteristics
of the particular section of Red river which is comprised
within the limits of the district assigned to the attention of the
expedition, it will not perhaps be considered irrelevant to
make a few general observations upon the more prominent
features of the country bordering upon this stream, from its
confluence with the Mississippi to its sources. It will be ob-
served, by reference to a map of the country embracing the
basin of this river, that in ascending from the mouth, its general
direction as high as Fulton, Arkansas, is nearly north and
south ; that here it suddenly changes its course and maintains
a direction almost due east and west to its sources. One of
the first peculiarities which strikes the mind on a survey of
the topography of this extensive district of country, is the
general uniformity of its surface : with the exception of the
Witchita range no extensive chains of lofty mountains diversi-
ty the perspective, and but few elevated hills rise up to relieve
the monotony of the prospect. Another distinguishing feature
of this river is, that the country on its upper waters differs in
every respect from that in the vicinity of its mouth. The val-
ley is found to comprise two great geographical sections, each
having physical characteristics entirely distinct from the other.
The main branch of the river, from the point where it de-
bouches out of the Staked Plain, flows through an arid prairie
country almost entirely destitute of trees, over a broad bed of
light and shifting sands, for a distance, measured upon its
sinuosities, of some five hundred miles. This country for the
most part, is subject to periodical seasons of drought, which
preclude the possibility of cultivation except by means of arti-
ficial irrigation. It then enters a country covered with forest-
trees of gigantic dimensions, growing upon an alluvial soil of
SOURCES OF RED RIVER. 91
the most pre-eminent fertility, which sustains a very diversi-
fied sylva, and affords to the planter the most bountiful returns
of all the products suited to this latitude. On entering this
section of the river we find that the borders contract, and the
water, for a great portion of the year, washes both banks, at
a high stage, carrying away the loose alluvium from one side
and depositing it upon the other in such a manner as to pro-
duce constant changes in the channel and to render the naviga-
tion difficult. This character prevails through the remainder
of its course to the Delta of the Mississippi, and throughout
this section it is subject to heavy inundations, which often flood
the bottoms to such a degree as to produce very serious con-
sequences to the planters, destroying their crops, and, upon sub-
siding, occasionally leaving a deposite of white sand over the
surface, rendering it thenceforth entirely barren and worthless.
Below the great raft a chain of lakes continues to skirt the
river for more than a hundred miles : these are supposed to
have been formed in the ancient channels and low grounds of
former streams, whose discharge had gradually been obstruct-
ed by an embankment formed of the sedimentary matter
brought down the river from above.
These lakes are from five to fifty miles in length, from a
quarter to three miles wide, and are filled and emptied alter-
nately as the floods in Red river rise and fall ; they serve as
reservoirs, which in the inundations of the banks of the river
receive a great quantity of water, and, as it subsides, empty
their contents gradually, thereby tending to impede the rapid
discharge of the floods upon the Delta. Like all rivers of
great length which drain a large extent of country, Red river
is subjected to periodical seasons of high and low water. The
floods occur at very uniform epochs, but the quantity and
elevation of the water, as well as its continuance at a high
stage, vary constantly.
During the winter the water often remains high for several
months, but the heavy rise which has almost invariably been
observed during the month of June, often subsides in a very
few days.
The geographical position of the sources of Red river being
in latitude 34° 42', and longitude 103° 7 10", and its conflu-
ence with the Mississippi in latitude about 31° and longitude
91° 50', it extends over three and a half degrees of latitude
and eleven degrees of longitude. The barometrical elevation
of its sources above the sea is twenty-four hundred and fifty
feet. The estimated distance by the meanderings of the
92 EXTENT OF ARABLE LAND.
stream frorn the mouth to Preston, Texas, is sixteen hundred
miles, and from this point to the sources of the main branch
five hundred more, making the entire length of the river two
thousand one hundred miles.
On emerging from the timbered lands upon Red river into
the great plains, we pass through a strip of forest called the
Cross-Timbers. This extensive belt of woodland, which
forms one of the most prominent and anomalous features upon
the face of the country, is from five to thirty miles wide,
and extends from the Arkansas river in a southwesterly direc-
tion to the Brazos, some four hundred miles.
At six different points where I have passed through it, I
have found it characterized by the same peculiarities ; the
trees, consisting principally of post-oak and black-jack, stand-
ing at such intervals that wagons can without difficulty pass
between them in any direction. The soil is thin, sandy, and
poorly watered. This forms a boundary-line, dividing the
country suited to agriculture from the great prairies, which,
for the most part, are arid and destitute of timber. It seems
to have been designed as a natural barrier between civilized
man and the savage, as, upon the east side, there are nume-
rous spring-brooks flowing over a highly prolific soil, with a
superabundance of the best of timber, and an exuberant vege-
tation, teeming with the delightful perfume of flowers of the
most brilliant hues ; here and there interspersed with verdant
glades and small prairies, affording inexhaustible grazing, and
the most beautiful natural meadows that can be imagined ;
while on the other side commence those barren and desolate
wastes, where but few small streams greet the eye of the trav-
eller, and these are soon swallowed up by the thirsty sands
over which they flow. Here but little woodland is found, ex-
cept on the immediate borders of the water-courses.
From the point where Red river leaves the limbered lands,
the entire face of the country, as if by the wand of a magician,
suddenly changes its character. The bluffs now approach
nearer the river, and the alluvial bottoms, which below here
have been exceedingly rich and productive, contract, and do
not support that dense and rank vegetation which character-
izes the lower portion of the valley. The undergrowth of
cane-brakes and vines disappears, and is no more seen
throughout the entire extent of the valley. The lands adja-
cent gradually rise, and exhibit broad and elevated swells of
surface, with spacious valleys intervening, and the soil con-
tinues to become more and more sterile as we ascend, until
COMANCHES AND KIOWAYS. \)d
we reach the 101st degree of longitude, when from this point,
with few exceptions, there is no more arable land.
Previous to my departure upon the expedition, I had been
led to believe, from the representations of the Indians and
others, that after passing Cache creek, no more good timber
or land suited to cultivation would be met with upon the
waters of Red river ; but in this (as will have been observed)
I was greatly in error, as we found much good timber and
fertile land above this point.
The country drained by the numerous branches of Cache
creek alone is very large, and possesses, in a remarkable de-
gree, all the elements necessary for constituting a rich and
productive agricultural district.
Including the valleys embraced within the Witchita moun-
tains, there are, upon a very moderate estimate, at least from
seventy-five to eighty thousand acres of tillable lands upon the
waters of this stream. In the valley of Otter creek there are
also several thousand acres of rich alluvial lands, with timber
in abundance ; and upon Elk, Sweetwater, and the other
small affluents of the North Fork, much land is found which
would rank with our government surveyors as "first rate" in
quality. All these would make up an aggregate of at least
one hundred and fifty thousand acres of land, upon which
cotton, corn, and most other grains could be produced abun-
dantly.
Could they be persuaded to lay aside their wandering hab-
its and cultivate the soil, the amount of land here alluded to
would be more than sufficient to sustain all the natives inhab-
iting this section of country ; and the luxuriant and nutritious
grasses which everywhere abound throughout the entire ex-
tent of the river basin, would furnish an inexhaustible amount
of forage and grazing for their numerous animals. The win-
ters here are mild, and it is seldom that the snow covers the
ground more than a day or two at a time. There is a con-
stant supply of good running-water upon all the minor tribu-
taries to the North Fork, and sufficient woodland to supply
farmers with fuel for a great number of years.
The soil of the valley of the main trunk of the river, as
well as upon the Salt Fork, is thin and sandy, with very little
timber or palatable water ; and the country here possesses
but few of the requisites essential to agriculture.
The Comanches and Kioways resort in great numbers to
the waters of the north fork of Red river, where they find for-
age for their animals abundant during the winter months.
94 NECESSITY OF A NEW POST.
Vestiges of their camps were everywhere observed along the
whole course of the valley, from the Witchita mountains to
the sources ; and the numerous remains of the stumps of trees,
which had been cut down by them at different periods, indi-
cated that this had been a favorite resort for them during
many years. In several places we found camps that had only
been deserted but a few days, and some where the fires were
still burning. From the great extent of surface upon which
the grass was cropped at some of these camping-places, and
from the multitude of tracks still remaining, we inferred that
they were supplied with immense numbers of animals ; and
they are undoubtedly attracted here by the superior quality
of the grass, and the great abundance of cotton-wood which
is found along the borders of the streams, upon the bark of
which they fatten their favorite horses in the winter season.
Should the government authorities ever have occasion to
communicate with these Indians, I have no doubt that many
of them can always be found during the autumn, winter, and
spring months along this branch of Red river ; during the
summer they leave and travel north in pursuit of the buffalo,
generally ranging between the north fork of the Canadian and
the Arkansas river.
We observed but few places upon the main branch of the
river where the Indians had made their encampments. We,
however, saw trails where they are accustomed to travel,
crossing this branch and leading south towards the Brazos ;
indeed, a party with about fifty horses and mules had trav-
elled along the bed of the Ke-che-a-qui-ho-no, through the
gorge to the head of the river, but a short time previous to our
passing.
The military posts already established upon the southwes-
tern borders of Texas, with the two occupied by the fifth in-
fantry in the direction of the headwaters of the Brazos, un-
doubtedly exercise a good influence over the southern Co-
manches who frequent that section ; but there is a vast tract
of country to the north of this, extending across Red river and
the Canadian to the Arkansas, where there is no military post
until reaching Fort Atkinson, upon the Santa Fe trace. Fort
Arbuckle and Fort Scott are near the settlements, and they
are now entirely out of the range of the prairie tribes. The
northern and middle Comanches and the Kioways occupy this
country, and go and come when and where they choose with-
out the knowledge of any of our military authorities. These
Indians probably commit more depredations upon the northern
SITES FOR A MILITARY POST. 95
provinces of Mexico than any others. In passing back and
forth upon these forays, they were formerly in the habit of
taking a route crossing the Brazos and Colorado rivers, in the
vicinity of some of the military posts in Western Texas ; but
since they have become acquainted with the localities of these
posts, I have been informed by the Indians that they were so
much harassed by the troops as to cause them to change their
route ; and now they generally pass to the north and west,
entirely around this chain of posts.
It is a well known fact, that whenever depredations have
been committed by the Indians along the western borders of
Texas, the perpetrators have almost invariably come from the
north and returned in that direction ; and when pursued, their
trace has generally been found to lead towards Red river, in
the direction of the western extremity of the Witchita chain
of mountains. Such was the fact in the recent instances
where animals were stolen from the posts upon the Brazos ;
and I cannot but believe, if there had been a garrison at
some point upon Red river in the vicinity of the mountains,
that the stolen animals might in a majority of cases have been
recovered, and the authors of the depredations detected.
Heretofore the troops stationed upou the Brazos, when sent in
pursuit of Indians who had stolen animals, have followed thern
until their provisions were consumed, and have then been
obliged to abandon the trail and turn back before coming near
them ; whereas, if they had started out from a post upon Red
river, they would probably have been enabled to carry provi-
sions sufficient to have served them until they could have
reached the encampments where the freebooters had left their
families.
A garrison established near the western extremity of the
Witchita range of mountains would be in the heart of the
Comanche country, and near the point where they cross Red
river upon their marauding expeditions into Texas and Mexico.
The military authorities stationed here would have an op-
portunity of becoming acquainted with the chiefs, and with
the character and habits of the Indians frequenting this section,
and would have greater facilities for gaining their confidence
and removing the unfavorable impression which they have
heretofore entertained towards Americans. Believing that
our government contemplates taking their hunting-grounds
from them, they have always been suspicious of the motives
of the whites who have visited their country ; so much so,
that upon one occasion they massacred a party of twenty men
96 WAGON-TRACE TO SANTA FE.
who attempted to survey a tract of land in Western Texas.
They desire, therefore, to remain as far as possible away from
the white settlements.
_ If troops were quartered in their country anywhere in the
vicinity of the point I have mentioned, the Indians would by
degrees become familiarized to their presence, and in time
learn that instead of doing them injustice, the policy of our
government towards them is such as would ultimately con-
duce to their welfare and prosperity.
At almost any point throughout the Witchita mountains, all
the requisites for building and sustaining a military post are
found in great profusion. The quality of the timber, soil, and
water, are all far superior to that, near the posts upon the Bra-
zos river ; and I firmly believe there is no more salubrious
climate in the universe.
In my humble judgment, in view of what has been said, a
military post established in the vicinity of these mountains,
and garrisoned by a force of sufficient strength to command
the respect of the Indians, would add more to the efficiency
of the army in checking their depredations than any other po-
sition that is now occupied by the troops in Western Texas*
This post would be about one hundred and forty miles distant
from Fort Arbuckle ; two hundred miles from Fort Washita ;
and one hundred and twenty from Fort Belknap ; and being
near Red river, (which it is believed will prove navigable, at
a good stage of water, nearly as high as this point,) the
troops could probably be furnished with supplies at a lower
rate than at any of the military posts in this part of the coun-
try equi-distant from the seacoast.
Should it become necessary to march troops or transport
supplies between the military posts upon the headwaters of
the Brazos and Santa Fe. a better route cannot be desired for
wagons than the one we have followed from Fort Belknap to
the confluence of Cache creek, continuing up the north fork of
Red river to near its source in the Staked Plain, and thence
across in a northwesterly direction to the Canadian river,
upon the south bank of which will be found a distinctly-
marked wagon-trace, travelled by California emigrants in the
summer of 1849, which leads in a very direct course, over
firm and smooth ground, to Santa Fe. There is a bountiful
supply of all that is essential to the comfort of the traveller
and his animals upon this route ; and good wood, water, and
grass, are found so abundantly along the entire distance,
that he need not make a single encampment without them
HEAD OF NAVIGATION. 97
all. The distance, measured along the route over which we
travelled, from Fort Belknap to the mouth of Cache creek, is
one hundred and twenty miles ; from this point to the head of
the north fork of Red river is two hundred and thirty-seven
miles ; to the Canadian, twenty-five miles ; thence to Santa
Fe, two hundred and ninety-five miles ; making the aggregate
distance between the termini six hundred and seventy-seven
miles. These distances, as far as the Canadian, are measured
upon the route over which we travelled in our explorations ;
and although its general course is reasonably direct, it is in
some places circuitous, and could probably be shortened so
as to reduce the distance to about six hundred and forty
miles. The navigation of Red river with steamers of light
draught is practicable at all times to Shreveport ; and about
four months of the year they have ascended without difficulty
to Fort Towson.
During the past season, at a time when the river was at a
low stage, a steamer drawing three and a half feet of water
had no difficulty in ascending as high as Preston, near the
confluence of the Washita. Several boats had previously
reached this point upon the river ; but as there are but few
settlements above here, there has as yet been no inducements
held out for boats to attempt the navigation of the river any
higher. I am confident, however, from what I have seen ot
Upper Red river, that at a medium stage there will be suffi-
cient depth of water for small steamers, such as ply upon
some of the tributaries to the Mississippi, to ascend the river
as high as where the two principal branches unite, (about
fifty miles above the mouth of Cache creek.) As an evidence
of this, on our outward march, at a time when the river was
at a high stage, I had occasion for crossing frequently, but
could find no place below the point mentioned where the
water in the channel was of less depth than five feet ; indeed,
I do not think as many obstructions will be found above Pres-
ton as below, for the reason that there is but little woodland
bordering upon the upper portion of the river, and conse-
quently but few of those formidable obstacles called snags.
At a low stage the water in the river becomes very shallow,
and can then be forded at any point. But during high water,
the quicksands in the bed of the stream become loose and un-
stable, and make it hazardous to attempt a passage with
animals. It was observed throughout that portion of the
valley of the river which came under our observation, that it
was bordered upon each side by three distinct terraces or
7
98 WATER.
benches running parallel with the course of the stream. The
first of these is from three to six feet high, from fifty to two
hundred feet wide, and in places subject to overflow. The
second, which is from ten to twenty feet above the first, is
from two to five hundred feet wide, and is never submerged.
The third varies from fifty to three hundred feet in elevation
above the second, and forms the elevated line of bluffs that
terminate the prairie lands adjacent to the valley.
In many places between the upper extremity of the Wit-
chita mountains and the sources of the river, we found con-
tinuous chains of sand-hills, from twenty to fifty feet high,
bordering the valley, and denuded of all herbage save a few
plum-bushes and grape-vines. Although there is some good
soil upon the small affluents to the main river, the country
generally, immediately bordering it, is barren and sandy.
Several erroneous opinions have for many years been en-
tertained in regard to the country upon the headwaters of
Red river. For instance, it has generally been supposed,
from the circumstance of a heavy rise occurring in the river
during the month of June, at a time when there is generally
no rain in the settlements, and during the dry season upon
the plains, that the sources of the river would be found in
lofty mountain ranges, where the melting snows would ac-
count for the great amount of water passing through the chan-
nel at the season mentioned. But such is not the fact, as all
the principal branches above Cache creek have their origin
in the eastern borders of the table-lands of New Mexico,
where there are no mountains. We, however, observed fre-
quent copious rains in the vicinity of the Wichita mountains
during the season of the June flood ; and I am of the opinion
that here is the source whence much of the water is derived.
As the water in the river has a very bitter and disagreeable
taste, it has been conjectured that it passed in its course
through extensive salt plains ; but this I also found to be an
error. We saw no deposite of chloride of sodium in the vicin-
ity of the river ; the peculiar taste being communicated by
ingredients that it receives in flowing for a hundred miles
over a gypsum formation. An analysis of this water, under
the direction of Dr. Clark of Amherst College, gives the fol-
lowing results, from which it will be seen that the per-centage
of salt is small :*
*I have understood, since our return, that the Indians have recently dis-
covered a deposite of salt (chloride of sodium) about three miles to the south
of our return route, near the western extremity of the Witchita mountains.
GYPSUM BEDS. 99
Weight of water in fluid ounces ------ 4.
Weight of water in fluid grames ------ 127.
Weight of chlorine present -------- .051
Weight of lime ----------- .033
Weight of sulphuric acid -------- .095
Sulphates of soda and magnesia ------ .168
Regarding the lime as a sulphate, and the residue of sul-
phuric acid as united with magnesia, and the chlorine as
united with the sodium, we have the following results :
Weight of sulphate of lime -------- .080
Weight of sulphate of magnesia ------ .073
Weight of chloride of sodium ------ .084
Weight of the whole --------- .237
Per-centage of matter in solution ------ 19
This gypsum range forms an immense belt, which extends
across the country for some four or five hundred miles. CoL
Long speaks of seeing it upon the Arkansas ; and I have my-
self passed through it at lour other different points south of
this, embracing a range of some three hundred miles. It is
regarded by Dr. Hitchcock as the most extensive deposit of
this mineral in North America. I have everywhere found it
characterized by the same peculiarities, with the water issuing
from it invariably bitter and unpalatable.
The Arkansas, Canadian, Brazos, Colorado, and Pecos rivers.
pass through the formation, and a similar taste is imparted to
the waters of all. Several of these also have their sources in
the same elevated table-lands as Red river, and where they
make their exit from this plateau their beds are confined to
vast sluices or cartons, the sides of which rise very abruptly
to an enormous height above the surface of the water. The
foaren mesa, in which these streams take their rise, extends
from the Canadian river, in a southerly course, to near the
confluence of the Pecos with the Rio Grande, some four hun-
dred miles, between the 32d and 37th parallels of north lati-
tude. It is in places nearly two hundred miles in width, and
is embraced within the 101st and 104th meridians of west
longitude. The approximate elevation of this plain above
the sea, as determined with the barometer, is two thousand
four hundred and fifty feet. It is much elevated above the
surrounding country, ver}^ smooth and level, and spreads out
100 LLANO ESTACADO.
in every direction as far as the eye can penetrate, without a
tree, shrub, or any other herbage to intercept the vision. The
traveller, in passing over it, sees nothing but one vast, dreary,
and monotonous waste of barren solitude. It is an ocean of
desert prairie, where the voice of man is seldom heard, and
where no living being permanently resides. The almost total
absence of water causes all animals to shun it : even the In-
dians do not venture to cross it except at two or three points,
where they find a few small ponds of water. I was told in
New Mexico that, many years since, the Mexicans marked
out a route with stakes across this plain, where they found
water ; and hence the name by which it is known throughout
Mexico, of " El Llano Eslacado," or the " Staked Plain."
INDIANS OF THE COUNTRY. 101
CHAPTER X.
Indians of the country — Habits of the Comanches and Kioways — Similarity be-
tween them and the Arabs and Tartars — Predatory excursions into Mexico —
War Implements — Incredulity regarding the customs of the Whites — Method
of saluting Strangers — Degraded condition of the Women — Aversion to ar-
dent spirits — Prairie Indians contrasted with Indians of the Eastern States —
Buffaloes — Probable condition of the Indians upon the extermination of the
Buffaloes — Pernicious influences of Traders — Superstitions of the Natives,
The country over which we passed is frequented by seve-
ral tribes of Indians, who follow the buffalo, and subsist al-
most exclusively upon the uncertain products of the chase.
The Witchitas, Wacos, Kechies, and Quapaws, all resort to
the country about the Witchita mountains, where a few years
since they had their thatched villages and corn-fields, but
they have recently removed near the white settlements. The
Witchitas and Wacos, as before stated, are now living upon
Rush creek, while the Kechies and Quapaws are upon Chou-
teau's creek, an affluent of the Canadian. The Witchitas and
Kechies each number about one hundred warriors ; the Wacos
about eighty ; and the Quapaws only about twenty-five.
They all use the horse in their hunting and war expeditions,
and are possessed of a good supply of these animals. The
history of the Quapaws, a minute remnant of what was once
a large and powerful nation of Indians, called the "Arkan-
sas," but now only numbering a very few lodges of miserable
half-starved beggars, is truly melancholy. Father Charle-
voix, in his " Historical Journal of a Voyage down the Mis-
sissippi," speaks of visiting them, and found them at that
time very numerous and warlike. He says of them : " The
Arkansas, or Quapaws, are reckoned to be the tallest and
best-shaped of all the savages of this continent, and they are
called, by way of distinction, 'the fine men.'" He describes
them as occupying at the time of his visit four villages, one of
which was upon the Mississippi, a short distance above the
mouth of the Arkansas. They were, according to him, com-
posed of the confederated remnants of several ruined nations.
In the time of Du Pratz these Indians had all moved up the
102 SALUBRITY OF THE PLAINS.
Arkansas, and were living about twelve miles from the mouth
of White river : the}^ were then quite numerous, and he com-
pliments them by saying that they were no less distinguished
as warriors than hunters, and that they were the first nation
that succeeded in conquering the warlike and numerous
Chickasaws. It is related that upon one occasion they en-
countered the Chickasaws, who, in consequence of having no
powder, considered it most prudent to make a precipitate re-
treat ; whereupon the Quapaw chief, understanding the cause,
determined they should be placed on an equality, and ordered
all his warriors to empty their powder-horns into a blanket,
and making an equal division of the powder, he gave one-half
to his enemies. The battle then commenced, and in a short
time terminated with a signal defeat of the Chickasaws, who
retreated with a loss of ten killed and five prisoners, while the
Quapaws only lost one man. They were also distinguished
for their friendship to the early settlers along the Arkansas
river, and it is much to be deplored that this once numerous
and valorous nation is so fast approaching annihilation. The
two most numerous and powerful tribes of Indians frequent-
ing the country upon Upper Red river are the Comanches
and Kioways ; the former range from the Witchita mountains
to the sources of the river, while the latter occasionally visit
the headwaters, but seldom come as far down as the moun-
tains. These tribes have similar habits, but speak different
languages. The most numerous and warlike nation is that of
the Comanches, who are separated into three distinct local
grand divisions, namely ; the Northern, Middle, and Southern;
each of these is subdivided into several bands, commanded by
separate chiefs.
The Northern and Middle Comanches subsist almost entire-
ly upon the flesh of the buffalo ; they are known among the
other Indians as " buffalo-eaters," and are generally found at
their heels, migrating with them from place to place upon
those vast and inhospitable plains of the West, the greater
portion of which are incapable of cultivation, and seem des-
tined in the future, as in the past, to be the abode of the wan-
dering savage, possessing as they do, so few attractions to
civilized man. This vast district, however, exhibits one char-
acteristic which compensates for many of its asperities : per-
haps no part of the habitable globe is more favorable to
human existence, so far as the atmosphere is concerned, than
this. Free from marshes, stagnant water, great bodies of
timber, and all other sources of poisonous malaria, and open
SKILL IN HORSEMANSHIP. 103
to every wind that blows, this immense grassy expanse is
purged from impurities of every kind, and the air imparts a
force and vigor to the body and mind which repays the occu-
pant in a great measure for his deprivations. Nature, which
almost everywhere exhibits some compensation to man for
great hardships, has here conferred upon him health, the first
and best of her gifts. It is a fact worthy of remark, that man
in whatever situation he may be placed, is influenced in his
modes of existence, his physical and moral condition, by the
natural resources of climate, soil, and other circumstances
around him, over the operations of which he has no control.
Fortunately, such is the flexibility of his nature that he soon
learns to adapt himself to the hardest and most untoward cir-
cumstances, and indeed, ultimately becomes not only recon-
ciled to his lot, but persuades himself that his condition is far
preferable to that of most others.
The example of our western-border settlers is illustrative of
this fact, as they continue to remove farther and farther west
as the settlements encroach upon them, preferring a life of
dangerous adventure and solitude to personal security and
the comforts and enjoyments of society ; and what was at first
necessity to them becomes in time a source of excitement and
pleasure.
The nomadic Indian of the prairies demonstrates the posi-
tion still more forcibly: free as the boundless plains over
which he roams, he neither knows nor wants any luxuries
beyond what he finds in the buffalo or the deer around him.
These serve him with food, clothing, and a covering for his
lodge, and he sighs not for the titles and distinctions which
occupy the thoughts and engage the energies of civilized man.
His only ambition consists in being able to cope successfully
with his enemy in war, and in managing his steed with unfail-
ing adroitness. He is in the saddle from boyhood to old age,
and his favorite horse is his constant companion. It is when
mounted that the Comanche exhibits himself to the best ad-
vantage: here he is at home, and his skill in various manoeu-
vres which he makes available in battle — such as throwing
himself entirely upon one side of his horse, and discharging
his arrows with great rapidity towards the opposite side from
beneath the animal's neck while he is at full speed — is truly
astonishing.^ Many of the women are equally expert, as eques-
trians, with the men. They ride upon the same saddles and
in the same manner, with a leg upon each side of the horse.
As an example of their skill in horsemanship, two young wo-
104 ATTACHMENT TO THEIR HORSES
men of one of the bands of the Northern Comanches, while we
were encamped near them, upon seeing some antelopes at a
distance from their camp, mounted horses, and, with lassos in
their hands, set off at full speed in pursuit of this fleetest in-
habitant of the plains. After pursuing them for some distance,
and taking all the advantages which their circuitous course
permitted, they finally came near them, and, throwing the
lasso with unerring precision, secured each animal and brought
it back in triumph to the camp. Every warrior has his war-
horse, which is the fleetest that can be obtained, and he prizes
him more highly than anything else in his possession, and it is
seldom that he can be induced to part with him at any price.
He never mounts him except when going into battle, the buf-
falo chase, or upon state occasions. On his return from an
excursion he is met at the door of his lodge by one of his
wives, who takes his horse and attends to its wants with the
utmost care. The prairie warrior performs no menial labor ;
his only occupation is in war and the chase. His wives, who
are but little dearer to him than his horse, perform all the
drudgery. He follows the chase, he smokes his pipe, he eats
and sleeps ; and thus he passes his time, and in his own esti-
mation he is the most lordly and independent sovereign in the
universe. Such are some of the characteristics of the prairie
Indians ; and I cannot dismiss the subject without remarking
that, in addition to the physical similitude between the deserts
of Arabia, the steppes of Central Asia, and the prairie mesas
of our own country, a very striking resemblance is also ob-
served in the habits and customs of the respective inhabitants.
The Arabs of the desert, the Tartar tribes, and the aboriginal
occupants of the prairies, are alike wanderers, having no per-
manent abiding-places, transporting their lodges wherever
they go, and where these are pitched there are their homes.
They permit no authorities to control them but such as re-
ceive the unanimous sanction of the masses, and the rule of
their leaders is guided by the counsels of their old men, who
in many cases allay dissensions and curb the impetuosity of
ambitious young warriors, whose thirst for fame would often
involve the nation in protracted wars. Thus their govern-
ment is patriarchal, guided by mature and fraternal counsels.
They are insensible to the wants and comforts of civilization ;
they know neither poverty nor riches, vice nor virtue, and are
alike exempt from the deplorable vicissitudes of fortune.
Theirs is a happy state of equality, which knows not the per-
plexities of ambition nor the crimes of avarice. They never
GOVERNMENT. 105
cultivate the soil, but subsist altogether upon game and what
they can steal. They are alike the most expert horsemen in
the world, and possess the same fond attachment for the ani-
mal. I once made an effort to purchase a favorite horse from
a chief of one of the bands of the Southern Comanches, (Se-
na-co,) and offered him a large price, but he could not be
persuaded to part with him. He said the animal was one of
the fleetest in their possession, and if he were to sell him it
would prove a calamity to his whole band, as it often required
all the speed of this animal to insure success in the buffalo
chase ; that his loss would be felt by all his people, and he
would be regarded as very foolish; moreover, he said, (pat-
ting his favorite on the neck,) " I love him very much."
The only property of these people, with the exception of a
few articles belonging to their domestic economy, consists en-
tirely in horses and mules, of which they possess great num-
bers. These are mostly pillaged from the Mexicans, as is
evident from the brand which is found upon them. The most
successful horse-thieves among them own from fifty to two
hundred animals.
In their political and domestic relations there is also a simi-
larity to the Old World nomads. They are governed by a
chief, the tenure of whose office is hereditary, so long as his
administration meets the approbation of his followers. He
leads them to war, and presides at their deliberations in coun-
cil ; but should he disgrace himself by any act of cowardice
or mal-administration, they do not hesitate to depose him and
place a more competent man in his stead. Their laws are
such as are adapted to their peculiar situation, and are sanc-
tioned by the voice of the people. Their execution is vested
in the subordinate chiefs, or captains, as they are called, and
they are promptly and rigidly enforced. In respect to the
rights of property, their code is strictly Spartan. They are
perhaps as arrant freebooters as can be found upon the face
of the earth ; and they regard stealing from strangers as per-
fectly legitimate and honorable, and that man who has been
most successful in this is the most highly honored by his tribe ;
indeed, a young man who has not made one or more of these
expeditions into Mexico is held in but little repute. In evi-
dence of this, I was told by an old chief of the Northern Co-
manches, called Is-sa-keep, that he was the father of four
sons, who he said were as fine young men as could be found ;
that they were a great source of comfort to him in his old age,
108 FORAYS OP THE INDIANS.
and could steal more horses than any other young men in his
band.
As these forays are often attended with much toil and dan-
ger, they are called " war expeditions." It not unfrequently
happens that but six or eight young men set out upon one of
these adventures, and the only outfit they require is a horse,
with their war equipments, consisting of the bow and arrows,
lance and shield, with occasionally a gun. Thus prepared,
they set out upon a journey of a thousand miles or more,
through a perfectly wild and desolate country, dependent for
subsistence wholly upon such game as they may chance to
find. They make their way to the northern provinces of
Mexico, where they lie in wait near some hacienda until a
favorable opportunity offers to sweep down upon a solitary
herdsman, and, with the most terrific yells, drive before them
all the animals they desire. Wo to the panic-stricken ranchero
who fails to make a precipitate retreat, as they invariably kill
such men as offer the slightest ^pediment to their operations,
and take women and children prisoners, whom they ho]d in
bondage of the most servile character. They are sometimes
absent from their tribes two years or more before their success
is sufficient to justify their returning with credit to them-
selves.
The use of the bow, which is the favorite arm and con-
stant appendage of the prairie Indian, and which he makes
use of exclusively in hunting the buffalo, is taught the boys
at a very early age ; and by constant and careful practice,
they acquire a degree of proficiency in the art that renders
them, when grown up to manhood, formidable in war, as well
as successful in the chase. Their bows are made of the tough
and elastic wood of the "bois d'arc," or Osage orange (Ma-
dura aurantiaca) strengthened and reinforced with the sinews
of the deer wrapped firmly around them, and strung with a
cord made of the same material. They are not more than
one-half the length of the old English long-bow, which was
said to have been sixteen hands' breadth in length. The ar-
rows are twenty inches long, of flexible wood, with a trian-
gular point of iron at one end, and two feathers, intersecting
each other at right angles, at the opposite extremity. At
short distances the bow, in the hands of the Indian, is effec-
tive, and frequently throws the arrow entirely through the
huge carcass of the buffalo. In using this instrument, the
Indian warrior protects himself from the missiles of his enemy
with a shield of circular form, covered with two thicknesses
COMANCHE DRESS.
of hard, undressed buffalo-hide, separated by a space of about
an inch, which is stuffed with hair ; this is fastened to the left
arm by two bands, in such a manner as not to interfere with
the free use of the hand, and offers such resistance that a
rifle-ball will not penetrate it unless it strikes perpendicular to
tire surface. They also make use of a war-club, made by
bending a withe around a hard stone of about two pounds
weight, which has been previously prepared with a groove in
which the withe fits, and is thereby prevented from slipping
off. The handle is about fourteen inches long, and bound
with buffalo-hide.
— -The Comanche men are about the medium stature, with
bright, copper-colored complexions and intelligent counte-
nances, in many instances with aquiline noses, thin lips, black
eyes and hair, with but little beard. They never cut the
hair, but wear it of very great length, and ornament it upon
state occasions with silver and beads. Their dress consists
of leggins and moccasins, with a cloth wrapped around the
loins. The body is generally naked above the middle, except
when covered with the buffalo-robe, which is a constant ap-
pendage to their wardrobe. y" The women are short, with
crooked legs, and are obliged to crop their hair close to their
heads. They wear, in addition to the leggins and moccasins,
a skirt of dressed deer-skin. They also tattoo their faces and
breasts, and are far from being as good looking as the men.
Notwithstanding that these people are hospitable and kind
to strangers, and apparently amiable in their dispositions, yet,
when a warrior conceives himself injured, his thirst for re-
venge knows no satiety. Grave and dignified in his deport-
ment, and priding himself upon his coolness of temper and
the control of his passions, yet, when once provoked, he, like
the majority of his race, is implacable and unrelenting; an
affront is laid up and cherished in his breast, and nothing can
efface it from his mind until ample reparation has been made.
He has no idea of forgiveness : the insult must be atoned for
by blood. With many tribes, quarrels can often be settled by
presents to the injured party; but with the Comanches, their
law of equity is of such a character that no reconciliation can
take place until the reproach is wiped out with the blood of
their enemy.'! They make no use of money except for
ornaments. Like other tribes, they are fond of decking them-
selves with paint, beads, and feathers ; and the young warrior
often spends more time at his toilet than the most conceited
coxcomb that can be found in civilized life. Bright red and
IUo IDEA OF THEIR OWN SUPERIORITY.
blue are their favorite colors ; and vermilion is an important
article in the stock of goods of one of their traders. This
they always carry about their persons; and whenever they
expect to meet strangers, they always (provided they have
time) make their toilet with care, and paint their faces. Some
few of their chiefs who have visited their Great Father at
Washington, have returned strongly impressed with the nu-
merical power and prosperity of the whites; but the great
majority of them being entirely ignorant of everything thai
relates to us, and the most of them having never even seen a
white man, believe the Comanches to be the most powerful
nation in existence ; and the relation of facts which conflict
with this notion, by their own people, to the masses of the
tribes at their prairie firesides, only subjects the narrator to
ridicule, and he is set down as one whose brain has been
turned by the necromancy of the pale-faces, and is thence-
forth regarded as wholly unworthy of confidence.
Having upon one occasion a Delaware and a Comanche
with me in the capacity of guides, I was much diverted with
a conversation that passed between them in my presence, and
which was interpreted to me by the Delaware. It appeared
that the latter had stated to the other the fact of the sphericity
of the earth's surface. This idea being altogether new and
incomprehensible to the Comanche, was received with much
incredulity, and, after gazing a moment intently at the Dela-
ware to ascertain if he were sincere, he asked if that person
took him for a child, or if he looked like an idiot. The Dela-
ware said no ; but that the white people, who knew all about
these things, had ascertained such to be the fact; and added,
that the world was not only round, but that it revolved in its
orbit around the sun. The Comanche very indignantly replied,
that any man of sense could, by looking off upon the prairie,
see at a glance that the earth was perfectly level; and, more-
over, that his grandfather had been west to the end of it,
where the sun disappeared behind a vertical wall. The
Delaware continued, in his simple but impressive manner, to
describe to the Comanche the steam-engine, with other ob-
jects of interest he had seen among the whites, all of which
the Comanche regarded as the product of a fertile imagina-
tion, expressly designed to deceive him; and the only reply
that he deigned to make was an occasional exclamation in his
own language, the interpretation of which the Delaware pro-
nounced to be, " Hush, you fool!" I then endeavored to ex-
plain to the Delaware the operation of the magnetic telegraph,
EECEPTION OF STANGERS. 109
and, in illustration of its practical utility, stated to him that a
message could be sent a distance of one thousand miles, and
an answer returned, in the short space of ten minutes' time.
He seemed much interested in this, and listened attentively
to my remarks, but made no comments until I requested him
to explain it to the Comanche, when he said, "I don't think I
tell him that, Captain ; for the truth is, I don't believe it my-
self."
The mode of life of the prairie tribes, owing to their un-
settled and wandering habits, is such as to render their condi-
tion one of constant danger and apprehension. The security
of their numerous animals from the encroachments of their
enemies, and their constant liability to attacks, make it imper-
atively necessary for them to be at all times upon the alerts
Their details for herdsmen are made with as much regularity
as the guard-details at a military post; and even in times of
the most profound peace, they guard their animals both night
and day, while scouts are often patrolling upon the adjoining
heights to give notice of the approach of strangers, when their
animals are hurried to a place of security, and everything
made ready for defence. The manner in which they salute
a stranger is somewhat peculiar, as my own reception at one
of their encampments will show. The chief at this encamp-
ment was a very corpulent old man, with exceedingly scanty
attire, who, immediately on our approach, declared himself a
great friend of the Americans, and persisted in giving me
evidence of his sincerity by an embrace, which, to please
him, I forced myself to submit to, although it was far from
agreeable to my own feelings. Seizing me in his brawny
arms while we were yet in the saddle, and laying his greasy
head upon my shoulder, he inflicted upon me a most bruin-
like squeeze, which I endured with a degree of patient forti-
tude worthy of the occasion; and I was consoling myself
upon the completion of the salutation, when the savage
again seized me in his arms, and I was doomed to another
similar torture, with his head on my other shoulder, while at
the same time he rubbed his greasy face against mine in the
most affectionate manner; all of which proceeding, he gave
me to understand, was to be regarded as a most distinguished
and signal mark of affection for the American people in gen-
eral, whom, as he expressed it, he loved so much that it almost
broke his heart; and in particular for myself, who, as their
representative, can bear testimony to the strength of his attach-
ment. On leaving his camp, the chief shook me heartily by
HOSTILITY TO NEGROES.
the hand, telling me at the same time that he was not a Co-
manche, but an American ; and as I did not feel disposed to
be outdone in politeness by an Indian, I replied in the same
spirit, that there was not a drop of Anglo-Saxon blood in my
veins, but that T was wholly and absolutely a Comanche, at
which he seemed delighted, duly understanding and appre-
ciating the compliment. These people are hospitable and
kind to all with whom they are not at war ; and on the arrival
of a stranger at their camps a lodge is prepared for him, and
he is entertained as long as he chooses to remain among them.
They are also kind and affectionate to each other, and as long
as anything comestible remains in the camp all are permitted
to share alike ; but with these exceptions, they are possessed
of but few virtues. Polygamy is sanctioned, and is very
common among them, every man being allowed as many
wives as he can support.
Within the past few years the Comanches have (for what
reason I could not learn) taken an inveterate dislike to the
negroes, and have massacred several small parties of those
who attempted to escape from the Seminoles and cross the
plains for the purpose of joining Wild Cat upon the Rio
Grande. Upon inquiring of them the cause of their hostility
to the blacks, they replied that it was because they were
.slaves to the whites ; that they were sorry for them. I sus-
pect, however, that they were actuated by other motives than
they cared about acknowledging, and that instead of wishing
to better their condition by sending them to another world,
where they would be released from the fetters of bondage,
they were apprehensive, if they permitted them to pass
quietly, that in time Wild Cat's followers upon the Rio
Grande would augment to such a degree that he would inter-
fere with their marauding operations along the Mexican bor-
ders. During the past year they have also been hostile
towards the Delawares and Shawnees, and have killed sev-
eral individuals who have been into their country in small
parties. The Creek Indians, who exercise a good influence
over the prairie tribes, have counselled them to commit no
further acts of hostility upon these Indians, and I presume
they will take measures to enforce a strict adherence to their
wishes in this respect. These people, who are so extremely
jealous of their own freedom that they will often commit sui-
cide rather than be taken prisoners, are the more prone to
enslave others, and this dominant principle is carried to the
greatest extreme so far as regards their women. A beast of
DIET OF THE COMANCHES. Ill
burden and a slave to the will of her brutal master, yet,
strange as it may appear, the Comanche woman seems con-
tented with her lot, and submits to her fate without a mur-
mur. The hardships imposed upon the females are most
severe and cruel. The distance of rank and consideration
which exists between the black slave and his master is not
greater than between the Comanche warrior and his wife.
Every degrading office that is imposed upon the black by the
most tyrannical master, falls, among the Comanches, to the
lot of the wretched female. They, in common with other
Indians, are not a prolific race ; indeed, it is seldom that a
woman has more than three or four children. Many of these,
owing to unavoidable exposure, die young ; the boys, how-
ever, are nurtured with care and treated with great kindness
by their mothers, while the girls are frequently beaten and
abused unmercifully. I have never seen an idiot, or one that
was naturally deformed, among them. ,
Of all the Indians I had before encountered, there were
none who had not an extreme fondness for spirituous liquors.
The prairie tribes that I have seen, say the taste of such
liquor is not pleasant ; that it makes fools of them, and that
they do not desire it. If there are exceptions to this, I think
they may be set down as factitious rather than natural ; the
appetite having been created by occasional indulgence in the
use of a little at a time.
The diet of these people is very simple ; from infancy to
old age their only food, with the exception of a few wild
plants which they find on the prairies, is fresh meat, of which,
in times of plenty, they consume enormous quantities. In
common with many other tribes, they can, when necessity
demands it, abstain from eating for several days without in-
convenience, and they are enabled to make up at one meal
the deficieney. All of them are extravagantly fond of tobac-
co, which they use for smoking, mixed with the dried leaves
of the sumach, inhaling the smoke into their lungs, and giv-
ing it out through their nostrils. Their language is verbal
and pantomimic. The former consists of a very limited num-
ber of words™ some of which are common to all the prairie
tribes. The latter, which is exceedingly graceful and expres-
sive, is the court language of the plains, and is used and un-
derstood with great facility and accuracy by all the tribes
from the Gila to the Columbia ; the motions and signs to ex-
press ideas being common to all. In contemplating the char-
acter of the prairie Indian, and the striking similarity be-
112 TREATMENT OF PRISONERS.
tween him and the Arab and Tartar, we are not less aston-
ished at the absolute dissimilarity between these and the ab-
original inhabitants of the eastern States. The latter, from
the time of the discovery of the country, lived in permanent
villages, where they cultivated fields of corn, and possessed
strong attachment lor their ancestral abodes and sepulchres :
they did not use horses, but always made their hunting and
war expeditions on foot, and sought the cover of trees on go-
ing into battle : while the former have no permanent abiding-
places, never cultivate the soil, are always mounted, and
never fight a battle except in the open prairie, where they
charge boldly up to an enemy, discharge their arrows with
great rapidity, and are away before their panic-stricken an-
tagonist can prepare to resist or retaliate. In their treatment
of prisoners of war there was also a very marked difference.
The eastern tribes, although they put their prisoners to tor-
tures £>f the most appalling character, seldom, if ever, violate
the chastity of the females ; while, on the contrary, the prairie
Indians do not put their prisoners to death by prolonged tor-
tures, bat invariably compel the females to submit to their
lewd embraces. There is at this time a white women among
the Middle Comanches, by the name of Parker, who, with
her brother, was captured while they were young children,
from their father's house in the western part of Texas. This
woman has adopted all the habits and peculiarities of the
Comanches ; has an Indian husband and children, and can-
not be persuaded to leave them. The brother of the woman,
who had been ransomed by a trader and brought home to his
relatives, was sent back by his mother for the purpose of en-
deavoring to prevail upon his sister to leave the Indians and
return to her family ; but he stated to me that on his arrival
she refused to listen to the proposition, saying that her hus-
band, children, and all that she held most dear, were with the
Indians, and there she should remain. As the prairie Indians
depend almost entirely on the buffalo for a subsistence and
for clothing, it becomes a question of much interest, what will
be the fate of these people when these animals shall have be-
come extinct ? Formerly, buffaloes were found in countless
herds over almost the entire northern continent of America,
from the 28th to the 50th degree of north latitude, and from
the shores of Lake Champlain to the Rocky mountains. As it
is important to collect and preserve all facts connected with
the history of this interesting and useful animal before the
species becomes extinct, I trust I shall be pardoned for intro-
RANGE OF THE BUFFALO. 113
during a few quotations from authors, touching their early
history, which to me appear highly interesting. In a work
published at Amsterdam in J 637, called "New English Ca-
naan," by Thomas Morton, one of the first settlers of New
England, he says : "The Indians have also made description
of great heards of well-growne beasts that live about the parts
of this lake (Erocoise,) now Lake Champlain, such as the
Christian world (until this discovery) hath not bin made ac-
quainted with. These beasts are of the bigness of a coice,
their flesh being very, good foode, their hides good leather ;
their fleeces very useful, being a kind of woole, as fine almost
as the woole of the beaver ; and the salvages do make gar-
ments thereof. It is tenne yeares since first the relation of these
things came to the eares oj»the English."
It is stated by another author, (Purchas,) that as early as in
1613 the adventurers in Virginia discovered a "slow Ttinde of
cattell as bigge as kine, which were good meate."
The limit of the buffalo range on the north has been given
differently by different writers. In a work published in Lon-
don in 1589, by Hukluyt, it is stated, that in the island of
Newfoundland were found " mightie beastes, like to camels in
greatness, and their feete were cloven." He then says : " I
did see them yams off, not able to discerne them perfectly, but
their steps showed that their feete were cloven, and bigger
than the feete of camels. I suppose them to be a kind of bvffes,
which I read to bee'm the countreys adjacent, and very many in
ihefirme land."
It is supposed by some that these animals may have been
the musk-ox. They were found by Captain Franklin as
high as 60° north latitude. Although it is doubtful whether
the buffalo ever ranged beyond the Rocky mountains, yet
they have been found as far west as the western slope. They
formerly ranged free and uninterrupted over the boundless
plains of the West, only guided in their course by that faith-
ful instinct which invariably led them to the freshest and
sweetest pastures. Their only enemy then was the Indian,
who supplied himself with food and clothing from the im-
mense herds around his door ; but would have looked upon
it as sacrilege to destroy more than barely sufficient to supply
the wants of his family. Thus this monarch of the plains was
allowed free range from one end of the continent to the other.
But this happy state of things was not destined to continue;
an enemy appeared, who made great havoc among them, and
in a short time caused a very sensible diminution in their
114 TRAFFIC AMONG THE INDIANS.
numbers, and much contracted the limits of their wanderings.
This enemy was the white man, who, in his steady march,
causes the original proprietor of the soil to recede before him,
and to diminish in numbers almost as rapidly as the buffalo.
Thousands of these animals were annually slaughtered for
their skins, and often for their tongues alone ; animals whose
flesh is sufficient to afford sustenance to a large number of
men are sacrificed to furnish a " bon bouche" for the rich
epicure. This wholesale slaughter on the part of the white
man, with the number consumed by the Indians, who are
constantly on their trail, migrating with them as regularly as
the season comes round, with the ravenous wolves, that are
always at hand to destroy one of them if wounded, gives the
poor beast but little rest or prospect\of permanent existence.
It is only eight years since the western borders of Texas
abounded with buffaloes ; but now they seldom go south of
Red river, and their range upon east and west has also very
much contracted within the same time ; so that they are at
present confined to a narrow belt of country between the
outer settlements and the base of the Rocky mountains.
With this rapid diminution in their numbers they must, in the
course of a very few years, become exterminated. What will
then become of the prairie Indian, who, as I have already re-
marked, relies for subsistence, shelter, and clothing on the
flesh and hide of this animal ? He must either perish with
them, increase his marauding depredations on the Mexicans,
or learn to cultivate the soil. As the first law of our nature
is self-preservation it is not probable that he will sit down
and quietly submit to starvation ; he must, therefore, resort to
one of the latter alternatives. But as he has no knowledge
of agriculture — considers it the business of a slave, and very
much beneath the dignity of a warrior — it appears reasonable
to suppose that he will turn his attention to the Mexicans,
over whom he has held the mastery for many years. Here-
tofore he has plundered these people to supply himself with
animals for his own use and for traffic.
A number of Delawares, Shawnees, and Kickapoos, fr6m
Missouri and the borders of Arkansas, have for several years
past been engaged in a traffic with the prairie Indians, which
has had a tendency to defeat the efforts of the military author-
ities in checking their depredations upon the citizens of the
northern provinces of Mexico. These traders, after procuring
from the whites an outfit of such articles as are suited to the
wants of the prairie Indians, visit all the different bands, and
GIVING OF PRESENTS. 115
prosecute a very lucrative business. The goods they carry
out consist of a few articles of small value, such as tobacco,
paint, knives, calico, wampum, beads, &c, &c, which are of
the utmost importance to the Indians, and which, if neces-
sary, they will make great sacrifices to procure ; but as they
have no commodity for exchange that the traders desire ex-
cept horses and mules, they must necessarily give these for
the goods, and large numbers are annually disposed of in this
manner. As I have before mentioned, nearly all these ani-
mals are pilfered from the Mexicans ; and as the number they
traffic away must be replaced by new levies upon their vic-
tims, of course all that the traders obtain causes a correspond-
ing increase in the amount of depredations. Should the gov-
ernment of the United States feel disposed to make the prairie
Indians annual donations of the same description of articles
that the traders now supply them with, (which I am most
happy to learn is now contemplated,) upon the express con-
dition that they would continue only so long £s they adhered
strictly to all the requirements of the agents, it would in a
measure obviate the necessity of their making long expedi-
tions into Mexico, and would most undoubtedly have the effect
of depreciating the value of the merchandise to such a degree
that the traders would no longer find the traffic profitable.
The Indians of the plains are accustomed, in their diplomatic
intercourse with each other, to exchange presents, and they
have no idea of friendship unaccompanied by a substantial
token in this form : moreover, they measure the strength of
the attachment of their friends by the magnitude of the pres-
ents they receive ; and I am firmly convinced that a small
amount of money annually expended in this way, with a
proper and judicious distribution of the presents, would have
a very salutary influence in checking the depredations upon
the Mexicans. In a talk which I held with a chief of one of
the bands of prairie Indians I stated to him that the President
of the United States was their friend, and wished to live in
peace with them. He replied that he was much astonished
to hear this ; for, judging from the few trifling presents I had
made his people, he was of opinion that the " Big Captain "
held them in but little estimation.
Trained up, as the prairie Indians had been from infancy,
to regard the occupation of a warrior as the most honorable
of all others, and having no permanent abiding-places or
local attachments, they can without inconvenience move all
their families and worldly effects from one extremity of the
116 RELIGIOUS BELIEF.
buffalo range to the other. With their numerous and hardy
horses they travel with great rapidity ; and possessing as inti-
mate a knowledge as they do of the localities, it would give
them a great advantage over any body of troops who should
pursue them into the country. War would not, therefore, be
as great a calamity to them as to other tribes who have per-
manent habitations. Some have supposed that a large body
of these Indians could not obtain a sufficient amount of sub-
sistence to enable them to remain together for any great
length of time ; but their numerous horses and mules, which
they often make use of for food when game is scarce, would
supply them with subsistence for a long time. It will be
necessary to devise some measures to do away with the in-
veterate prejudices which the Comanches entertain against
the habits and customs of the whites before they will be in-
duced to remain in any fixed abodes or cultivate the soil.
In common with most other Indians, they are very supersti-
tious ; they believe in dreams, the wearing of amulets, medi-
cine-bags, &c..j and the dedication of offerings to secure the
favor of invisible agents ; as also in the efficacy of music and
dancing for the cure of diseases. They submit with the most
imperturbable stoicism and apathy to misfortunes of the most
serious character, and, in the presence of strangers, manifest
no surprise or curiosity at the exhibition of novelties ; yet this
apparent indifference is assumed, and they are in reality very
inquisitive people. In every village may be seen small struc-
tures, consisting of a frame- work of slight poles, bent into a
semi-spherical form, and covered with buffalo-hides. These
are called medicine-lodges, and are used as vapor-baths. The
patient is seated within the lodge, beside several heated stones,
upon which water is thrown, producing a dense hot vapor,
which brings on a profuse perspiration, while, at the same
time, the shamans, or medicine-men, who profess to have the
power of communicating with the unseen world, and of pro-
pitiating the malevolence of evil spirits, are performing vari-
ous incantations, accompanied by music, on the outside. Such
means are resorted to for healing all diseases ; and I am also
informed that their young men are obliged to undergo a regu-
lar course of steam-bathing before they are considered worthy
Of assuming the responsible duties of warriors. The know-
ledge they possess of their early history is very vague and
limited, and does not extend further back than a few genera-
tions. They say that their forefathers lived precisely as they
do, and followed the buffalo : that they came from a country to-
CHRISTIANIZATION OF THE INDIANS. 117
wards the setting sun, where they expect to return after death.
They acknowledge the existence and power of a great super-
natural agent, who directs and controls all things ; but this
power they conceive to be vested in the sun, which they wor-
ship and appeal to on all occasions of moment. They also
anticipate a future state of existence similar to the present,
and invariably bury with the warrior his hunting and war equip-
ments. Thus far no efforts have ever been made to improve
the moral or physical condition of these people ; no missiona-
ries have, to my knowledge, ever visited them, and they have
no more idea of Christianity than they have of the religion of
Mahomet. We find dwelling almost at our doors as barbar-
ous and heathenish a race as exists on the face of the earth ;
and while our benevolent and philanthropic citizens are mak-
ing such efforts to ameliorate the condition of savages in other
countries, should we not do something for the benefit of these
wild men of the prairies? Those dingy noblemen of nature,
the original proprietors of all that vast domain included be-
tween the shores of the Atlantic and Pacific, have been des-
poiled, supplanted, and robbed of their just and legitimate
heritage, by the avaricious and rapid encroachments of the
white man. Numerous and powerful nations have already be-
come exterminated by unjustifiable wars that he has waged
with them, and by the effects of the vices he has introduced
and inculcated ; and of those that remain, but few can be
be found who are not contaminated by the pernicious influ-
ences of unprincipled and designing adventurers. It is not at
this late day in our power to atone for all the injustice inflicted
upon the red men; but it seems to me that a wise policy
would dictate almost the only recompense it is now in our
power to make — that of introducing among them the light of
Christianity and the blessings of civilization, with their atten-
dant benefits of agriculture and the arts.
118 PACIFIC RAILWAY.
CHAPTER XI.
Pacific railway — Impracticability of crossing the "Llano Estaeado" — Route
from Fort Smith to Santa Fe — Return route from Doiia Ana — Its connections
with the Mississippi and the Pacific.
The very lively interest that has been manifested in a pro-
ject of such importance as that of uniting the Atlantic with the
Pacific by a single span of railroad over the continent of North
America, and the prevailing dearth of reliable information re-
garding a great portion of that vast territory lying west of
the Mississippi, induce me to add a few remarks upon this
subject, which I trust will not be wholly devoid of interest or
utility at this particular period.
Whether this road should be national, and its administra-
tion under the direction of the general government, or whether
it should be intrusted to individual States or corporate com-
panies, are questions the discussion of which it does not become
me to attempt, and upon which I shall not presume to hazard
an opinion. I propose, in what I have to say, merely to give
a brief detail of such facts connected with this subject as are
suggested after an examination of a district of country over
which it may be found desirable to construct the road.
Although the appropriation made by the last Congress for
preliminary surveys, indicates a disposition on the part of our
national legislature to give aid in the initiatory steps, and al-
though great benefits would undoubtedly result from bringing
our distant possessions in the west into a closer proximity with
the eastern States, by a means of transit much more expedi-
tious than any which nature offers, thereby facilitating the
transmission of troops and munitions of war, the value of the
project, in a commercial aspect, appears to be of sufficient
magnitude to denote a reasonable guarantee for its speedy ex-
ecution.
The importance, and indeed the necessity, of this road, are
very generally admitted. It is the will of a people controlling
a great share of the commerce of the world that it should be
made ; and possessing, as they do, ample and pecuniary re-
sources, and stimulated by the ambitious but laudable pros-
pect of turning and monopolizing the channel of Asiatic trade*
LLANO ESTACADO. 119
with the almost certain anticipation of profit, it is easy to
predict the result. The financial demonstration recently made
in New York city, whereby an amount of stock almost suffici-
ent to carry out the enterprise was subscribed in one day, is
eminently significant of the fact, and affords substantial evi-
dence of the confidence of capitalists in the feasibility of the
scheme, and an abundant pledge for its early and successful
accomplishment. That the road will be constructed, but few
at this time entertain a doubt ; the only question that remains
to be determined is, where is the best and most advantageous
route ?
The several exploring parties that have been sent across the
continent in different latitudes, will undoubtedly place the de-
partment in possession of all the information required concern-
ing the country over which the limited amount of the appro-
priation, and time, enabled them to pass ; but as a large
portion of the district over which I have travelled will not
come within the scope of their reconnoissances, my remarks
may serve to throw some light upon the subject, which cannot
be obtained from other sources, and thus add to the general
stock of information so earnestly sought after at this particular
period.
The district of country to which my attention has been
directed is embraced within the 32d and 36th parallels of lat-
itude, and the 95th and 107th meridians of longitude ; and is
bounded upon the north by the Canadian river, and upon the
west by the Rio Grande. A great portion of this vast domain,
containing nearly thirty-two thousand square miles, was, pre-
vious to 1849, almost wholly unknown, except to the native
occupants.
One of the most prominent features which strikes the eye
of the beholder on an examination of this section, is the very
remarkable uniformity of its surface, and the almost total ab-
sence of those abrupt and rugged primitive mountain ranges
which in many other parts of our country offer such formida-
ble obstacles to the passage of railways. But few mountains
are seen throughout this region, and those few are so little
elevated that they present but trifling obstructions when
compared with many that are found in the eastern States.
This section is, however, traversed throughout, nearly its
whole length, by the lofty plateau of the "Llano estacado,"
which, as will be observed upon the map, stretches out from
the 32d to the 36th parallel of latitude, and is, in places, two
hundred miles wide, without a tree or running stream through-
120
NATURAL ROAD.
out its entire surface, and presents, in my judgment, an im-
passable barrier to a wagon road; and I am fully impressed
with the belief that a route crossing this desert anywhere
between the 33d parallel of latitude and its northern limits
will never be selected for a Pacific railwa}'-, or, indeed, a
road of any description. South of this parallel the plain be-
comes less elevated above the adjacent country, and finally
merges into the lands bordering the Pecos and the head
branches of the Colorado.
If it be impracticable to construct and find the material for
sustaining a railway across this desert, 4 the question arises
whether a feasible route can be found near the northern or
southern borders of it.
The road which was made under my supervision from Fort
Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fe, New Mexico, in 1849, (with
one exception, where it crosses a spur, which can easily be
turned,) skirts the base of the northern border of this plain ;
and so far as the topography of the country is concerned, I
believe that a railroad can be made over it with great facility,
as the general surface is smooth, and intersected by no im-
passable mountains or deep valle} r s.
On departing from Fort Smith, this road traverses a gently
undulating district, sustaining a heavy growth of excellent
timber, but occasionally interspersed with prairie lands, afford-
ing luxuriant grass for eight months in the year, and intersected
with numerous small streams flowing over a highly produc-
tive soil, thus embracing the elements of a rich and beautiful
pastoral and agricultural locality. This character continues
for one hundred and eighty miles, to near the 99th meri-
dian of longitude, where the road emerges from the woodlands
and enters the great plains, where but little timber is seen
except directly along the borders of the water-courses. The
soil soon becomes thin and sandy, and, owing to the periodi-
cal droughts of the summer season, would require artificial
irrigation to make it available for cultivation.
Soon after leaving the woodlands the road takes a ridge
which divides the Canadian from the Washita river, and con-
tinues upon it to near the sources of the latter stream, a dis-
tance of nearly three hundred miles. This ridge lies in a
very direct course for Santa Fe, is firm and smooth, and
makes one of the best natural roads I have ever travelled
over. The ground upon each side is cut up into a succession
of deep and precipitous gullies, which have been washed out
by the continued action of water in such a manner as to ren-
LAGUNA COLORADO. 121
der any other route in the vicinity, but the one directly upon
the crest of the "divide," almost impassable.
From the head of the Washita the road continues near the
valley of the Canadian for a hundred miles further, occasion-
ally crossing small tributaries which furnish the traveller with
water at convenient distances ; it then bears to the left, and
passes over the elevated lands bordering the Pecos river,
skirting the base of the mountains along that stream until it
arrives at a place called "Laguna Colorado," a small lake
of muddy water, where the road forks, one branch leading to
Santa Fe over a road forty miles in length, and the other to
Albuquerque, (the point where the route through what is called
" Walker's Pass" is said to leave the Rio Grande,) a distance
of only twenty miles.
The distance from Fort Smith to Santa Fe, as measured
with the chain, is eight hundred and twenty miles.*
The line of this road continued east from Fort Smith would
intersect the Mississippi river in the vicinity of Memphis, Ten-
nessee, and would pass through the country bordering the
Arkansas river, which cannot be surpassed for fertility, as the
bountiful crops of cotton, corn, and other products grown by
the planters, abundantly evince.
The route of my return from New Mexico in 1849, which
has been travelled by California emigrants every year since
that time, leaves the Rio Grande at a point called Dona Ana,
three hundred miles below Santa Fe.
On leaving this place, at an elevation of about four thousand
feet above the sea, the road for three hundred miles traverses
an arid prairie region, where but little wood is found except
upon three ranges of mountains which stretch out to the
north, out do not materially obstruct the passage of the road.
They are covered for the most part with pine timber, and
abound in springs of wholesome water, making it imperative
upon the traveller to pass near them. Upon the route marked
down, the defiles have but little elevation above the general
surface, and, with the exception of a few miles of broken
ground near the "Peak of Guadalupe," the ascents and de-
scents to all the undulations are gradual and easy. At the
southern extremity of the Guadalupe mountains the summit
* The barometrical altitude of Albuquerque above tide water is about 5,130
feet, and of Fort Smith about 600 feet ; making the difference in altitude, or
total declination eastward between the two points, 4,530 feet, or an average
grade of a little over 5| feet to the mile.
122 CROSSING OF BRAZOS AND COLORADO.
level of the country between the Rio Grande and the Pecos is
attained, and from this point the surface declines to the bor-
ders of the latter stream by a gradation almost imperceptible.
Crossing the Pecos, the road ascends by a grade of about five
feet per mile for twenty -five miles, and the traveller here finds
himself upon the broad plain of the "Llano estacado," which
at this point divides the waters of the Rio Grande from those
of the Colorado. The road crosses the southern spur of this
plain, where it is seventy miles broad, and as firm and smooth
as the best McAdamized road. Thence it crosses the head
branches of the Colorado and the main Brazos, and leads off
to a ridge which terminates near Fulton, Arkansas, upon the
navigable waters of Red river. By leaving this ridge and
crossing Red river at Preston, a good road is found to Fort
Smith, upon the navigable portion of the Arkansas, which
would be in a very direct course for St. Louis, and traverse
one of the most productive sections of the United States.
The entire distance from Dona Ana to Fulton is about
eight hundred and fifty miles, and to Fort Smith nine hundred
and four miles. The road from El Paso connects, at the
Sierra Waco, with the one described, and is thirty miles
shorter.
Dona Ana being elevated four thousand feet above the tide-
water level, and Fulton and Fort Smith six hundred and sixty
and six hundred respectively, gives an average grade of less
than four feet to the mile over either road. These results, of
course, can only be regarded as approximate estimates, which
will be increased upon the undulatory portions of the routes.
The surface of the country, however, has a remarkably uni-
form dip to the east and south throughout nearly its, whole
extent, and is, perhaps, better adapted by nature to the recep-
tion of a railroad than almost any other which can be found.
A glance at a map of the country will show that Red river,
from the point of its efflux upon the Delta of the Mississippi
to Fulton, has a northerly bearing ; that here it makes a sud-
den deflection of almost a right- angle to the west, and main-
tains this course to its origin in the " Llano estacado."
The road alluded to, immediately after leaving Fulton,
leads to an elevated ridge, dividing the waters that flow into
Red river from those of the Sulphur and Trinity, and contin-
ues upon it, with but few deviations from the direct course
for El Paso and Dona Ana, to near the Brazos river, a dis-
tance of three hundred and twenty miles. This portion of
the route has its locality in a country of surpassing beauty
BITUMINOUS COAL. ' 123
and fertilit} 7- , and possesses all the requisites for attracting and
sustaining a dense farming population. It is diversified with
prairie and woodlands, affording a great variety of excellent
timber, and is bountifully watered with numerous spring-
brooks, which flow off upon either side of the ridge into the
streams before mentioned. The crest of the ridge is exceed-
ingly smooth and level, and is altogether the best natural or
artificial road I have ever travelled over for the same dis-
tance.
After leaving this ridge the road crosses the Brazos near
very extensive fields "of bituminous coal, (the only locality of
this mineral, so far as my knowledge extends, that has been
discovered within two hundred miles,) which burns readily
with a clear flame, is made use of for fuel at Fort Belknap,
and is very superior in quality.
From the Brazos the road skirts small affluents of that
stream and the Colorado for two hundred miles, through a
country more undulating than that east of the Brazos ; but no
mountains are met with, or elevated hills, which cannot be
avoided by short detours.
Here and there prairies present themselves, but this section
is for the most part covered with a growth of trees called
mezquite, which stand at such intervals that they present
much the appearance of an immense peach orchard. They
are from five to ten inches in diameter, their stocks about ten
feet in length, and for their durable properties are admirably
adapted for railway ties, and would furnish an inexhaustible
amount of the very best fuel. The soil upon this section is
principally a red argilaceous loam, similar in appearance to
that in the Red river bottoms, which is so highly productive,
and extends to near the 102d degree of longitude, or about
three degrees further west than the arable soil upon some of
the more northerly routes.
As this route is included within the 32d and 34th parallels
of latitude, it would never be obstructed by snow, as it sel-
dom falls more than two or three inches in depth, and only
remains upon the ground a few hours at a time.
The whole surface of the country, from Red river to the
Rio Grande, is covered with a dense coating of the most nu-
tritious grass, which remains green for nine months in the
year, and enables cattle to subsist the entire winter without
any other forage.
It will be observed that the route here spoken of skirts the
head-waters of the rivers flowing towards the Gulf of Mex-
124 ' LLANO ESTACADO.
ico, for several hundred miles after leaving Red river, and that
a road cannot be made much further to the north without im-
pinging upon the " Llano estacado." From what I have seen
of the country south of this, I have no doubt but that a road
could be made in almost any direction, but would be attended
with much greater cost than upon the one I have attempted
to describe, for the reason that the surface of the country
along this route is much more level.
After passing the Brazos river, the road, as I have before
observed, runs near the sources of the streams, where the
valleys are broad, and but little depressed below the general
surface ; whereas I have remarked that, in descending some
of these streams, the longitudinal and lateral valleys become
deep and abrupt, and where (as would be the case with a
Pacific railway) it became necessary to cross these undula-
tions transversely, a greater expenditure of labor would be
involved in grading than upon the other route. There would
also be many more large streams to bridge ; indeed, upon the
route I have recommended, there are but two streams (the
Brazos and Pecos) of greater width than forty feet, over the
entire distance of eight hundred and fifty miles, between Red
river and the Rio Grande.
As Fulton, El Paso, and San Diego, in California, are near-
ly in the same direct line, and one which intersects the longitudi-
nal axis of the continent at right-angles, a road connecting these
points would form the shortest line of communication to the
Pacific in this latiude, and would pass near the valley of the
Gila, or its vicinity.
The direct line of this road prolonged eastwardly from Ful-
ton would pass through Arkansas, and intersect the Missis-
sippi river a little below Napoleon, opposite the State of
Mississippi, and would traverse a section which presents no
serious impediment to the passage of a railroad.
This route was surveyed in 1851 by Mr. Sidell, (civil engi-
neer,)- under the direction of the Topographical Bureau, and
resulted in perfectly establishing the feasibility of the route,
and the determination of the fact that the most elevated ground
betwen Lake Providence and Fulton (a distance of two hun-
dred miles) is but one hundred and sixty feet above the flood
water-table of the Mississippi, and only one hundred feet
above that of Red river.
The terminus of the eastern section of this route upon the
Del Norte could be resumed upon the west bank of that
stream ; and if the practicability of constructing the road down
ELEVATION OF MOUNTAIN PASSES. 125
the valley of the Gila can be established, it would give a con-
tinuous line to the Colorado river.
Although our knowledge of the country west of the Rio Del
Norte is for the most part confined to a few traces that have
been pursued by travellers making their way to the Pacific ;
yet it is believed that sufficient reliable data may be deduced
from competent authorities to warrant the expectation of find-
ing a route with admissible grades, as far, at least, as the
Colorado.
Before reaching the waters that flow into the Pacific, it
becomes necessary upon this route, as upon all others in our
territory, to surmount the Rocky mountain chain. The eleva-
tion of the crest of this great continental vertebral column
varies from five to seventeen thousand feet above the tide-
level of the ocean, but has a declension towards its southern
extremity, which greatly favors the project in question. The
barometrical measurements which have been made, place
" Long's Peak" in latitude 40° 36' at the maximum, and the
culmination of a pass or defile in near latitude 32° at the
minimum altitude.
The elevation of the eastern base of the mountains in lati-
tude 42° is the same as the summit of the range in latitude
32°. The elevations of other passes that have been examined,
vary from seven to eight thousand feet above tide.
If, so far as the economy of railway transportation is con-
cerned, the attainment, with the locomotive, of twenty feet in
altitude, is equivalent to the transit of a mile upon a horizontal
plane, we would have (other conditions being equal) a differ-
ence of one hundred miles in horizontal distance in favor of
the route under consideration, over one which should pass the
mountains at an elevation of seven thousand feet.
The difference of elevation of the Rio Del Norte in the vicini-
ty of Dona Ana, and the crest of the mountains in latitude
32° being about one thousand feet, and the distance between
the two positions about one hundred miles, gives an average
grade (which is said to be very uniform) of ten feet per mile
in ascending the eastern slope of the mountains. From the
summit to the mouth of the Gila, a distance of three hundred
and eighty miles, the difference in altitude, barometrically de-
termined, is four thousand seven hundred and forty-six feet,
which (supposing the slope to be uniform) admits of a gradient
of about twelve and a half feet to the mile in descending the
Pacific side of the mountains.
The road upon this side would be much more circuitous
126 ROUTE TO THE GULP.
in its course than upon the other ; the grades will be increased
upon the undulatory portions of the country, and some diffi-
culty may be anticipated in passing the great canon of the
Gila, provided the road is confined exclusively to the limits
of our own territory ; but a gentleman of scientific attainments,
who has examined this route carefully, is of the opinion that
no greater impediments will be met with upon the Gila than
are found upon the Hudson river road. From the Colorado
to the Pacific (unless some other pass is discovered) the road
must penetrate the " Sierra Nevada" chain, through what is
called " Warner's Pass."
The summit of this defile is situated north of the general
course of the road, and the approaches to it, upon both sides,
are somewhat tortuous. It is about one hundred miles dis-
tant from the confluence of the Gila with the Colorado, and
about eighty miles from San Diego on the Pacific.
The elevation of the Pass above tide-water being three
thousand and thirteen feet, and that of the Colorado, at the
mouth of the Gila, two hundred and fifty-four feet, we would
have an average gradation of twenty-seven and a half feet per
mile in the ascent of the eastern slope, and a descent from the
Pass of thirty-seven and a half feet to the mile in reaching
San Diego.
Should it be found desirable, on arriving at the mouth of
the Gila, to turn the course of the road, and run it down the
valley of the Colorado, to the head of the Gulf of California.
I am informed by persons who have examined this section
that the surface is free from obstructions, and the distance
to Adair bay (where four fathoms of water may be relied upon
at ebb-tide) is about eighty miles.
I am, sir,
Very respectfully,
Your obedient servant,
RANDOLPH B. MARCY,
Captain 5th hifantnj, U. S. Army.
APPENDIX A.
TABLE
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS
During the expedition for the exploration of the Red river and
its sources under charge of Captain R. B. Marcy, 5th U. S.
infantry.
128 APPENDIX A.- — METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.
J-
£* oil
OQ
r< lO
^1
a, w
JP
"s>
3 3 a
flSa
u 3
S « tO
a s S .9
oJSo
a • -■ G
ft g w.2?
S'-l
« S SS|2;
to 3 .s * 3
'3 S 2 2 • ~
M-g g g 3
73 c8
WO
i.s a
s §
o o
%-7300©0000
c3 Sl3'O p OT3 r On3XJ
3 73 73 C$73
jy — 2, P "
__ |tt>3 £
CGh-lSoQ
737373 o- 13 ~ § ' 3 ' a
! 55
■SB JSs
OWOfBO'tTHfflQOeOO) tOOCOCOONW
• CD CO GO 00 t- CO GO t
t- t- CD fc- 00 00 »-
oconaococo^c-oiM o oi c*. ao -+ oo «o
oo t- 1- CO CO CO CO b- CO CO CO b- b- CO t- CO 00 fc-
lO tH lO CSHO 1C '
»o b- oos as
aococoGOcococococoaoco cococococococo
CSl ■* ■* "9 • t* *- ** °° °° °° <£ co o> o o> cscnooooo
APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.
129
3*3
O c3 U
u a to ■ -
'** ~tD 6 "3
■oso s
g bo =3 i3
S-d •'■« . •_ 3
o c3 "S £ -a "3
a -^ a > a
.Jojs-
~ c a a S
g *" ta a S °
a [a ;§ '3 " .3
3 !*
s a
g B a r/j
"° "5) "3 g
a a 5P-S
| 3 'Z&
PM o -o
", z> :->
Co
OOOOOO'C OOO 'w ^
( -a -a ij >a -a ■
; -a ^ ^ us ^'o ^3 ^ -a ^ ^3
o o o 7* a a>
_ -S c
olio 2
j-j i. ;/_ -j.-j.-j^-ji mxnxfiTfi K £ f Z ^ (5 ? rfi m co -ii a. /- k .-/. *; ,4 iC Z Z Z 15 Z * m or. ra 3
X X 1
XX XX
CI ^ CO o; IM H CO CO b- CO OS CI lft C5 lift -* C -
CO CO CO 00 CO t- O CO b- b- b- CO CO w CC CO O J." t- 00 GO^Ot-COt-'
XX X
:-— *o c 'Xi CO t- 1
X X
b- CD fc- b= b- CO I
x xxx x-xxx :
.. ..1 co ci co o c j~ cm -ti co x c* co co t- ■ ooiMHiocio com
• C> co 1ft CO' I- CO CO t- co t- CO b- O CO lft lft ^ "O ift O -+ : CO b- b- CO CO «C c
1 lft b-b- b= ift -h m
lft lft CO 1ft) CO CO _ lift lft ift ift ift ift ift X ■/■■ CM X' CM (MlO
aft lft b~ fc- co co co co O O O lft tF 10 lft co co co b- t- t— O '£ cO i>;. L"i "O X op f «.- *o o -o o ^ O tft -f an iQ cj
<£) 00 GO CO 00 CO CO CO CO CO CO COOOOOCOCOCOGOCOC
x> go x x r x x x x x x x x x> x- x co co co c
tM CM CM CM CM CM C3 CM CM OH CM Ol CM CM C"« CM Ol CM Q'< CM CM CM CM CM CM C-l CM CM Oi CM OJ CM CM C 1 CM CM CM CC CM
aaa
a a a a
a a s a a a aa»a aaaaaa^a
O .OM .O . . .O O .
ra . sra^ p,ro cs =3 B,=o & « s ii &&«« cs c
gsgftaftacaadasagag as*
u .O - O 1 . O O lft . . lft CO O lft .lift . , O
c5 CO aCO eg CO CO Tt^ eg a'* CO CO ^ p^tJH rt rt ^ CO
iOC0C0Cilft^l^-05i01ftb-C5-^C0C0C0'^l iftCOOO
CM CM CM CM CO CO CO CO CO -fl *■* -fl ^ -^ -^ lft. lft lft lft O CO CO CO b- I— b- b- GO CO 'CO CO GS OS C5 C5
130
APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.
£ a
, 1-1 fts a
J: r3 53 00
So 3„
s~.sa
'3 "S sp
!>>13 C §,
« 3 mm
-S3. i§;3
25a 3 m .
g o >\ S r£ *s •-
3-3
■si I;
3 o ^
O m OJ
"3-35
3.2 .-
.3 o to m
a ■-■s.'S
3 ^||
"o
t>
^\C5
C3 ■§ J3
._ .„• fcOTS
J*
l>»rt 3 3
■alas
s o S 5
- —.
3 5 .-«]
■ -£ to -a
O t3
3
a
s a g °
o 3— o
1
St-
cS
■rt
Eggs
^ a -1 a a
mt!
oi
r-' 5
=
£?£ tod's
•3 ° -3 "3 ^ ja P 3 jj ffl ~ 3 -S 3 3 f„
■Sfl.Scaa a1^.ga c a^ =
w aj ._ — . — c3 o3 3 .3 .3 p .3 rt 3 £ 3 =-<
M02 hKZ !>tf S»2Z oZ So^Om
§2 I- 2 ;
■3 o o o ^?^ o o o „
3 -3 13 -3 -« 3 TJ"S -d c3 3
eSo ooooooo o - -
o "3 "3 "3 "3 13 -3 -3 13 "3 "313/3'
§■3 gS'S'SS'S
CC^5 02 ^ **=<
131313 *3 ,3 *3 *3 l3
zhh PKsasKH zzz g • -f9.ra : : : : : : si : : :g
BZZ 3 Z 2; Z 2; iz £ 3H9 H £ 55 Z 02 02 02 aa 02 oa 02 02020202^
cm - o -* -* cm o o uo -*■*< oo co -7f>
<© c ffl © o 00 1- 1- 1- co <© ocotocot-
fc- fc— CO' OCO^b-i-GOCOOOl!
COOTOWO
co to- t- eft 00"
oh 10 i-: '-^ J 1 : 11: " zo co co 10 cm cc cr /- *
iO ^ CO ^H CO CO CM CM CM CO CO CO C
CO CO CO CC CO
00 00 00 00 00 a* co -x -/-■ or. r rf, f/) ,-y oo co co oo go oo
CM CM CM CM a
55 is
a 5 -
■f
O
"3
3
beautiful]
autiful nig
111
z
A few clc
Shower f
stratu
Dew com
>
—
p
p
p
No dew ;
Dew.
Dew.
Dew; be
! S di
—
o
p
3
3
3
O
3
u
o
-
is
U
g
3
3
3
§
-
~
fifififid
~
-
3
id
«
'--
-
m
o
Tfl
55
7 -I
£ 3 £
t/J CJ OG
tS 3 cStS
■d T3 T3 T3
i t3 is t3 r"i3 ^3
o a •;
'.'' — 7.
Xi'^'O'rt fl
'- .2 K .2
— - V. r/"i :/ v "/"■ v v V -/"
fb- lO rtf cm ?o o cm
•OO©Ob»t»0D
CDeOcCCOSOlO^t-QOOCOCO
^ CO 'X' *-JD t— Ci-til>-00C3-?HOCS
OOQOt-t-OGOC
-fc-GO COCOt-i
X' ^ ^ ^ ^
> -& CS I— CS CO OS t- t-> CO <"-■ CO ■ X CM h !- -f i (3S Cl -t
-t-ocot-s^co 0000 t-(©'OC0t-«0©C000t»tO«0
>COeMOh-C$t--*+WOCMt-b-lOGO
• ^t-t^C^COt-t^CiOOCDb-b-Q
lO lO ifi Ift CM l.O O CM O lO HO lO t
CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CM CO CM CM CM CM CM CM C
lOOOOOOsOQ
(X CO '/.: 00 cr> X ■:
) 00 COOOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOC
) CO CO CO CO CO ■-/) CO -X' 'X- 7" X X t - t— I— t— 00 CO CO CO
I CM C ( CM CM CSJ CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM - ( CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM C
a ° a a . a
g p aa-
a a
a a a c a a
OT^CiO^O . . .Opi^O .OOt-HO ,0)01CHOO
CO ^COr^TPcOrtrt (£,CO
■I lO O rt iO b- Oi o t-
OO - CO Q.CO -* Tf • CO CO £. ■ r-> •
C0C»O5C0T-lcqCNb-OSCNrHC0Ti-r-» Cfl C« C3 CT (M N ^ ^1 OKI ~1 -1 ^1 ^ (M ^ (M (T) CO CO CO
trlriffieiffl(fl«l«00» CO CO CO 03
132
APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.
50033
O O O GD m . •
SSSfffes
M as 02 >s3^ii^ii£
!>oSS3
ZZZZ KZZZZgEccajtnZZZ Z ZZ ZZZ Z Z £ mvirfimm
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
O 'O -rH »— CM OD (M O ^ O -fi lO Ci -+ CO O r-l tK ^a'OOOlt- C> — J~ O iO csi o
O CO CO t- O » l" lC a.) 'X t- l- «D O h CC l- t-» OOCXiCOt-b»(OiO*C06-0
lO t- CO -l--
CS) CM CM CM CM(MC^CM.C>1CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM
C3 Ol CM C! CM CI CI C-i CI CI CM CM C =
33
3 3°. 3
S
O CD . . O CD CO
COm rvQ. COCO • CO w CO CO Q.C0 CO
CMi-HOt- CO Ci t-I i-l iH tH lO t- Ci CM
p,a g p,cs ■ g & g
00 . o o £ .0
a 3
3 3 aa
iofloo .oofloooio
CO CO CO rvCO 00 CO CO CO Tf
O • * ^-*i<0101ClOiOOO -Hi
ft 13 C3 o G"
^ • ^ o :- £
5 '• 3a S 55 !>
:aHBBas
XX X X X' X ^ X
©Mne coo-? — cr: x- co -t< c* -h : ~ co -m ~ / -o n i~ — oi »- cm co — *~ — i- c"» — - 1 ' c~. oi x co co oo b- o -t*
Tf CO CO b- CO w cD *C0 t- X 'X- t- 1- CD Cs Ol 'X l- I- CO 'X' .X X I- I- 'O Cl CO OD t- t- O CO b- b- CD CO GO I— CO CO CO
'».— c-i o od c: .o 0 r- '0 cm
■ -7 co ■: :iu--i-- j " jj oi- —■ cc
' C0CHHOObrlCOC".'*O«t'l , *l*N b- — —■ iO O j~ co to CD CO — CD — CD ID LO iCO O O i
• C0COGOCOG033CO00b-b-b-b-b- b- b- b- b- b- b- b- b- t-Hb-b-Nb-Nt-t-b-t- b-b-b-b-t
b-b- I
CM C^ CM C( CM Ci 01 C-! 0= 0^ Od CM CM Od C
I CM Ol CM CM CI CM CI OJ CI 01 CM CM Oi OJ M CI Ci C-l Ol
aa 3
3 2 3
.OOOCO .CO . .ooofl . . .0 .
d " ai
Xi T3 -*a re
See g "
«S"g ■§
"2 £?!
.3 ° boC
3 c3 P. t
c3
c3 £
H
OK
.g.s a
- rt 3
'3 §g.
£> OS
£ 6i3
op n
ii| J?
Rfloa 3
TO m a
oac5
o a" 5 »
.3 a
a "3-
«; -5 -a S-- 3 3
o S .5 .2 3 .2 '3 3
Zfl !ZZtf;> P3«
o o o o o
_ ^ %, o o o
° =3
00000000-300
~ 'C* 'O 'CS TS T3 'CS 3 *CS '
oKo
o o o o o
^ i_'<_ju+->q}4^v
1-3 S H? -S h?
oa —
^ a bo ^
-S ^Tj gr3r§^a
O O 60
B£3
c/2 02 7j 02 02 02
P- KmsSSBj 7. 72 !/.' >72 72 72 32 02 02 02 02 02 02 CO I? ;Z SS
C3 GOCO rf CO O CO
t— O O CO O t— — t- 3: C^ — i~ iO C3 CO CO CO cr. ■ / ■— -H OS t- 00
OOCOt-COCOt-GCt*t*CDOCOCOt-COCOCOCOCONCO CO CO
■m o o co o
b- co ■•# o o or v" :c o -ti-c -m n ■— -:■ — t- -~o io co h- co co
t-. t- 1- 1— t-
CM CM CM CM CM
rvCO • CO
^COO^CilOO-^lCi
lO »— O CM CO t
b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b- b-b-b- b-b-b-t-b-b-b-b-b-*
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM Ci CM CM CM CM C
a* iaa ft*la»ft a a j
. O a • .OlO CO .OOft .9
SO tH t-h CO CD Cs CM tH CM rti CO r-l CO r-f
t— CO COCOCJOIOOOOOOt
a a
a 2 & a
r-f -m ri CI CI CI CO CO CO
tH t-1 tH tH CM 01 CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM C 4 J] c« CM CM CM CM CM
APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.
135
£ & *
ct c3 g
cS £ d
CWPH
.9 a-s
;« ••"ii
P 3 3 g'd
° ° » "3 '£
J bo bo bo m _\
g J.S'5sa
o £ _o o o .S .2
i5 oSSSat>
■gJU
• m . -5? .a
•S 3 .3 to a
5-3 S a tc
o m-j as
bcbo,.^ ...
a a St3 n
S +3 ^ SJ "°
o o .§ 'rf o
o o o o o o _ .
t) ■o'O'ci'O'Cca'ci
o o o o o o
ci S'S d S'S tj S'S
*» so^ -~
.Otu-^OOOOO -
S'O'o^'S'n'B'a'S'S'O
£, o bo
~ "S3
3 "S J3 tj 'S >d -C "B
bo o
3S
a a ° i>
BHHHHgH
a k iz z is a z z z : : : :z§! :feg g • • : zzz£: H " ' H ' iggj J^' loss's : : :
ZKHHHHZZccco^toKaiSco&p: ^ZZZZZZ&M^£^ai£?PaJZZcoSQc«taa2
) 00 CO t» O O CO t- b> O GO 'X — C39C OB O Ci 'X t- CO t- O
co ot-oooco«acooi^t-oiOffiociGO ncccoi cm -r< c> m> o -f x .O
llOt-OSC0i-IC^'lOt-ci
as a,
a -a ftftaoo:
. H . O © .COCO
CO H « «0-Cl « rl H ■«
: a <* : a a
, ft M . (
a cs • a .« . a j
; ga -s a a,.
q, sS cLco ft, co
! w re CM ^ • CM ^ •
CO COCO^r^r^TJHTtlftiftlftlftifttft'iDOtOCOO b-b-b-b-b-COCOCOClOCiOOO!
CN CMCMC>»C>ICMC^O^^)CMCMCMC>lCSlCMCMC^C>ICM CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCriC-lCMCOCOCO
^T-lCMCMCMCOCOCO'
136
APPENDIX A= METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS,
*>a
°a
?1Q
E= & £ >, fe g
s
02 02 02 02 02 x x 72 x 02 x x x x xx x. x 02 x x x x x x x x x ao 02 a*
CT CI -}H CI -* O O O CO C ffl C-1 ■# SO ^ « (M t- COOSOSS b- H H '5 "^ i O Olrf^
CI b- b- C. — . X' O' I.- X' QTj/Jl-NQClCCt* QCJGOI-- b- CO C3 00 b- b- b- =3 Ci
f CO CO O O *^ 'M S-l it CI -f -0 O O O CVO tH r-iiOC0b- CI t-H ~H Ti< "K^H t-COCO
> b- b- O O GO 00 X X :r 00 X X b- O — '/JCO O C CO CO CO CJOOCOCOtr-tDO
lO b- 00 (MHO X X i-H ci CI (MNOO CI I— CO CI CO CI CO -T< <^ )0 lC CO l-
QCiCOT-iClrHr-lrHCJ CI CJ CI CI CI CI CI d (SSI CSl <£>=©c£>cC>b-b-b-t'-t
0OG0GOG0 Ci QOOlOlQOSOO
APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.
J37
S3 O
so *
A
o fid
« '3 '3
-a ,Q ro w m
in
§3 ■S'Sl
3
o .
"3) o
o
Limulus cl
o dew ; n
west.
imbus clo
imbus clo
ratus cloi
Do.
3a
a
O^ Zgffi
3 a
i'S-3'a s -a S
'^itii in
OOOOOO-CsjOOOO^O
^ ^3 t3 13 ^5 ^a ^ aj'^ r Ci r O r O 3 *£>
J "^3 'o d 'O "d 7! -r '
^^
u 057513 ° 75 75 oi 75 — t8 T3 73 75 75 c5 «
10 — v
;^ 3 fe\^s
~%"5
no ,c -3 -C js «<3 r>T3 — "d "a 'a ts
be o ■ co 35 ° 33 ° k°
bo •_ bo o bOTj -Mo "33
• H : H H H
' 55 H Z S3 a W H HH ' ' ' ' &3 53 * * ' '. ' 'M&3HH
r co oi co to c-i -M n c^ -H 1* 1* :: -^ co c-i x< -t< cc -f co c" n co co -tooo^t- co es ci o '— 01 —. co -^ ^ itf
Ci CO CO fc- Oi Oi Oi CO b- b- Oi Oi GO CO b- t- b- CO 00 b- CO CO Ci CO t-t»OOCOt*t- CO CO CO b- b- CO CO CO 00 b-»
^fficoocoOGiioocooob- ot-oiC' i.o oo -t' oo a ■ lO oi g o th m lo -f co *ft-eich"*cocj»Tl<
OOIODCOOHCCOCOCOOHCIGO 00 I- '"/j wl Ci ■■/) I* I- Cl OJ GOt-t-OOOCOt- t- CO OS CO t- t- CO OS OS CO
TH CN1 <£> iO t-GO^OOGO;
O lO 1C O"!
i o . .
;s^=o & «s 7
( CM b- Oi 03 i
OOOr-S3 a .-^ "- 1
5 ja,g g a st ._•- .
3:2-3
.2 a §
„ ' | s g s g a a a «a
o o
ri'Co CS O c3 71 TJ 71 ^ ^ ^3 71 71 71 <3 71
cd • 7 _ i cu T _ t a> 000 • a> .qooqjO
5 :»5ci5^^ :-3 |^^^S5^
o^o j^3
"=l.'
HS.^t\c
:*
> -4-3 n *^ 4) OO+S ^ +-> u O-P © -I
"3 s © 53^o
~ _-■ CO CQ CO cq - • ■ - «-
COt-0>©MOHlftOiCOOO«(MHCOO CM tH CO W W W CO GO tH CO t* CM GO CO
COCOt-N^COODNl-t-OCOCOb'OO 00 CO «© CO t- fc- CO «© t- CO C5 t- t0 <©
H\ H\ t-f\ i-f\ r-f\ t-t\ «-f\.-.
Q lO CM CTj -f: - r. '*■ c iO C -f i-: '-^ h .X c^ io t- O CM t— 00 b- CM CM TH tH «© GO CO CM
t-b-CV0OCO<»COO5O00O»r-l>-GOCSt
lO lO ICO WiO
t-NlOWlWOCOb-fflOONNOlN^©
COCOOJCOCOOOOOOOOffiOOOOO
CO Ot-Ot»t»i>^ t- Ci Ost- t- ir*
■( o o o oo c
I CM CO fc- CO t
OHOOOO
<"/.■ ■'"/ ■ ■■"/:.: '"/".■■ '"/".' ■/•; Ci Ci -Crs C5 Ci <:/> ~. ■ Ci C5 Os OS CI Ol OS Oi a O Cft Ol OiCSCiOOGOCO
CMc^CMCMCMC^C^C^CMCMCMCMCMCMCMC^CM
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM C
: :aa : :
; a & d a _ a
o o cd, .
ds a . <=> . _
O ™ r^ ^^ * a ra "^
I-ICM'MtOl^COTHCOlO
: :aaa
: a* d, d, p,
. ooo
r^CO CO CO
• e&o t-h
a a
o o o o a,o o oj a O CO
r^ m .-A m *"*^ CO CO •
• O CM ■ O
aco CO
W OS H H ^'
)COCOC0 050J050)C}050000CH i-l
co -: '.? :? -o -h
< t-H CM CM CM CM CM CM cm cmcmcmcmcmcmcm cmcmcmcmcmcm
APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 139
ifijco
■3H !j
tj Sot o
— ■ ea &
It*
OcO .
i is S
a so
' S th '3 2} g
Sgs
a£:
V2&1&1V1 gqcgcgH H H H w cq
b- CO CO CO 00 b- CO CO CO
H5)Hh- O^tHCO t-COtyilOl
© 00 CO fc- CO t- t- CO COt-b-CiC
jO ooo o ©
H W CT O ICt-HtHCSI r-lOO^CO
©OiOiCO ClClCTiC^l CS1 CM CM CM CI
O CO CO CO CO GO CO CI C5dOOC3
g
*o -2
3
a!
2 a
O !>■
O O
.s
C
jq m
S3
s
a
3
e3
a §
«
03
3
5
53
O
M
iz~
P
1852.
o
Mis.
June 29
8S
NE. 20° N. . . .
155
763
1 960
Total distance travelled, 2,693
NE. 20 E....
115
778
1 998
revolutions = 6 miles 917.
NE. 5 E
ISO
512
1 314
N. 20 E
160
640
1 653
July 2
39
E
90
883
2 207
Total distance travelled, 8S3 re~
volutions = 2 miles 267.
4
40
NE. 15 E
120
753
1 935
Total distance travelled, 5,099
E
90
475
1 218
revolutions = 13 miles 097.
SE
45
175
626
270
1 617
693
N.5E
E. 20 N
110
460
1 180
NE. 20 E. ,
115
669
1 729
41
E
90
100
1,846
829
4 741
2 129
5
E. 10 N
Total distance travelled, 6,055
E. 10 S ....
80
1,067
2 741
revolutions = 15 miles 653.
E. 20 S .
70
1,500
3 853
E
90
170
609
1,132
1 574
2 906
N. 10 E,
42
S
360
100
918
1,028
2 356
2 639
6
E. 10 N
Total distance travelled, 4,995
NE. 15 E
120
656
1 694
revolutions = 12 miles 83.
NE. 10 E.
125
1,083
2 780
E. 10 N
100
1,115
2 861
E. 10 S
80
335
860
43
NE
135
130
778
2,295
1 997
5 894
T
NE. 5 E
Total distance travelled, 6,208
E. 10 S
E
80
90
691
538
1 775
1 381
revolutions = 16 miles 046*
NE. 15 E....
120
973
2 497
E. 10 N
100
1,049
2 693
E. 20 S
70
662
1 711
3
44
E. 10 S
80
535
1 373
Total distance travelled, 6,848
E. 20 S
70
2,411
6 191
revolutions = 10 miles 418.
E
90
60
1,820
1,373
3 3S9
3 524
SE. 15 E
SE. 5E
50
709
1 821
9
45
NE
135
600
1 551
Total distance travelled, 4,15?
revolutions = 10 miles 683.
E. 20 N
110
742
1 905
E. ION,
100
465
1 192
NE. 5 E
130
994
2 553
NE 15 N . . . .
150
795
2 042
E. 20 S ..... .
70
562
1 446
10
46
SE
45
1,962
5 037
Total distance travelled, 5,357
revolutions = 13 miles 76.
SE. 15 S
30
1,205
8 093
SE. 7 E
52
836
2 146
SE
45
350
695
659
1 786
1 702
s. low
11
47
E
90
1,043
2 677
Total distance travelled, 4,316
revolutions = 11 miles 086.
E. 20 N
110
1,034
2 646
SE. 15 E
60
499
1 282
48
E
90
95
1,740
2,196
4 469
5 640
12
E. 5N
Total distance travelled, 5,604
E.20 N
110
1,209
3 103
revolutions = 14 miles 4.
NE. 21 E
114
735
1 888
E. 20 N
110
692
1 779
SE. 10 E
55
772
1 982
14
49
SE. 15 E '
60
909
2 334
Total distance travelled, 4,815
E. 20 S
70
810
2 079
revolutions = 11 miles 084.
NE. 5E
130
794
2 039
N. 20 E
160
571
1 466
NE. 5 E
130
1,231
3 159
15
, 50
E. ION
100
1,916
4 919
Total distance travelled, 4,070
NE
135
784
2 014
revolutions = 10 miles 454.
NE. 5N
140
663
1 712
NE
135
110
473
1 234
1 212
600
1 E. 20 N......
APPENDIX B. COURSES AND DISTANCES.
<£,
i '%>
a
"o tS.
.
3
aS
fea
O >
_
iz
Remarks.
tb
QJ °
£" attaching it to a new ore of copper, found on
Red river, near the Witchita mountains, and that he describes
three or four other species of copper ore from the same region.
For a particular description I refer you to his report, while I
confine myself to a few remarks as to the geology of the de-
posite.
On section V, Dr. Shumard has shown the geological posi-
tion of this ore, viz : near the bottom of, and in the red clay,
and more than one hundred feet from the surface. We hence
see that the ore was deposited from water, although some spe-
cimens from Cache creek of calcareous amygdaloid seem to
have been melted. But if, as has been suggested, the gyp-
sum was produced by the joint action of submarine volcanoes
and water the copper may have had the same origin, and this
would explain the presence of chlorine in the Marcylite.
How much copper may be expected in such a region as
that on Red river I have no means of judging, because I
know of no analogous formation. But as we have proof that
it is an aqueous deposite, and that igneous agency has been
active not far off, it would not be strange if the vicinity of the
Witchita mountains should prove a prolific locality.
The oxide of manganese described by Professor Shepard
may, perhaps, be found abundant and more pure. And the
iron-sand, so common in some of the creeks, indicates the ex-
istence of magnetic oxide of iron in the mountains.
Whether the red clay formation and the gypsum formation
that have been described are of the cretaceous age or not,
there can be no doubt as to the deposites passed over from
July 20 to Fort Washita, for among the specimens are two
species of Gryphcea, and one echinoderm, much mutilated, but
evidently of that period. On the 27th a " bluish gray, highly
crystallized limestone" was observed, which cropped out be-
neath the sandstone, and which Dr. Shumard says was "non-
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 163
fossiliferous." It continued, however, to the 30th, or to Fort
Washita, where he says, " I observed in it a large number of
the fossils characteristic of the cretaceous period." Probably
he refers to two kinds of limestone, and not improbably the
limestone and sandstone first noticed belong to the carbonife-
rous strata already noticed. Among the specimens I also find
parts of two species of ammonite, one quite large, but quite
characteristic of the cretaceous strata, and resembling some
good specimens in the collection of the American Board of
Foreign Missions, obtained by their missionaries in the Choc-
taw country. I cannot doubt that these strata are largely de-
veloped in that vicinity. Indeed, that region has already
been colored as of the cretaceous age upon our geological
maps. I have, therefore, marked a strip of cretaceous rocks
between Forts Belknap and Washita. These are, in truth,
the predominant strata in Alabama, Mississippi, and Texas,
and I need not go into details respecting them.
Dr. Shumard frequently speaks of a surface formation un-
der the name of drift, consisting of boulders of all the rocks
described above, and some others, such as mica slate and
labradorite. But I doubt whether this formation be the same
which we denominate drift in New England — the joint result
of water and ice — for no example has as yet been found of drift
agency as far south as Texas by several degrees. Yet there
is evidence of a southerly movement among the smaller rolled
detritus almost to the Gulf of Mexico, such as water alone
could produce, seeming to be the result of the same current,
destitute of ice, that produced the coarse unstratified and un-
sorted drift of Canada and New England. But amono- the
specimens in my hands are several of sillicified wood, and all
of them, I believe, are mentioned in Dr. Shumard's notes as
occurring in drift, although in your letter of December 5,
1852, you speak of masses from fifty to one hundred pounds
in weight in the gypsum formation. You may mean its upper
part ;* if so, there may be no discrepancy between the two
statements ; and I have been led to suspect that what Dr.
Shumard calls drift may be only a newer portion of the ter-
tiary strata, although, as already remarked, silicified wood is
found in almost all the fossiliferous formations. All the speci-
mens sent by you, however, with one exception, are dicoty-
* The fossil-wood referred to in Captain Marcy's letter was found upon the
upper surface of the formation.
164 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
ledonous. They resemble not a, little the fossil- wood from
Antigua, and the desert near Cairo, in Egypt, both of which
deposites are tertiary. One specimen is a beautiful example
of a monocotyledon, a cross section showing vessels of the
shape of a half or gibbous moon. This fact shows that the
climate was warm enough for trees analogous to the palm
tribe to flourish ; yet the great predominance of dicotyledo-
nous forms shows a close analogy with the existing vegetation
of the southern part of our country; nor is there evidence, in
these specimens, of a temperature above that now existing in
our southern States, since several species of palms occur
there.
The two subsoils analyzed by Professor Shepard, give very-
interesting results. The first is highly calcareous; and when
the line shall have been exhausted in the overlying soil, this
material, thrown up by subsoil ploughing, would be equal to
a large dressing of lime. In the other subsoil we have an ex-
traordinary amount of sulphate of lime, and a sufficiency of
carbonate of lime, as well as chlorine and soda. It seems
hardly possible to doubt that such a. basis would need only
organic matter to render it one of the most productive of all
soils ; and when we think how extensive the gypsum forma-
tion is from which this subsoil was obtained, we cannot but
anticipate (unless there are counteracting causes of which I
am ignorant) that that portion of our country will become a
rich agricultural district — I mean the region lying east of the
T 1 1
" Llano estacado."
Only one specimen of common salt (chloride of sodium)
was sent among the specimens, and that, as you inform me,
" was procured b} r the Comanche Indians in the country lying
between the Canadian and Arkansas rivers."
We are now prepared to appreciate an analysis of the
water of Red river, which has been executed in the labora-
tory of Amherst College by Mr. Daniel Putnam, under the
direction of Professor W. S. Clark. This is somewhat of a
mineral water, and you remark that all the waters originating
in the gypsum formation have the same bitter and nauseating
taste. I think you are right in the opinion that the ingre-
dients are derived from that formation. Analysis shows that
the taste depends upon the presence of three salts in nearly
equal proportions, two of which, sulphate and magnesia, or
Epsom salts, and chloride of sodium, are very sapid. Mr,
Putnam's analysis is as follows :
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 165
" Water from Red river —
Water in fluid ounces 4.
Weight of water in grammes 127.800
Weight of chlorine present. -051
Weight of lime present .033
Weight of sulphuric acid present .095
Residue evaporated to dryness, and weighed,
probably, sulphates of soda and magnesia toge-
ther, weight -168
"It was impossible, with the small quantity of water, to determine the last two
ingredients with absolute certainly. In the calculations following they are re-
garded as real. Regarding the lime as sulphate, and the residue of sulphuric
acid as united with magnesia, and the chlorine as united with sodium, we have
the following results :
Weight of sulphate of lime .080
Weight of sulphate of magnesia .073
Weight of chloride of sodium .084
Weight of the whole .237
Per-centage of matter in solution, about .19
" The analysis of the water from a spring in a gypsum cave, yielded the fol-
lowing results :
Weight of the water, in fluid ounces 4.
Weight of the water in grammes, about 127.800
Weight of hydro-sulphuric acid present .011
Weight of chlorine .01 4
Weight of lime 090
Weight of sulphuric acid .227
The residue was evaporated, and the presence, but not the weight, of mag-
nesia, found separate from the soda. The quantity was very small, however.
Soda and magnesia together, about .130
" Regarding the lime as sulphate, and the residue of sulphuric acid as united
partly with magnesia and partly with soda, and the chlorine with sodium, we
have the following results :
Weight of sulphate of lime .219
Weight of sulphate of magnesia .088(?)
Weight of sulphate of soda .073(?)
Weight of chloride of sodium. .023
Weight of hydro-sulphuric acid .011
Weight of the whole .414
Per-centage of matter in solution .82
" The analyses of water, on account of the small quantity, cannot be relied
upon as perfectly accurate ; but they are the best I could make under the cir-
cumstances."
166 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
Your account of the remarkable canons of Red river, where
it comes out from the borders of the " Llano estacado," as
given in your lecture before the American Geographical and
Statistical Society, has been read by me with great interest.
For several years past I have been engaged in studying ana-
logous phenomena in this, which seems to me a neglected
part of geology. The canons of our southwestern regions are
among the most remarkable examples of erosions on the globe ;
and the one on Red river seems to me to be on a more eiffan-
tic scale than any of which I have found a description. You
seem in doubt whether this gorge was worn away by the
river, or is the result of some paroxysmal convulsion. You
will allow me to say that I have scarcely any doubt that the
stream itself has done the work. The fact that when a tri-
butary stream enters the main river it passes through a tri-
butary canon, seems to me to show conclusively that these
gorges were produced by erosion, and not by fractures ; for,
how strange would it be if fractures should take those ramifi-
cations and curvatures which a river and its tributaries pre-
sent. And, moreover, I find cases where I can prove, from
other considerations, that streams of water (existing and an-
cient rivers) have eaten out gorges quite as difficult to exca-
vate as any of the canons of the West. So that, if we must
admit that rivers have done a work equally great in one case,
all presumption is removed against their doing the same in
other cases. I have a great number of facts, which I hope
to be able, if life be spared, to present to the public on this
subject ; and I am very glad to add the canons of Red river
to the number.
Before Professor Adam's departure for the West Indies last
winter, I secured his report, hereto subjoined, upon the recent
shells collected in your expedition. It derives a melancholy
interest from having been among the last, if not the very last,
of his scientific efforts, he having been cut off by yellow fever
in January.
With this imperfect elucidation of the facts collected by
you in your laborious explorations, I subscribe myself,
With great respect,
Your obedient servant,
EDWARD HITCHCOCK.
Amherst College, June 5, 1853.
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 167
Remarks upon the General Geology of the country passed over by the Exploring
Expedition to the sources of Red River, under command of Captain R. B.
Marcy, U. S. A. : By Geo. G. Shumard, M. D.
It is to be regretted that the main objects contemplated by
the expedition were of such a character as to allow of merely
a partial geological exploration. It was found necessary to
traverse a large extent of country in a limited period of time,
so that not as many opportunities were allowed for making-
minute and detailed sections of the strata as could have been
desired. However, it is believed that something has been
done towards elucidating the geology of a valuable and inter-
esting district of our country, which hitherto has received but
little attention from geologists.
We will first submit a brief account of the geological fea-
tures of a portion of Northwestern Arkansas, which will ena-
ble us to understand more clearly the character of the deposites
observed on the route travelled by the party, and exhibit
more satisfactorily the connection of the cretaceous group
with the older or palaeozoic rocks. In Washington county we
have a fine development of rocks belonging to the carbonife-
rous period, rising sometimes several hundred feet above the
water-level of Arkansas river. They consist of beds of dark-
gray and bluish-gray limestone, surmounted by heavy-bedded
coarse and fine-grained quartzose sandstone. The ridges of
highest elevation run nearly north and south through the cen-
tre of the country, forming a geological back-bone ; the waters
from one side flowing eastwardly into White river, and on the
other westwardly into Illinois river, both streams being tribu-
taries of the Arkansas.
Wherever the limestone forms the surface-rock, the soil is
of excellent character, and for productiveness is unsurpassed
by any in the State; but where the sandstone reaches the
surface, the soil becomes too arenaceous, and is of inferior
qualuy for agricultural purposes. The limestone is generally
highly charged with fossils, and, in many places, beds of con-
siderable thickness are atmost entirely composed of the re-
mains of Crinoidea.
In the lithological and palseontological characters it cor-
responds very closely to the rocks of the superior division of
the carboniferous system of Indiana, Kentucky, Illinois, and
168
APPENDIX ». GEOLOGY.
Missouri. The fossils are usually remarkably well preserved.
The following are the most abundant and characteristic spe-
cies: Archhnedipora archimides, Agassizocritius dactyliformis,
Petitaiematit.es sulcatm, Prodv.ct.us cara, P. jmnctalus, P. cos-
tatus, Tercbratida subtilita, and Terebralula Marcyi* We
have found all these species associated together in Grayson
county, Kentucky, near Salem, Indiana, and at Chester and
Kaskaskia, Illinois.
The line of junction between the sandstone and limestone
is well defined, there being an abrupt transition from the one
into the other. The sandstone has 3 r ielded but few fossils?
and these only calamites and terns.
Veins of sulphuret of lead traverse the limestone at several
points in Washington county, and I have been informed that
valuable beds of iron ore occur here ; workable seams of bitu-
minous coal have also been discovered at a number of locali-
ties in the county.
Proceeding in a southerly direction through the counties of
Crawford and Sebastian, the limestone, which, with few ex-
ceptions, constitutes the surface-rock in Washington county r
dips beneath the sandstone, and the latter forms the entire
mass of the hills, rising sometimes to the altitude of a thou-
sand feet above the adjacent streams : it is, for the most party
the prevailing rock the entire distance between Fort Smith
and Camp Belknap. The sandstone is often highly ferrugin-
ous, and varies in color from light gray to dark brown. It
exists in heavy massive beds, made up of coarse quartzose
grains, with intercalations of finer-grained sandstone, occa-
sionally beautifully ripple-marked. It corresponds in its lith-
ological features with that forming the Ozark range of moun-
tains.
In Sebastian county I found a few Calamites, Lepidodendra r
and several varieties of fossil ferns of the coal formation, but
organic remains are by no means abundant. Bituminous coal
exists in almost inexhaustible quantities throughout the county.
The seams vary in thickness from a few inches to seven feet,
and they lie in such a manner that they can be wrought easily.
Coal has also been discovered at a number of localities be-
tween Fort Smith and Fort Washita.
About a hundred miles southwest of Fort Smith we en-
* Figures and descriptions of the fossils of these beds will be found in the?
appended report of Dr. B. F. Shumard on the palaeontology of the expedition*
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
countered an outcrop of bluish-gray limestone, wln'ch extends
across the country in a southeasterly direction for the distance
of about twenty miles ; it presents an average thickness of
about ten feet, with a dip to the east of 30°. Its precise
character could not be determined, as we were unable to find
any fossils.
Pursuing the same direction, twenty-five miles beyond is
an outburst of granite, which extends for the distance of
twenty-six miles, with a southerly bearing. This is the only
example of rocks of igneous origin to be met with between
Fort Smith and Preston, and the rough and rugged features
of the country where it prevails, forms a striking contrast
with the comparatively rounded outline of sandstone hills.
The rock is of a coarse texture, and varies in compactness
in different portions of the range ; feldspar of the flesh colored
varieties predominates over the other ingredients. In places
the rocks would form an excellent and durable building ma-
terial, but in other portions of the range it crumbles readily
when exposed to the action of the weather.
We observed numerous veins of quartz traversing the gran-
ite in various directions, and, at some points, dykes of com-
pact greenstone porphyry. Saline springs were found not
unfrequently issuing from the base of the range, and the
waters, in one or two instances, were found so strongly im-
pregnated with saline matter as to induce the belief that they
might be worked with profit.
Passing this range the sandstone again reappears, and con-
stitutes the prevailing rock to within a short distance of Fort
Washita, where it disappears, and is succeeded b}^ strata of
the cretaceous period.
From this point the cretaceous rocks were found to extend
uninterruptedly until we reached the southwestern boundary
of the Cross-Timbers, in Texas. From the best information
I was able to procure, it constitutes the prevailing formation
from Fort Washita, in the direction of Fort Towson, for up-
wards of a hundred miles, with an average breadth of fifty
miles. It forms part of that extensive belt of cretaceous
strata that extends from Georgia to Texas, and which, from
the character of its fossil fauna, is now regarded as the equiv-
alent of the upper chalk of England, and with that division
of the cretaceous group to which D'Orbigny gives the name
of VEtage Senonien, (Prodrome de Pakeontologie, tome II,
page 669.) Wherever sections of the strata were to be seen
they presented the following characters : grayish yellow sand-
170
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
stone, with intercalations of blue, yellow, and ash-colored
clays, and beds of white and bluish-white limestone. The
limestone reposes on the clays and sandstones. At some
points it attains the thickness of a hundred feet, while at others
it is quite thin, and sometimes even entirely wanting. It is
usually soft and friable, and liable to disintegrate rapidly
when exposed to the action of the weather. These creta-
ceous rocks are often full of fossils. At Fort Washita the
layers are crowded with Ananchijtcs, Hemiaster, Nucleolites,
Ammonites, Ostrea, Pecten, &c, descriptions and figures of
which will be found in Dr. B. F. Shumard's report on the
palaeontology of the expedition. We saw here some speci-
mens of ammonites several feet in diameter, and weighing
between four and five hundred pounds. On Red river, twen-
ty-six miles from Fort Washita, the sandstone of the creta-
ceous group supports about twenty-five feet of ash-colored
calcareous loam, which, on inspection, was found to contain
terrestrial and fluviatile shell of the genera Lymnea, Physa, Pla-
norbis, Pupa, and Helix, the whole resembling species which
we have observed in the loam at New Harmony, Indiana, and
elsewhere in the Mississippi valley, which Mr. Lyell, during
his visit to this country, recognised as the equivalent of the
loess of the Rhine.
The geological formation, as developed in the vicinity of
Camp Belknap, consists of nearly horizontal strata of fine-
grained sandstone, shale, and soft, drab colored, non-fossil-
iferous limestone, whose relative positions correspond with
strata of the same character largely developed between Fort
Washita and Fort Smith. On the surface were in many
places strewn fragments of a reddish gray, igneous rock, con-
taining a large per centage of carbonate and oxide of iron.
From the frequent indications of the presence of that metal
in various localities of this region it is not improbable that
this may become hereafter an extensive and profitable field of
mining enterprise. Recently a number of seams of bitumi-
nous coal, varying in thickness from two to four feet, as well
as the characteristic fossil ferns of the carboniferous era, have
been discovered.
The following section, taken about one mile from the post,
may give a better idea of the formation :
1. Subsoil arenaceous, and of a red color ; thickness from
three to ten feet.
2. Black shale, soft, and rapidly disintegrating ; four feet
thick.
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 171
3. Seams of bituminous coal, from two to four feet thick.
4. Fine-grained sandstone, of a yellowish gray color, and
containing fossil ferns ; thickness variable.
5. Gray non-fossiliferous limestone; thickness unknown.
The water obtained from springs in this vicinity frequently
contains iron in solution. I have been informed that in a lew
instances chloride of sodium has been detected in it.
May 3.— Formation the same as at Camp Belknap. Ob-
served, strewn over the surface, large quantities of iron-stone;
soil and subsoil arenaceous, and deeply tinged with oxide of
iron. -.
May 4.— Saw a number of horizontal layers ot coarsely
laminated sandstone ; between the laminations were observed
a large number of ripple-marks. Soil good, and of a dark
color ; subsoil in some places arenaceous, in others argilla-
ceous, and of a deep-reel color.
May 5.— For the first six miles the surface became gradu-
ally more elevated. Here, and elsewhere to-day, we met
with a number of horizontal layers of coarse-grained and
highly ferruginous sandstone, which was more or less lami-
nated, and highly embossed with ripple-marks. In many
places we met with extensive deposites of porous and dark-
coloied igneous lock, containing a large per centage of oxide
of iron. The surface was everywhere strewn witn drift,
mostly composed of quartz, greenstone porphyry, and granite.
Saw a number of conical hills, varying in height from ten to
seventy-five feet, and composed of horizontal layers of sand-
stone, of the same character as that first met with to-day.
Owing to the rapid disintegration of the sandstone the hills
are gradually crumbling away. In many places we found a
few loose fragments of sandstone, intermixed with sand, the
only indication left of the previous existence of many of them*
In this manner has a levelling process gone on for ages, which,
if not interfered with, will ultimately tend to the removal of
the various inequalities of the surface of the prairies. Soil
good; subsoil argillaceous, and of a deep red color; this
mixino- in the form of sediment with the water imparts to it a
red color and disagreeable taste. From the north branch of
the Witchita I collected a number of bivalve shells of the
genus Unto.
May 6.— Sandstone and drift the same as yesterday, baw
a number of blufT banks, varying in height from ten to fifty
feet. They were composed of red loam, the relative position
172 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
of which was found to be below that of the sandstone. Soil
and subsoil the same as we passed yesterday.
May 7. — Formation the same. Drift appears to be gradu-
ally becoming more abundant.
May 8. — -During the day we had frequent opportunities of
observing the sandstone and red loam. Their relative posi-
tions were the same as before, and dipped in various direc-
tions at angles of from one to three degrees. Saw a number
ol small boulders, composed of granite and greenstone por-
phyry-
May 9.— Did not move from camp. In the afternoon I ex-
plored a few miles along the banks of the Big Witchita.
The geological formation, as there developed, consisted of
finely laminated, soft, ferruginous sandstone, interstratified
with red clay, together with drift, which last was much
coarser than 'any previously observed. Soil good ; subsoil
loamy.
May 11.— Formation the same as before. Found a number
of specimens of peroxide of iron.
May 12. — Red river, as observed to-day, runs through a
thick bed of red loam, which, mixing with the water, imparts
to it highly characteristic red sedimentary properties. Its bed
was composed of fine sand. After travelling about six miles
we came to a small creek with highhluffbanks, near the base
of which I observed a number of specimens of green and blue
copper ores. Associated with it, as a matrix, was a porous
and dark-colored igneous rock, containing disseminated parti-
cles of green copper ore. At this point I had an opportunity
ot observing the aqueous strata, from which I obtained the
following section :
1. Black argillaceous subsoil; six feet thick.
2. Soft fine-grained sandstone, of a grayish color ; five feet
thick.
3. Red and blue clay ; from six to ten feet thick.
These strata presented an easterly dip of nearly two de-
grees. I saw during the day large quantities of drift and a
few small boulders, composed of granite quartz, and green-
stone porphyry. In a few hours we arrived at Cache creek,
which runs between high bluff banks composed of red clay ;
its bottom was thickly strewn with large, angular fragments
of quarts, greenstone porphyry, granite, and hornblende rock.
Within a short distance from the creek we found a small
spring of clear water, which was strongly impregnated with
APPENDIX D.— GEOLOGY. 1/6
sulphuretted hydrogen gas. Soil dark and fertile; subsoil
argillaceous, and of a deep-red color.
May 14. — Did not move from camp. In the evening I rode
to the junction of Cache creek and Red river, near which point
I observed a stratum of finely laminated ferruginous sandstone ;
in some places it was interstratified with red clay, and pre-
sented a south-southeasterly dip of three degrees, (see section
No. 3.) Saw scattered over the surface a number of small
boulders of the same composition as those of yesterday. Soil.
black and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.
May 15. — Did not move from camp ; tested the water of
Cache creek, and found it strongly alkaline. Its temperature
was 75° F.
May 16. — Passed to-day a number of long, low ridges, pre-
senting on one side a gradual slope towards the prairie-level ;
on the other, abrupt precipitous terminations. They were,
for the most part composed of dark colored scoriaceous rock,
containing a moderate per-centage of copper ore. About 8
o'clock we came to a small creek, near which I observed a
deposite of soft granite, which appeared to be undergoing
rapid disintegration. The banks of the creek were composed
of horizontal layers of finely laminated sandstone, deeply
tinged with copper, and resting upon a base of red indurated
clay. Saw to-day large quantities of drift, containing small
boulders, composed, as before, of greenstone porphyry, quartz,
and granite ; soil and subsoil arenaceous.
May 17. — Formation the same as on yesterday ; saw strewn
over the surface a large quantity of reddish-brown and black
calcareous rock, containing carbonate of copper and small
crystals of calcareous spar. From the drift (which appears
to be becoming more abundant and its particles less rounded)
I obtained specimens of chalcedony, jasper, and cornelian.
Soil and subsoil arenaceous, and of a reddish color.
May 18. — Saw a number of .deposites of soft, coarse granite,
which appeared to be undergoing rapid disintegration. The
surface presented large quantities of dark-colored and cellular
igneous rock, composed principally of silex and carbonate of
lime ; soil and subsoil arenaceous.
May 20. — Observed several clear springs bubbling up from
beneath the surface. Formation the same as before ; soil and
subsoil arenaceous.
May 21. — Met to-day with several sections of finely lamina-
ted sandstone of the same character as that before mentioned,
174 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
with the exception that the different laminae were thickly
marked with small circular spots of a green and yellow color.
In several places I found it interstratified with red clay. Near
our encampment a fine section, showing an anticlinal axis,
the strata dipping east and west at an angle of three degrees,
exposed itself; over the surface were strewn large quantities
of dark-colored igneous rock of the same character as that
seen on the 18th instant. The drift was less abundant than
before ; soil and subsoil arenaceous,
May 22. — The surface was strewn in many places with de-
tritus composed of greenstone porphyry and granite ; soil and
subsoil arenaceous.
May 23. — Did not move from camp ; in the evening I ex-
plored Otter creek, which at this point runs between bluff
blanks composed of red clay. Its bed was thickly covered
with drift, from which I obtained a number of agates, and two
small specimens of bluish^ellow quartz, each containing a
small particle of gold. By digging a few inches below the
drift, I reached a deposite of black ferruginous sand, which
upon being stirred, emitted a strong odor of sulphuretted hy-
drogen gas. From the creek I obtained a number of univalve
and bivalve shells ; the latter principally of the genus Unio.
Captain Marcy having to-day visited several of the moun-
tains, presented me with a number of specimens of soft granite
of a reddish-brown color, and of which the mountains appeared
to be composed.
May 25. — Remained in camp. This afternoon I measured
with a thermometer the temperature of Otter creek, and found
it to be 72° F. Immediately adjoining the creek the soil is
good and very productive ;^but at a little distance from it, it
is barren and sandy.
May 26. — To-day we passed a number of sand-hills, vary-
ing in height from ten to thirty feet. The only rocks met with
were a few small boulders, composed of quartz and green-
stone.
May 27. — The surface was in many places composed of de-
tritus of granite, quartz, and greenstone ; saw to-day a num-
ber of boulders, mostly composed of hard granite, and pre-
senting smooth and polished surfaces. The largest was about
fifteen feet in circumference, and would weigh probably three
or four thousand pounds. We frequently encountered local
deposites of red scoriaceous rock. Captain McClellan having
visited one of the mountains, presented me with a specimen
of gray calcareous sandstone, which, as he informed me, he
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 175
obtained from a horizontal stratum of the same, situated within
a few feet of the base of the mountain.
Thus far about twelve of the Witchita mountains have been
examined, and have been found to present a nearly uniform
appearance and structure. Composed of fine granite of vari-
ous degrees of hardness and color, they rise abruptly from a
smooth and nearly level plain to the height of eight or nine
hundred feet. Many of them are isolated and of an irregular
conical shape, while others are grouped together in small clus-
ters, and are more or less rounded. At a distance they ap-
peared to be smooth, but upon a near approach their surfaces
were found to be quite rough, and presenting the appearance
of loose rock thrown confusedly together. In many places
the granite was observed occupying its original position, and
"was variously traversed by joints and master joints, which,
intersecting each other at right-angles, gave to the mass some-
what of a cuboidal structure. Soil rich, and from three to
four feet thick ; subsoil argillaceous and of a red color.
May 28. — Did not move from camp. In the evening I ex-
plored a short distance up and down Otter creek ; its bed is
here composed of horizontal layers of finely laminated sand-
stone, containing green and yellow spots of the same charac-
ter as those noticed on the 21st instant.
May 29. — Passed a number of the mountains, several of
which I ascended and found composed of hard granite, vari-
ously traversed by veins of greenstone porphyry and yellow
quartz; the last containing small scales of mica. The sides
of the mountains frequently presented lofty precipices, one of
which was divided from top to bottom by a vein of greenstone
nearly perpendicular, and about twenty inches thick. I ob-
served no change in the character of the adjoining prairie,
except a few local deposites of drift and detritus, from which
I collected specimens of chalcedony, agate, and jasper. No
rock of any description was observed at a greater distance
than a few feet from the base of the mountains. Soil thick
and fertile; subsoil loamy.
May 30. — The mountains did not differ materially in ap-
pearance or structure from those before observed ; at a dis-
tance, a few of them appeared to present a columnar struc-
ture ; but upon a nearer approach this was found to be owing
to divisional plains, or master-joints, with weather-worn and
rounded edges. I observed to-day a number of clear springs ;
the water of several being tasted was found to be alkaline.
In the prairie we observed several circular elevations, va-
176 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
rying from one hundred to one hundred and thirty yards in
diameter, and ascending in some places to the height of three
or four hundred feet above the general level. Upon examina-
tion, their minora logical composition was found to be the
same as that of the neighboring mountains. Within a few
feet of one of these, a small ravine exposed to view a hori-
zontal stratum of soft ferruginous sandstone. Soil and sub-
soil the same as on yesterday.
May 31. — The mountains presented the same general ap-
pearance 1 as on yesterday. From their surface were exhibited
a large number of veins, varying in thickness from an inch to
a toot and a half, and composed of greenstone, quartz and
hornblende. The prairie was here and there dotted with a
number of conoid al elevations, varying in height from twenty
to one hundred feet. In composition they agreed in every re-
spect with the neighboring mountains, with which in origin
they appeared to be cotemporaneous. From the drift I col-
lected specimens of fossil-wood. The water of springs issu-
ing from the mountains I found, upon test, to be alkaline.
June 1. — Red river, as observed to-day, runs between low
bluff banks, composed of red clay. Its bed was in some places
thickly strewn with large detached masses of granite, all pre-
senting a highly water-worn appearance, and seeming to have,
been derived from a neighboring mountain. Soil and subsoil
the same as before.
June 2. — Immediately upon leaving the Witchita mountains,
we lost all traces of drift and other igneous rocks. Red river,
as observed to-day, runs between high bluff banks, composed
of horizontal layers of red, yellow, and blue clay, and finely
laminated sandstone ; the latter being interstratified with thin
seams of saccharoid gypsum. (See section No. 4.) About a.
mile from the river we observed two conical hills — one fifty
and the other eighty feet in height — composed of horizontal
layers of sandstone, interstratified with thin seams of gypsum.
From them I obtained specimens of selenite. Soil and sub-
soil loamy.
June. 3. — To-day we came to a range of high bluffs about
six miles in length, and extending in a direction nearly par-
allel with the river. At a distance they resembled a long line
of fortification ; upon examination they were found to be com-
posed of 'horizontal layers of red and blue clay, thickly inter-
stratified with snow-white gypsum, (see Section No. 5.)
These bluffs appear to be rapidly yielding to the weather:
along their base were thickly strewn large cuboidal masses
APPENDIX D.— GEOLOGY. 177
of gypsum — some ten feet in diameter — that appeared to have
been but recently detached from a stratum of the same near
their summits. In the blue clay I observed a thin seam of
carbonate of copper. The gypsum was also in a few places
slightly tinged with the same metal. In a southerly direc-
tion, and at the distance of about fifteen miles, we observed
another range of gypsum bluffs: they appeared to run in a
direction parallel with those already described. The inter-
vening country was very rough and broken. Soil dark and
fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.
June 4. — Passed a number of bluffs of the same composi-
tion as those observed yesterday. The surface during the
greater portion of the march was whitened by gypsum, which
was always found occupying its position above the red clay.
In the evening I visited a small hill, situated about three
miles from camp, and succeeded in discovering a thin seam
of copper ore, as well as large beds of selenite. Soil and
subsoil the same as on yesterday.
June 5. — The country travelled over to-day was mostly
composed of sand-hills, varying in height from ten to sixty
feet. On the middle branch of Red river we saw long ranges
of bluffs, which, upon examination, proved to be of the same
character and composition as those seen on the 3d instant.
Soil and subsoil arenaceous.
June 6. — To-day we passed a number of bluffs composed
of red clay; I did not observe any gypsum in their composi-
tion. As we progressed the country gradually became more
elevated. Here, for the first time since leaving the Witchita
mountains, we met with large quantities of drift, composed
principally of quartz and mica-schist. On Red river we saw
a fine section, fully exposed, showing a horizontal sub-stratum
of coarse-grained sandstone, overlaid by drift; the latter forty
feet thick.
June 7. — Formation the same as on yesterday.
June 8.— -Passed a number of ravines, the sides of most of
which were composed of red clay. At about 8 o'clock we
came to a small eminence in the prairie, near which I ob-
served an outcrop of grayish-yellow sandstone, presenting a
dip of forty degrees to the west. The surface was thickly
covered with drift. I saw a number of boulders composed
of coarse and fine conglomerate, the largest of which meas-
ured fifteen feet in diameter. At 9 o'clock we came to a
small creek, with high banks composed of gray calcareous
loam, from which latter I obtained a number of shells, char-
12
178 APPENDIX D.— GEOLOGY.
aeteristic of the loess formation; Helix pleheium, Succinea
elongata, &c. Soil barren and sandy ; subsoil in some places
argillaceous, in others arenaceous.
June 9. — Passed to-day a number of small ravines, the
sides of which were composed of red clay, overlaid by sand-
stone and drift. The surface was in many places covered
with sand-hills, varying from ten to fifty feet in height.
About 8 o'clock we came to an outcrop of finely laminated
red ferruginous sandstone, presenting an irregular dip to the
northeast of about thirty degrees, (see Section No. 4.) Soil
arenaceous ; subsoil in many places argillaceous.
June 10. — Formation the same as on yesterday. We fre-
quently found the sandstone exposed and exhibiting evidences
of violent disturbance, the strata being variously fractured,
and in some places upheaved in such a manner as to stand
almost perpendicular. With the exception of the creek bot-
toms, the soil was sandy and barren ; subsoil the same as
before.
June 11. — The surface to-day presented nothing but a suc-
cession of hills composed of blown sand, varying in height
from ten to one hundred feet. No sandstone or drift was any-
where observed.
June 12. — To-day I observed large quantities of drift, of the
same composition as before ; through it were scattered small
boulders, composed of quartz and mica-schist. The surface
was in many places covered with loose fragments of carbon-
ate of lime. The particles composing the drift were fre-
quently thickly coated with the same substance. Soil and
subsoil arenaceous.
June 13. — Did not leave camp.
June 14. — Drift and limestone the same as before. About
7 o'clock we came to a small ravine, the sides of which ex-
posed a horizontal stratum of coarse-grained sandstone twenty
feet thick. From the drift I obtained specimens of agates,
chalcedony, and fossil-wood. Soil and subsoil the same as
before.
June 15. — The country travelled over to-day was every-
where divided by ridges and ravines ; the former sometimes
sloping gradually on either side — at others presenting abrupt
precipitous terminations. Besides these, a large number of
sand-hills, varying in height from twenty to one hundred feet,
were observed. The sandstone was frequently exposed. In
a few places I found it interstratified with coarse conglome-
rate; saw a number of small boulders, composed mostly of
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 179
greenstone, greenstone porphyry, and trachyte. In the bed
of the river I found a large mass of black scoriae and several
other specimens of volcanic rocks. Drift the same as on yes-
terday ; soil and subsoil arenaceous.
June 16.— The surface was broken, and presented a num-
ber of sand-hills. Saw to-day large quantities ol drift, which
did not differ in composition from that previously noticed. At
about eight o'clock we came to a long range of high blurts,
which, as we afterwards ascertained, marked the borders o
the " Llano estacado." They were composed of horizontal
layers of drift, sandstone, and yellow clay, (see Section No.
7,1 all of which seemed to be rapidly yielding to the weather.
At the base of the bluffs I observed a few small boulders
composed of greenstone porphyry. Soil and subsoil sandy.
j me 20.— During the first part of our route we travelled
over a hilly and broken region, consisting for the most part ot
a succession of sand-hills, varying from ten to one hundred
feet in height. At the distance of five miles we reached a
gradual ascent, which soon led us to the summit ot a high
and slightly-rolling plain : over its surface were scattered a
great many fragments of white carbonate of lime, as well as
drift. From the latter I obtained specimens of agate, chatee-
donv, &c. During the day I had frequent opportunities ot
observing the formation, which uniformly consisted ot drift,
interstratified with horizontal layers of red and yellow clay.
Sometimes the drift exhibited a calcareous coating, the same
as before described. .
June 21.— Passed to-day a number of drift-hills, varying m
height from twenty to one hundred feet. The surface was
very much divided by ravines, with perpendicular sides, com-
posed mostly of red clay, and varying in depth from ten to
fifty feet. Near our encampment I observed a horizontal sec-
tion of yellow loam, coarse conglomerate, and red clay; the
last thickly reticulated with gypsum, and overlaid by a termi-
nating stratum of the same, (see Section No. 8.) Soil and
subsoil arenaceous.
June 22.— Passed a large number of drift-hills. The coun-
try, as on yesterday, was very rough, and much divided by
ravines, some of which were fifty feet ' deep. Their sides
were generally composed of red clay, overlaid by drift ; in a
few instances they exposed seams of gypsum. From the
drift I obtained specimens of fossil- wood, agate, jasper, and
a few water-worn fossil shells of the genus Ostrea. Soil and
sub-soil the same as before. ;
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
June 23. — To-day we observed the gypsum frequently
exposed. It did not differ in character from that previously
described, and was always found overlying the red clay.
Soil and subsoil arenaceous.
June 24. — The surface was in many places thickly strewn
with loose fragments of white carbonate of lime. About seven
o'clock we reached, after a gradual ascent, a high, level, and
very fertile plain, from which we obtained an extensive view
of the surrounding country, which was very hilly, and divided
by numerous ravines. The plain, at its termination, present-
ed a long line of high bluffs, composed of horizontal strata of
drift, finely laminated sandstone, white limestone, conglomer-
ate, gypsum, and red and yellow clay, (see Section No. 9.)
The red clay was thickly interstratified with thin seams of
gypsum. From the drift I obtained specimens of agates, fos-
sil-wood, jasper, and chalcedony. Soil and subsoil the same
as before.
June 25. — The country travelled over to-day was very hilly
and broken, being much divided by long, narrow ravines,
with nearly perpendicular sides, composed of red clay — some
of them being over one hundred feet deep. In many places
we were surrounded by high bluffs. The drift was found to
be unusually abundant — in some places fifty feet thick, and
much coarser than before met with. At about eleven o'clock
we came in sight of the valley of the Dogtown river. On
either side it was bounded by long lines of bluffs, in compo-
sition similar to those previously noticed, and varying in height
from one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet. From the
drift we obtained specimens of chalcedony, agates, silicified
wood, and jasper, besides a large number of shells of the
same character as those observed on the 22d instant. The
beds of the different streams crossed were covered with black
ferruginous sand. Soil good, consisting of a rich black mould;
subsoil argillaceous.
June 26. — For the first few miles the country was hilly and
very much divided by ravines, some of which were two hun-
dred feet in depth. The strata exposed by them were inva-
riably found to" consist of horizontal layers of red clay, gyp-
sum, and drift, each occupying the same relative position as
shown in Section No. 9.
June 27. — Formation the same as on yesterday. At ten
o'clock we came to Dogtown river, the bed of which was
composed of yellow sand, intermixed in some places with red
clay, and covered with small shining particles of gypsum. I
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 181
observed in the drift large quantities of red and yellow jasper.
Soil fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.
June 28. — Saw a large number of drift-hills, varying in
height from fifty to one hundred and fifty feet. After travel-
ling a few miles we again came to the borders of the "Llano
estacado," which here presented a long line of bluffs six hun-
dred feet high, and composed of horizontal layers of drift and
sandstone, interstratified with white limestone. From the base
of the bluffs to the river the country presented a gradual slope
of four hundred feet.
Section No. 10 is intended to represent the geological form-
ation from the river level to the summit of the bluffs; the
inferior strata, or those between the base of the bluffs and the
river, having been ascertained, from numerous observations, to
consist of gypsum and red clay. From the drift I obtained
specimens of chalcedony, jasper, granite, and obsidian.
July 4. — The formation, as observed to-day, consisted of
red clay, gypsum, and drift: they were all found occupying
the same relative positions as before. Soil mostly fertile ; sub-
soil argillaceous.
July 5. — Observed in the prairie a circular outcrop of finely
laminated calcareous sandstone about three hundred feet in
diameter, and presenting a quaquaversal dip of forty degrees.
Over the prairie were strewn a number of small boulders
variously composed of mica-schist, greenstone, and quartz.
Red clay, gypsum, and drift, the same as before. Soil and
subsoil arenaceous.
July 6. — Observed a number of hills, varying in height from
fifty to one hundred feet; in form they resemble truncated
cones, and were composed of horizontal layers of sandstone
and red clay. General formation the same as before. Soil
in some places fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.
July 7. — With the exception of the drift, which appears to
be rapidly diminishing in thickness, the formation did not
differ from that previously observed. The surface was every-
where whitened with beds of gypsum and loose fragments of
carbonate of lime. The former varied in thickness from five
to fifteen feet; in it were observed large quantities of selenite.
July 8. — The formation was mostly composed of red clay,
with a few local deposites of soft carbonate of lime and dark-
colored cellular sandstone. Saw no drift or gypsum to-day.
Soil fertile; subsoil argillaceous.
July 9. — Again came in sight of the Witchita mountains :
the one nearest to us presented the form of a truncated cone,
182 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY.
with an irregular basin-shaped depression upon the summit.
The formation everywhere consisted of red clay; in a few
places it was overlaid by thin seams of gypsum, containing
selenite. I observed a number of local deposites of white
carbonate of lime. Like the gypsum, it was found overlying
the red clay. On our route we passed four conical hills, from
fifty to seventy feet high, and composed of red clay, interstra-
tified with dark-colored porous sandstone. Observed no drift
to-day. Soil dark and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.
July 10. — Formation the same as on yesterday. Soil dark
and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.
July 11. — Formation the same as before.
July 12. — To-day we met with no gypsum. At about 9
o'clock we came to Otter creek; its bed is here, as well as
elsewhere, composed of finely laminated sandstone, contain-
ing small circular spots of a greenish color. In many places
this was covered to the depth of a few inches with drift and
detritus. Soil fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.
July 14.— Renewed the observations of May 23d, 24th,
25th, 26th, and 27th.
July 15. — To-day we passed a number of the Witchita
mountains, but observed neither in their composition nor gen-
eral appearance anything different from what had been pre-
viously noticed. Near the base of one of them I observed a
nearly horizontal stratum of sandstone, underlaid by red clay.
The ground was in several places covered with loose frag-
ments of gypsum, some of which were found to contain slight
traces of copper. In one of the creeks I observed a small
deposite of black ferruginous sand. Soil black and fertile ;
subsoil argillaceous.
July 16. — The only difference presented by the mountains
seen to-day, from those previously observed, consisted in the
greater number and size of the quartz veins; many of them
were nearly perpendicular, and extended from near the base
of the mountains to their summits; while others, pursuing a
more or less serpentine course, frequently intersected each
other at right-angles. The largest was highly ferruginous,
presented a more or less cellular structure, and was nearly
three feet wide. A few feet from the base of one of the
mountains I observed a horizontal stratum of coarsely lam-
inated sandstone of a yellowish color, and including in its
composition small angular fragments of granite of the same
character as that of the neighboring mountains. To-day I
examined several of the head branches of Cache creek. Their
APPENDIX D. — GEOLOGY. 183
beds were thickly strewn with large angular fragments of
quartz, greenstone, and porphyry. In each of them I ob-
served large quantities of black ferruginous sandstone. Soil
fertile ; subsoil argillaceous.
July 17.- — In a number of places the sandstone was ex-
posed ; it did not differ in character and composition from
that seen the day before. In one place the strata, still pre-
serving their horizontal character, presented abruptly to the
side of a mountain. Many of the mountains presented a
marked difference in character and composition from any that :
had been previously observed: instead of displaying a rough
and broken exterior, they were more or less rounded, and?
exhibited a gradual slope to the prairie- level, while the gran-
itic structure almost entirely disappeared, its place being occu-
pied by that of fine porphyry of a reddish color. Scattered
over the prairie were observed a great many fragments of.
granite, greenstone porphyry, and quartz. The beds of the
different creeks were in many places covered with black fer-
ruginous sand, as well as large fragments of quartz, porphyry,
and hornblende. Soil black and very fertile ; subsoil argilla-
ceous.
July 18. — The mountains presented the same appearance
and structure, as on yesterday. At about 8 o'clock we ar-
rived at Cache creek; its bed was thickly strewn with black
ferruginous sand and large fragments of igneous rock. From
the. water's edge rose abruptly a long line of smooth perpen-
dicular cliffs, varying in height from three to four hundred,
feet, and having in some places a slight columnar structure,
(see Section No. 11.) Upon examination they were found to.
be composed mostly of fine porphyry of a reddish color, which,
was traversed by parallel and. nearly perpendicular veins of
cellular quartz, varying in thickness from two to three feet.
Upon its exterior the quartz presented a deep iron-rust color;
but when recently fractured, it exhibited various shades of
gray and brown, together with small shining particles of sul-
phuret of iron. Soil fertile, and in some places three feet
thick; subsoil argillaceous.
July 19. — I spent the greater part of the day in exploring.
Cache Greek, About one mile below, our present encamp-
ment I came to the termination of the cliffs. A short distance
below this I observed a nearly horizontal stratum of coarsely
laminated sandstone, fifty feet thick, and including in its com-
position fragments of igneous rock of the same character as
that composing the cliffs ; the intermediate space being occu-
184 APPENDIX D. — GEOLOGY.
pied by red clay, which, as before, appeared to underlie the
sandstone, (see Section No. 11)
July 20. — Two miles below our camp of last evening I
observed a section composed of horizontal layers of gray sand-
stone, containing in its composition small fragments of igneous
rock. Six miles from this we struck a seam of gypsum, vary-
ing in thickness from six to twelve inches. Soil fertile ; sub-
soil composed of red and yellow clay.
July 21. — During the day we met with frequent exposures
of the sandstone and gypsum. They presented, however,
nothing different from what has already been described. Soil
and subsoil the same as on yesterday.
July 22. — Formation the same as on yesterday.
July 23. — Did not move from camp.
July 24. — The sandstone appears to be gradually becoming
more abundant, while the red clay is less frequently observed
than before. Saw no gypsum to-day. Soil fertile, and in
some places six feet deep ; subsoil composed of yellow clay.
July 25. — Passed a number of small conical hills composed
of red clay, overlaid by sandstone. The latter was highly
ferruginous, and contained nodular concretions of iron. Soil
and subsoil the same as on yesterday.
July 26. — Formation the same as before.
July 27. — At about 8 o'clock we came to an extensive out-
crop of bluish-gray, non-fossiliferous limestone, which pre-
sented in many places a highly crystalline structure. Its
relative position was found to be below that of the sandstone.
Passed a number of hills, varying in height from one to two
hundred feet, and composed of limestone, overlaid by finely
laminated sandstone. Soil fertile ; subsoil the same as before.
July 28. — To-day the sandstone disappeared almost en-
tirely, its place being occupied by limestone of nearly the same
character as that encountered yesterday. Soil and subsoil
the same as before.
July 29. — Remained in camp.
July 30. — To-day we again observed the limestone in great
abundance. It presented nothing different in character from
that previously described. The sandstone and red clay were
also in many places largely developed. Soil very fertile ;
subsoil same as before. Started from camp at four o'clock in
the afternoon. For the first few miles we found the sandstone
largely developed; after passing which, we came to an out-
crop of limestone of the same character as that previously
noticed. It presented itself even with the surface at an angle
APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 385
of thirty degrees, and was over a mile wide. Immediately
beyond this we came to a deposite of coarse granite of a red-
dish color, and variously traversed by veins of quartz. This
remarkable formation (as I have been informed) extends
about twenty-six miles in an easterly and westerly direction,
and is nearly six miles broad. Throughout its entire extent
it is said to present the same character, and is everywhere
surrounded by aqueous strata. I observe to-day in one of the
creeks several boulders, composed of milky quartz ; the largest
was four feet in diameter. Soil and subsoil the same as
before described.
July 31. — Shortly after starting this morning we again struck
the limestone formation, which continued to be largely de-
veloped during the remainder of the distance to Fort Washita.
In it I observed a large number of the characteristic fossils of
the cretaceous period.
APPENDIX E.
PALAEONTOLOGY.
DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES OF CARBONIFEROUS AND --CRE-
TACEOUS FOSSILS COLLECTED : BY B. F. SHUMARD, M, Dv
FOSSILS OF THE CARBONIFEROUS SYSTEM.
CRINOIDEA.
Cyathocrinos grantjliferus, Yandell and Sham., mss.
Paleontology, PI. — , fig. — .
The collection contains a single pentagonal plate of this
beautiful encrinite, a perfect specimen of which we found
several years since in the superior carboniferous strata near
the summit of Muldrow's Hill, in Kentucky. The costal
plate from Arkansas exhibits granules regularly dispersed in
rows over the surface, which radiate from the centre to the
sides of the pentagon.
It occurs in Washington county, Arkansas, in grayish
earthy limestone, associated with Pro&uctus -punctatus, Tere-
bratula subtilita, and Spirifer striatus.
Agasstzocrinus dactyliformis, Troost, mss.
Palaeontology, PI. 1, fig. 7.
Cup conical, composed of three series of pieces ; plates
massive, smooth, moderately convex ; column none ; pelvis
composed of five pieces, quadrangular, greatest width near
the upper edges ; second series of pieces five, pentagonal,
APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. 187
length and breadth about equal ; length of pelvis three lines,
greatest width five lines ; length and breadth of second series
of pieces about three lines.
We regret that the specimens of this crinoid from Arkan-
sas are all imperfect, consisting only of detached portions of
the cup. It is a fossil peculiar to the western and southwest-
ern States, and eminently characteristic of the superior mem-
bers of the carboniferous strata, occurring in some localities
very abundantly. The genus is remarkable, from the fact of
its being destitute of a column, in which respect it differs from
all known carboniferous crinoids. In young individuals, the
division of the pelvis into five pieces is well marked ; but in
adult age they are usually firmly anchylosed, and often all
traces of sutures are obliterated. In the centre of the pelvis
we observe a small cylindrical tube running nearly its whole
length, closed below, but communicating above with the
cavity of the cup by a small opening. This structure, prob-
ably the nucleus of a column, is only visible when the plates
are separated.
It is associated with the preceeding species, in the carbon-
iferous beds of Washington county, Arkansas.
Pentremites florealis, Say.
Pentremites florealis, Say, 1820, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences,
IV, 295.
Petitatrematil.es florealis, Roemer, 1852, Monog. Blastoid. p.
33, taf. i. fig. 1 — 4, taf. ii, fig. 8.
This well-known species is quite common in Washington
and Crawford couties, Arkansas. The specimens furnished
by my brother are rather more globose than those from local-
ities in Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois.
Pentremites sulcatus, F. Roemer.
Pentatrematit.es sulcatus, F. Roemer, 1852, Monog. Blastoid.
p. 34, taf. iii, fig. 10, a — c. — Id. Lethaea Geognostica, taf.
iv, fig. 8, a. b.
We have some doubts as to whether this pentremite is en-
titled to rank as a distinct species, or whether it should be
regarded as merely a variety of P '. florealis, which varies con-
considerably in different localities. The form under consider-
188 APPENDIX. PALAEONTOLOGY.
ation has generally been referred to P. globosus, Say, by
western geologists, from which, however, it is quite different.
Mr. Say's description of P. globosus was drawn from a speci-
men which was brought from Bath, England.
It is associated with the preceding species in Washington
county, Arkansas.
BRYOZOA.
Archimedipora archimedes, Lesueur.
Palaeontology, PI. 1, fig. 6.
Retepora archimedes, Lesueur, 1842, Amer. Jour. Science,
XLIII, 19, fig. 2.
Archimedipora archimedes, D'Orbig., 1849, Prod de Palseont.
I, 102.
A fossil peculiar to the carboniferous strata of the western
and southwestern States. The associate fossils are Pentre-
mites jlorealis, Produclus pwictatus Spirifer striatus and Orthis
Michelini. D'Orbigny, in his Prodrome de Palaeontologie,
cites this fossil from rocks of the Devonian period, in Ken-
tucky. This is an error ; we believe it has not been found
lower in the series than the encrinital limestones which repose
on the fine-grained micacious sandstones of the knobs of Ken-
tucky and Tennessee.
It occurs in dark-grayish carboniferous limestone, in Wash-
ington county, Arkansas.
•BRACHIOPODA.
Pruductus punctatus, Martin.*
Paleontology, PI. 1, fig. 5, and PI. 2, fig. 1.
This Productus has a wide geographical as well as vertical
range in the United States ; it is also widely distributed through-
*For synonyms and references, vide Koninck's Monog. du Genre Productus
et Chonetes, p. 123.
APPENDIX. PALAEONTOLOGY. 189
out Europe. In this country we find it commencing with the
earliest carboniferous deposites, and extending through all the
limestones of this system to the coal measures.
Figure 1 of plate 2 represents the ventral valve of a speci-
men from Washington county, Arkansas; and figure 5 of plate
2 an individual showing the hinge line and the form of the
beak.
Productus cora, D'Orbig.
Prod, cora, D'Orbig., 1842, Palaeont. Voy. dans l'Amer.
Merid., p. 55, pi. 5, fig. 8, 9, 10.
P. tenuistriatus, Verneuii, 1845, Geol. Russ. et. Ural., vol. 2,
p. 260, pi. 16, fig. 6.
P. cora, Koninck, 1847, Monog. du Genre Prod, et Cho-
netes, p. 50, pi. iv. a, b, et pi. v, fig. 2, a — d.
The specimens from Arkansas are all imperfect, yet they
are plainly referable to this species. It is one of the most
characteristic fossils of the carboniferous beds of Kentucky,
Indiana, Illinois, and Missouri. It occurs in Washington and
Crawford counties, in gray sub-crystalline limestone.
Productus costatus, Sowerby.*
Paleontology, PI. 1, fig. 2.
This Productus occurs with the preceding species, in Wash-
ington county, Arkansas, and, like it, has a very extended
geographical range in this country and Europe.
Terebratula subtilita, Hall.
Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 8.
Terebratula subtilita, Hall, Stansbury's Expedition to Great
Salt Lake, 409, pi. xi, fig. 1, a— b, 2, a— c.
This shell is very common in the superior members of the
carboniferous formation in Illinois, Indiana, and Kentucky,
*For synonyms and references see Koninck 's Monog. du Gen. Prod, et Cho-
netes, p. 92.
APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY.
where it usually is found with Archimedipora archimedes, Pen-
tremites jlorealis, and Productus punctatus. Its vertical range
rather limited, it constitutes one of the most useful guides . in
studying the relative position of the various members of the
carboniferous strata. This shell is very variable in its char-
acters, so that we are liable to multiply species from its va-
rieties, unless a number of specimens are under examination.
Some individuals are very much inflated ; the dorsal valve
exhibits a profound sinus, and the ventral valve a correspond-
ingly elevated ridge. Others are depressed, with scarcely
any sinus or bourrelet. The specimens I have seen from Ar-
kansas arc considerably mutilated. Occurs in Washington
county.
Terebratula marcyi, Shumard.
Palaeontology, PI. 1, fig 4, a, b.
Shell small, ovate elongate, moderately convex, sides and
front neatly rounded ; dorsal valve regularly convex, rather
more gibbous than the opposite valve, greatest height near the
beak, no traces of sinus ; beak elongated, elevated incurved,
no perforation visible in our specimens ; ventral valve without
median ridge, pointed at summit, cardinal border slightly sinu-
ous. Surface of each valve marked with from thirty-four to
thirty-eight simple rounded strias, which commence at the
beak and proceed to the lateral borders and front with division.
In general form it resembles T. serpentina of Koninck, (Descr.
des Animaux fossiles, 29, pi. xix, fig. 8, a — e,) but its smaller
size and the lesser number of striae will serve to distinguish it.
It occurs with Ttrebratula subtilita and Productus yunctatus
in Washington and Crawford counties, Arkansas, in dark-
grayish carboniferous limestone. We have found the same
species in Floyd country, Indiana.
Spirifer, (indet.)
Paleontology, PL 1, fig. 3.
In the collection from Washington county are several casts
of a spirifer like that which we have figured. They are all
too imperfect for description.
APPENDIX E. PALjEONTOLOGY.
FOSSILS OF THE CRETACEOUS PERIOD,
MOLLUSC A.
Pecten quadricostatus, Sowerby.
Palaeontology, PL 3, fig. 6, and PI. — , fig. — .
Janira quadncostata, D'Orbig., Pal. Franc., Ill, 644, [pi.
ccccxlvii, fig. 1 — 7.
Pecten quadricostatus, F. Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 64, taf.
viii, fig. 4, a — c.
Shell sub-ovate, angulated, convexo-concave. Inferior
valve convex, with prominent rounded radiating ribs, crossed
by five concentric thread-like striae. Ribs from fifteen to
seventeen, of which five are more prominent than the others ;
smaller ribs disposed in pairs in the intervals between the
larger ones. Superior valve slightly concave, with radiating
unequal ribs.
As we have not been able to consult Sowerby's description
of Pecten quadricostatus, we refer our fossil to this species on
the authority of Dr, F. Roemer, whose figures and descrip-
tions of specimens from Fredericksburg, Texas, correspond
very accurately with those we figure from Fort Washita.
Figure 6 of plate 3 represents the inferior valve of a large
individual from Fort Washita, and figure — of plate — the
superior valve of a smaller specimen.
Exogyra ponderosa, Roemer.
Exngyra ponderosa, F. Roemer, 1849, Texas, 394.
Ostrea ponderosa, D'Orbig., 1850, Prod, de Palaeont., II, 256,
Exogyra. ponderosa, F. Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 71, tai. ix,
fig. 2, a — b.
192 APPENDIX E. —-PALEONTOLOGY.
Shell thick, ovate, sub-cuneiform ; large valve gibbous, ob*
tusely carinated, surface marked with imbricating lamelse ;
small valve rather thin, sub-concave, surface uneven, con-
centrically laminated. Occurs rather abundantly at Fort
Washita, generally in a fine state of preservation. Roemer
cites this species from New Braunfels, Texas.
Gryphea Pitcheri, Morton.
Pal.eontology, PL 6> fig. 5b
Gryphcea Pitcheri, Morton, Synops. Cretaceous Group, 55,
PI. xv, fig. 9.
Ostrea vesicularis, D'Orbig. Prod, de Palasont. II, 256, (pars.)
Gryphaa Pitcheri, Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 73, taf. ix, fig.
I, a — c.
Shell ovate, thick, gibbous, irregular ; inferior valve boat-
shaped, inflated, divided into two unequal lobes by a longi-
tudinal furrow, which begins at the umbo and runs the whole
length of the shell ; umbo large, elongate, incurved and
slightly compressed laterally. Superior valve irregular, sub-
oval, nearly plane, marked with concentric imbricating la-
mella?. Occurs in great numbers in the . cretaceous clays at
Fort Washita, and more sparingly at Cross Timbers, Texas.
Dr. Morton's specimens were obtained from the plains of
Kiamesha, Arkansas, and Dr. F. Roemer found it quite com-
mon near New Braunfels, Texas.
Exogyra Texana, Roemer.
Paleontology, PI. 5, fig. 1, a — b, and fig. 5.
Exogyra Texana, F. Roemer, Texas, 396.
Ostrea mother oniana, (pars) D'Orbigny, Prod, de Palasont,
II, 255.
Exogyra Boussingaultii, Conrad's Geolog. Report of Lynch' s
Expedition to Red Sea, 213, pi. i, fig. 9, pi. ii, fig. 10 and 11.
Exogyra Texana, Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 69, taf. x, fig. 1,
a — e.
The specimens of this shell in the collection were obtained
by Dr. G. G. Shumard, at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers,
Texas. They vary very much in their characters, scarcely
any two examples being alike. In some the shell is quite
APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. 193
thin, in others massive ; some exhibit prominent rugose ribs,
while in others the ribs are but slightly elevated and nodulose-
According to Dr. Roemer, this Exogyra characterizes the
cretaceous deposites near Fredericksburg and New Braunfels,
Texas. Mr. Conrad figures a shell from Syria, which he re-
fers to Exogyra Boussingaidtii, D'Orbig., and which appears
to be identical with the species under consideration.
Ostrea subovata, Shumard.
Paleontology, PL 5, fig. 2.
Sub-ovate, trigonal, elongate, massive ; inferior valve ir-
regularly convex, inflated, thick, umbo obtusely angulated,
somewhat prominent ; ribs four or five, longitudinal, irregu-
lar, rounded, nodulose ; surface marked with concentric im-
bricating lamellae ; superior valve rather thin, ovate, nearly
plane, slightly convex near the peak, surface with four or five
well marked longitudinal undulating sulci.
It occurs at Fort Washita with Gryphcea Pitcheri and Am-
monites vespertinus. It appears to be quite rare, the specimen
figured being the only one furnished by the expedition.
Inoceramus confertim-annulatus, Roemer.
Paleontology, Plate 6, fig. 2.
Inoceramus confertim-annulatus, F. Roemer, Texas, 402.
Kreidebild, Texas, 59, taf. vii, fig. 4.
Shell ovate, depressed with close concentric undulating ribs ;
ribs prominent, rounded, regular, intervals about equal to
width of ribs.
I refer this fossil to the above species with some hesitation,
as all the specimens of the collection are either weather-worn
or badly mutilated. Nevertheless, if not identical, ours is a
closely allied species. Occurs rather abundantly at Camp
No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. Dr. F. Roemer's specimens
are from the Guadalupe, near New Braunfels.
Trigonia crenulata, Lamarck.
Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 1.
Trigonia crenulata, Roemer, Kreidebild, Texas, 51, taf. vii-,
fig. 6.
194 APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY.
Shell trigonal, thick, with from fourteen to fifteen oblique
crenulated ribs in each valve ; anterior side wide, rounded,
inflated ; posterior side produced, compressed ; inferior mar-
gin rounded.
From Cross-Timbers, Texas. All the examples in the col-
lection are internal casts. Roemer cites this species from
New Braunfels.
Astarte washitensis, Shumard.
Paleontology, PI. 3, fig. 3.
Shell ovate, trigonal, a little longer than wide, compressed,
inequilateral, marked with fine concentric rounded , striae ;
buccal side shorter than the anal, excavated ; basal margin
rounded, truncated posteriorly, beaks slightly jjrominent, ex-
cavated.
The only specimen of this species collected by the expedi-
tion is rather too imperfect to permit us to make a satisfactory
description. It was found in the cretaceous strata at Camp
No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas.
Cardium multistriatum, Shumard.
Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 2.
Shell sub-rotund, inflated, length and breadth nearly equal?
truncated posteriorly, basal and anterior margins rounded :
surface of posterior sub-margin with from fourteen to fifteen
regular radiating striae ; remainder of surface marked with
fine, equal, rounded, close, concentric striae. Beaks rather
prominent.
This is a neat, pretty species ; and it is to be regretted that
the specimens collected were not in a better state of preser-
vation. It was found at encampment No. 4, Cross-Timbers,
Texas, where it is rather uncommon.
Panopea texana, Shumard.
Paleontology, PI. 6, fig. 1.
Shell oval, elongate, inflated anteriorly, compressed behind?
beaks moderately prominent, basal edge rounded, buccal ex-
APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. 195
tremity wide, rounded ; surface marked with irregular con-
centric slightly elevated ribs. Length about 2 5-10 inches,
breadth 1 4-10 inches, thickness 1-10 inch.
The only specimen of this species brought home by the
expedition is an imperfect cast.
Locality, encampment No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas.
Terebratula choctawensis, Shumard.
Palaeontology, PI. 2, fig. a, b.
Shell sub-globose, inflated, sub-pentagonal, front slightly
truncated, surface minutely punctate, the puncti only visible
when examined through a strong lens ; dorsal valve most in-
flated ; beak- obtuse, recurved, pierced by an oval aperture ;
area distinct, forming a well-defined obtuse angle ; ventral
valve moderately convex, sub-orbicular. Length 9 lines,
width 8 lines, thickness 6£ lines.
It resembles Terebratula wacoensis, (F. Roemer, Kreidebild,
Texas, 81, taf. vi, fig. 2, a-c,) but differs in the character of
the surface, which. in T. Choctawensis is thickly studded over
with minute puncta. It is also a smaller species ; the area is
not so wide comparatively, and the front is not so broadly
truncate.
This beautiful Terebratula was obtained from the creta-
ceous deposites near Fort Washita, where it is quite rare, a
single specimen only having been found.
Globiconcha (Tylostoma) tumida, Shumard.
Paleontology, PL 5, fig. 3.
Shell ovate-globose, spire pyramidal, volutions about six,
whorls moderately convex ; width of body whorl equal to
about one-half the length of the shell. Length 1 7-10 inch,
width 1 3-10 inch.
All the specimens we have seen are badly preserved in-
ternal casts. Occurs at Cross-Timbers, Texas, in cretaceous
limestone.
196 APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY.
Globiconcha (?) elevata, Shumard
Palaeontology, PL 4, fig. 4.
Shell ovate, spire produced, whorls six regularly convex,
body whorl shorter than spire. Length 1 5-10 inch, breadth
1 inch.
This is likewise an internal cast. It occurs with the pre-
ceding species.
Eulima (?) subfusiformis, Shumard*
Paleontology, PI. 4. fig. 3.
Shell subfusiform, elongate smooth, spire produced, regu-
larly conical ; whorls about six, broad, very slightly convex ;
suture rather shallow, linear, aperture simple, sub-ovate ;
body whorl obtusely angulated. Length 2 8-10 inches,
width 1 1-10 inch.
The collection contains only a single specimen of the cast
of this species, and that badly weather-worn. It was found
at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas.
Ammonities vespertinus, Morton.
Ammonities vespertinus, Morton, synopsis Cretaceous Group
U. S., 40, pi, xvii, fig. 1 Id., D'Orbigny, Prodrome de
Palseont. II, 212.
Shell large, volutions about three ; vertical section sub-
quadrangular ; ribs prominent, each garnished with three no-
dules, dorsal one most prominent; dorsal margin furnished
with a prominent rounded carina.
This is the largest species of ammonite that has hitherto
been found in the United States. In the cretaceous strata
near Fort Washita, specimens were found to measure nearly
three feet in diameter, and estimated to weigh upwards of two
hundred pounds. It is quite common. The fragment de-
scribed by Dr. Morton was obtained from the plains of Kia-
mesha, Arkansas.
APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. 197
Ammonites marciana, Shumard.
Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 5.
Shell compressed, not carinated, with about twelve simple,
prominent rounded ribs, which cross the dorsum and sides of
the last volution obliquely, without interruption ; dorsum con-
vex, whorls compressed; surface smooth in the intervals be-
tween the ribs ; aperture longitudinal, sub-oval.
Length of last whorl 11 lines, width of do. 4£ lines; width
of umbilicus 3 lines.
The specimen figured as a cast, and the character of the
lobes of the chambers'cannot be made out.
Occurs in the cretaceous strata of Cross-timbers, Texas.
Ammonites acuto-carinatus, Shumard.
Paleontology, PI. 1, fig. 3.
Shell much compressed, sharply carinated, ornamented
with from 30 to 34 transverse ribs ; ribs simple, distinctly ele-
vated, flexuous, commencing narrow at the umbilicus, and
widening to within a short distance of the dorsal border,
where they are again somewhat contracted ; dorsal carina
prominent, sharp, smooth, marked on each side by shallow
depression ; aperture elongate-cordate, lateral septa trilobate.
Diameter 2 4-10 inches; thickness of last whorl near aper-
ture 5-10 inch.
Occurs rather abundantly with the preceding species at
Cross-Timbers, Texas.
Ammonites — {undetermined.}
Paleontology, PL — , fig. — .
Several specimens of a small variety of ammonite, such as
is represented in the figure, were found with the two last-
described species, but they are too imperfect for satisfactory
description.
198 APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY.
ECHINODERMATA.
Hemiaster elegans, Shumard.
Paleontology-, PI. fig. 4, a, b, c.
Shell ovate orbicular, moderately convex at summit, broadly
emarginate anteriorly; anal extremity truncated almost verti-
cally, very slightly excavated; ambulacra sub-petalloid broad,
situated in shallow depressions, antero-lateral areas widely
divergent, extending to the margin of the test, postero-lateral
areas much less divergent and short, peripetalous fasciole in-
distinct ; mouth transverse reniform, not far from the anterior
border, post oral tuberculated space lanceolate; anus oval
longitudinal, sub-anal fasciole scarcely visible ; surface of test
covered with small spinigerous tubercles, with minute gran-
ule in the interspaces. The dimensions of the largest speci-
men that I have been permitted to examine are as follows :
length, 2 7-10 inches ; greatest width, 2 5-10 inches ; height,
1 5-10 inch.
This exceedingly elegant species occurs in great numbers
in the cretaceous strata at Fort Washita.
Holaster simplex, Shumard.
Paleontology, PI. 3, fig. 2.
Shell ovate, sub-cordate, gibbous, regularly rounded supe-
riorly, most prominent near apex, which is sub-central, declin-
ing at first gently towards the mouth, then abruptly, truncated
posteriorly, with a thread-like carina leading from the apex to
the anus; oral sinus shallow, rounded; ambulacra flexuous,
extending to the base, increasing gradually in width to the in-
ferior margin; antero-lateral are as widely divergent; postero-
laterals separated by a moderate interval, mouth transverse,
oval; anus oval, longitudinal sub-anal fasciole indistinct; sur-
face of test sparingly studded with spinigerous tubercles, with
numerous microscopic granules in the interspaces. It ap-
proaches Holaster ( Ananchytes) Jimbrialus, Morton, (Silliman's
Journal, XVIII, 245, pi. 3, fig. 9.) Our specimens, however,
APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. 199
differ from the figures given by Dr. Morton in being less or-
bicular in the oral sinus, which is not so profound, and in the
anal border, which is more widely truncated.
Occurs with Hemiaster elegans at Fort Washita.
Holectipus planatus, Roemer.
Holectipus planatus, F. Roemer, Texas, 393. Ibid, Kreide-
bild, Texas, 84, taf. x, fig. 2, a — g.
In the collection from Cross-Timbers, Texas, we find
several mutilated specimens of Holectypus, which we refer
without doubt to the above species. Dr. Roemer' s examples
were obtained from the vicinity of Fredericksburg, Texas.
APPENDIX
ZOOLOGY,
MAMMALS.
BY CAPTAIN R. B. MARCY.
Ursus Americanus, Pall Black bear. Throughout the
valley.
Procyon lotor, L. Raccoon. Throughout the valley.
Mephitis mesoleuca, (?) Licht. Texan skunk. Through-
out the valley.
Lutra canadensis, Sabine. Olter. Throughout the valley.
Bassaris astuta. Licht. Civet cat. Cross-Timbers.
Canis occidentalis, Rich. Gray wolf. Above Shreveport.
Canis latrans. Prairie wolf. Above Cross-Timbers.
Canis . Large Lobos wolf. Above Cross-Timbers.
Vulpes fulvus. Red Fox. Red river valley.
• Lynx rufus. Wild cat. Red river valley.
Felis concolor, L. Panther. Red river valley.
Sciurxjs MAGNiCAUDATXJS, (?) Say. Fox-squirrel. Red river
valley.
Tamias quadrivittatus, Say. Striped squirrel. Above
Cross-Timbers.
Pteromys volucella, Gm. Flying-squirrel. Red river
valley.
Castor fiber, L. Beaver. Above Cross-Timbers.
Lepus sylvaticus, Bach. Rabbit. Red river valley*
APPENDIX F- MAMMALS. 201
Lepus callotis, (?) Wagl. Jackass rabbit- Above Cross-
Timbers.
Lepus Artemisia (?) Small prairie rabbit. Above Cross-
Timbers.
Spermophilus ludovicianus, Ord. Prairie-dog. Above
Cross-Timbers.
Didelphys Virginiana, Shaw. Opossum. Red river valley.
Cervus Virginiana, Penn. Deer. Red river valley.
Cervus canadensis. Elk ; only about Witchita mountains.
Antilocapra Americana, Ord. Antelope. Above Cross-
Timbers.
Bos Americanus, L* Above Cache creek
102
APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
REPTILES.
BY S. F. BAIRD AND C. GIRARD.
SERPENTS.
The serpents collected by Captains Marcy and McClellan
belong to ten species, distributed into eight genera. Several
of these species had previously been received from other sec-
tions of the country; three, however, were first collected
during the expedition. All are here figured for the first time,
except Ophibolus Sayi, of which a hitherto undescribed va-
riety is represented.
I. CROTALUS, Linn.
This genus is characterized by its erectile poison fangs, and
by having the upper surface of the head covered with small
plates resembling the scales on the body, and with only a few
larger ones in front. There is a deep pit between the eyes
and the nostrils. The plates under the tail are undivided, and
the tail is terminated by a rattle. Scales carinated.
1. Crotalus confluentus, Say.
Zoology, PI. 1.
Spec. char. — Head subtriangular. Plates on top of head
squamiform, irregular, angulated, and imbricated; scales be-
tween superciliaries small, numerous, uniform. Four rows
of scales between the suborbital series (which only extends
to the centre of the orbit) and the labials. Labials 15 or 18,
nearly uniform. Dorsal series 27-29. Dorsal blotches
quadrate, concave before and behind; intervals greater be-
APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
203
hind. Spots transversely quadrate posteriorly, ultimately
becoming 10 or 12 half rings. Two transverse lines on super-
ciliaries, enclosing about one-third. Stripe from superciliary
to angle of jaws, crosses angle of the mouth on the second
row above labial. Rostral margined with lighter.
Syn.— Crotalus confluentus, Say, in Long's Exped. Rocky Mts.
II, 1823, 48. B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 8.
C. Lecontei, Hallow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1851,
180.
Description. — This speeies bears a considerable resem-
blance to C. atrox, but the body is more slender and compact.
Scales on the top of the head anterior to the supercilianes
nearly uniform in size. Line of scales across from one nostril
to the other consists of six, not four, as in C atrox. Supercil-
ianes more prominent, Labial series much smaller. Upper
anterior orbitals much smaller, as also is the anterior nasal.
Scales on the top of the head less carinated. Scales between
superciliaries smaller and more numerous, five or six in num-
ber instead of four. Two lateral rows of scales smooth; first,
second, and third gradually increasing in size. Scales more
linear than in C. atrox.
General color yellowish brown, with a series of subquad-
rate dark blotches, with the corners rounded and the anterior
and posterior sides frequently concave, the exterior convex.
These blotches are ten or eleven scales wide and four or five
long, lighter in the centre, and margined for one-third of a
scale with light yellowish. The intervals along the back light
brown, darker than the margins of the blotches. Anteriorly
the interval between the dark spots is but a single scale ; pos-
teriorly it is more, becoming sometimes two scales ; where
also the spots are more rhomboidal or lozenge-shaped ; nearer
the tail, however, they become transversely quadrate. The
fundamental theory of coloration might be likened to that of
Crotalus adamanteus, viz : of forty or fifty light lines decussat-
ing each other from opposite sides ; but the angles of decussa-
tion, instead of being acute, are obtuse, and truncated or
rounded off throughout. Along the third, fourth, and fifth
lateral rows of scales is a series of indistinct brown blotches
covering a space of about four scales, and falling opposite to
the dorsal blotches : between these blotches, and opposite to
the intervals of the dorsal blotches, are others less distinct.
204
APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
Along the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth rows is a second
series of obsolete blotches, each covering a space of about
four scales, and just opposite the intervals between the dorsal
spots. The dorsal and lower series are separated by an in-
terval of three scales ; this interval light brown. Beneath,
the color is dull yellowish, and ten or twelve darker half-rings
are visible on the tail.
In point of coloration, the principal features, as compared
with G. atrox, lie in the disposition of the dorsal blotches in
subquadrate spots instead of subrhomboids ; the intervals thus
forming bands across the back perpendicular to the longitudi-
nal axis. This tendency to assume the subquadrangular pat-
tern has broken up the chain- work into isolated portions, as in
Ophibolus eximius or Crotalophorus tergeminus. The intervals
of the dorsal blotches are wide, and darker in the middle,
while in C. atrox they are narrow, not linear, and unicolor.
The sides of the head present the usual light stripe from the
posterior extremity of the superciliary ; it passes, however,
to the angle of the jaw on the neck, along the second row of
scales above the labials. A second stripe passes in front of
the eye to the labials, widening there. A small light vertical
bar is seen below the pit, and another on the outer edge of the
rostral. On the superciliaries are two light transverse lines
enclosing a space nearly one-third of the whole surface. In
C. atrox there is a single median line. Sometimes, as in C.
atrox, the single blotches on the nape are replaced by two
elongated ones parallel to each other.
Dorsal row of scales, 29 ; abdominal scutelke, 180 ; sub-
caudal ones, 27. Total length, 34 inches ; length of tail, 4
inches.
A specimen was collected the 5th of June in the Witchita
mountains. Another specimen of the same species was
brought home from the Cross-Timbers, Arkansas, by Dr. S.
W. Woodhouse, and described by Dr. Hallowell as new, un-
der the name of Crotahs Lecontei, on the ground that the ante-
rior vertebral spots are not confluent. This we do not con-
sider as a sufficiently distinctive character, although we have
never seen a specimen with decidedly confluent markings.
The notes of Dr. Leconte, quoted by Dr. Hallowell, hardly
apply to the present species.
The species was first discovered by Say, on Major Long's
expedition to the Rocky mountains, and has not since been
seen until procured first by Dr. Woodhouse, and then by
Captain Marcy and the Mexican boundary commission. It
APPENDIX F.— REPTILES. 205
was found by the latter party in Western Texas, where, how-
ever, it is rare.
Plate I represents Crotalus confluentus of natural size.
II. EUTVENIA, B. & G.
This genus is composed of numerous species, some of
them quite common, and known under the names of Riband,
Striped, and Garter snakes ; inoffensive, like most of the
North American snakes. They may be recognised by three
light stripes on a darker ground, the intervals between these
stripes provided with alternating or tessellated blackish spots.
The scales have a ridge or small keel along their middle, and
are arranged in 19 or 21 longitudinal rows. The post abdom-
inal or anal scutella is entire, like the others. There is one
anterior orbital plate and three posterior. The body is either
moderately stout or else slender, according to the species. Of
the two described in this article, one belongs to the division
with a slender body and 19 dorsal rows of scales, and the
other to the second division, with a stouter body and 21 dor-
sal rows of scales.
2. EutjEnia proxima, B. & G.
Zoology, PL II.
Spec. char. — Body stoutest of the division. Black above ;
three longitude stripes, the dorsal ochraceous yellow or brown,
lateral greenish white or yellow. Total length about three
and a half times that of the tail.
Syn.-— Coluber prozimus, Say, in Long's Expd. to Rock.
Mts. I, 1823, 187.— Harl. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad.
V, 1827, 353.
Eutainia proxima, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. 1. 1853, 25.
Desc. — Deep brown, almost black, above and on the sides ;
beneath greenish white. Dorsal stripe on one and two halt
rows of scales, ochraceous yellow, lateral stripe on the 3d
206
APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
and 4th rows of scales, greenish yellow or white, markedly
different in tint from the dorsal. Sides of abdominal scutellae,
and 1st and 2d dorsal series, of the same color as the back.
On stretching the skin, numerous short white lines are visible.
Occipital plates with two small approximated spots on the
line of junction. Orbitals whitish. The greenish white of
the abdomen becomes more yellow anteriorly.
Head more like that of E. saurita than of E Faireyi, while
the body is stouter than in either. The subcaudal scales are
less numerous than in the other two allied species. Resemb-
ling E. Faireyi in color, it is always distinguishable by the
stouter body, fewer caudal scales, and dissimilarity of color
in the longitudinal stripes.
Dorsal rows of scales 19, all keeled ; abdominal scutellae
170 ; subcaudal ones 100. Total length 33 inches ; length
of tail 9 inches. Found at Camp No. 7.
The species is represented in natural size on Plate II.
3. Cut^enia marciana, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. III.
Spec. char. — Prominent color light brown; a vertebral
paler line and one lateral on each side, more or less indis-
tinct. Three series of square black spots on each side, of
about 56-60 in each series, from occiput to anus. Sides of
head black, with a crescentic patch of yellowish posterior to
the labial plates. Three and sometimes four black vittae radi-
ating from the eye across the jaws. A double white spot
with a black margin on the suture of occipital plates.
Syn. — Eutainia marciana, B. and G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I,
1853, 36.
•
Desc — The markings about the head are generally very
constant and distinct. Viewed laterally, we see first the large
dark-brown patch at the back part of the head, extending as
far back as the posterior extremity of the jawbones. In the
anterior part of this patch is seen the crescentic patch (con-
cave before) of yellowish white, with a more or less narrow
dark-brown margin anteriorly. The next black band starts
from the posterior edge of the superciliaries, and passes ob-
liquely downwards and backwards along the posterior edge
of the 6th upper labial. Similar black margins are seen on
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 207
the posterior edges of the 5th and 4th labials, the intervening
spaces being yellowish white, particularly on the 5th upper
labial. Occasionally the posterior margins of the 7th and 3d
labials have the black line as well as those mentioned, which
frequently extend across to the posterior margins of the corres-
ponding lower labials. The white spot on the anterior por-
tion of the occipital suture is always margined with black.
The six series of black spots are arranged so as to alter-
nate with each other. The lower or third series on each side
is below the indistinct lateral stripe. The posterior edge of
each abdominal scutella shows a black margined spot on
each side. The dorsal line is generally a single scale in
width, occasionally including portions of the lateral, and itself
sometimes encroached upon by the black spots. Each spot
is about a scale or a scale and a half long, and about three
scales broad. The number in the dorsal series from the head
to the anus varies from 56 to 60. Posterior edges of scales
very slightly emarginate, if at all. All are decidedly keeled.
Dorsal scales disposed in 21 rows ; abdominal scutelke,
152; subcaudal, 75. Total length 34 inches ; length of tail
8 inches.
Collected between Camp 5 and Red river, on the open
prairie.
This species is very widely distributed in the south and
west. Red river forms its limit on the north, and the Gulf of
Mexico on the east ; but it extends to the Rocky mountains on
the west, and far into Mexico on the south. Its centre of dis-
tribution appears to be on the lower Rio Grande.
Plate III represents this species in natural size.
III. HETERODON, Pal de B.
This genus is eminently characterized by the peculiarity of
its snout, which is terminated by a triangular plate recurved
upwards ; hence the popular appellation of hog-nose snake.
Though perfectly harmless, they exhibit a threatening appear-
ance, when approached, in the flattening of their head and
violent hissings ; hence the names of bio wing- viper, spreading-
adder, &c. Their body is short, stout, and the tail also short.
The head is broad and short. The dorsal scales are cari-
nated, and arranged in 23-27 rows. The preanal or postab-
dominal scutella is bifid; a chain of small plates beneath the
eye, completed above by the superciliaries. There is a sup-
plementary plate on the top of the head, behind the prominent
208 APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
rostral, either in contact with the frontals, or separated by
smaller plates. The colors are light, with dorsal and lateral
darker blotches, or else brown, with dorsal transverse light
bars ; sometimes entirely black.
One species only was collected on the Red River explora-
tion. Six species are known to exist in the United States.
4. Heterodon nascius, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. IV.
Spec. char. — Vertical plate broader than long. Rostral
excessively broad and high. Az}^gos plate surrounded behind
and on the sides by many small plates (12-15.) A second
loral. Labials short and excessively high. Dorsal rows of
scales 23, exterior alone smooth. A dorsal series of about 50
blotches, with four or five other series on each side. Body
beneath, black. A narrow white line across the middle of
the superciliaries ; a second behind the rostral. A broad
dark patch from the eye to the angle of the mouth, crossing
the two postlabials.
Syn. — Heterodon nasicus, B. & G. Reptiles in Stansbury's
Expl. Valley of Great Salt Lake, 1852, 352.— B. &*G.
Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 61.
Desc. — 'Vertical plate very broad, subhexagonal. Occipi-
tal short. Rostral very broad, high, more so than in the other
species, outline rounded. The interval between the opposite
frontals, the rostral, and the vertical occupied by a number
of small plates, from 10 to 12, or more, arranged without any
symmetry, on each side and behind the small azygos. The
base of the rostral between the opposite prenasals is generally
margined by these small plates, which sometimes, too, are
seen between the vertical and the anterior portion of the su-
perciliaries. This crowding of plates causes the anterior part
of the forehead to be broader than in H. simus. Eye small,
Its centre rather posterior to the middle of the imaginary line
connecting the tip of rostral with the lower angle of the post-
labial, which line scarcely crosses the eyeball. Orbital plates,
10-13 in number. Loral triangular, rather longer than high,
separated from the frontal by a small plate. Nasals rather
short, occasionally with the lower part of the nostril bounded
by a small plate. Labials 8 or 9 above, all of them higher
than long; indeed, their vertical extension is much greater
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 209
than in any other species: the 6th highest; centre of eye
over the junction of the 5th and 6th.
Dorsal rows of scales 23, outer row smooth, rest all dis-
tinctly carinated, the keels extending to the ends of the scales ;
those just behind the occipital plates truncate^, with obsolete
carinae. Scales on the hind part of the body rather broader
and shorter than anteriorly ; the inequality scarcely evident
in large specimens.
Ground-color light brown or yellowish gray, with about 50
dorsal blotches from head to tip of tail ; the 39th opposite the
anus. These blotches are quite small, rather longer trans-
versely, subquadrate, or rounded, indistinctly margined with
black, (obsoletely on the outside ;) they cover 7 to 9 scales
across, are 2 to 2£ long, and separated by interspaces of 1J
scales, which are pretty constant throughout, though rather
narrower on the tail. On each side of the dorsal row may
be made out, under favorable circumstances, four alternating
rows of blotches ; the first on the contiguous edges of the
scales of the first and second exterior dorsal rows ; the second
on the scales of the 3d row, and the adjacent edges of those
in the 2d and 4th; the third on the scales of the 4th, 5th, and
6th, and the adjacent edges of the 3d and 7th; and the fourth
on the scales of the 6th, 7th, and 8th rows, and the adjacent
edges of those of the 5th. This last is opposite the intervals
of the dorsal series ; the rest alternate with it. The central
inferior surface of the abdominal scutellae is black, sharply
variegated with quadrate spots of yellowish white; the por-
tion of the scutellae entering into the side of the body is yel-
lowish white, with that part opposite the dorsal intervals dark
brown, thus, in fact, constituting a fifth lateral series of
blotches, alternating with the lowest already mentioned. The
throat and chin are unspotted. The head is light brown,
with a narrow whitish line finely margined before and behind
with black, which crosses in front of the centre of the verti-
cal, and through the middle of the superciliaries : a second
similar but more indistinct line runs parallel to this just be-
hind the rostral, and extending down in front of the eye. A
third equally indistinct and similar line crosses the posterior
angle of the vertical, and runs back on the side of the neck,
behind the labials and temporal shields. There is a broad
brown patch from the back part of the eye to the angle of the
mouth, across the penultimate and last labial. The colora-
tion is thus very different from that of H. simus, where there
is a distinct narrow black band across the forehead scarcely
14
210 APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
involving the vertical, and passing through the eye to the
angle of the mouth across the last labial. Behind this a much
broader yellowish band, continued without interruption into
the neck behind the angle' of the mouth. In H. nasicus the
most conspicuous feature is a narrow white band, much nar-
rower than the darker patch before and behind it. The dark
patch, to the angle of the mouth is much broader, continuous
as it were, with the broad bar between the middle and ante-
rior light lines, which corresponds with the narrow black line
of H. simus. The other distinguishing features are evident.
The three dark patches behind the head are much as in H.
simus.
In large specimens from Sonora and the Copper Mines of the
Gila, (Fort Webster,) the ground-color is yellowish gray, each
scale minutely punctuate with brown. The blotches are all
obsolete, only one dorsal and two lateral on each side being
defined by darker shades. The blotches on the sides of the
abdomen are wanting, but the black in the middle is strongly
marked. The other characters, however, are preserved, ex-
cept that the exterior row of dorsal scales is more or less cari-
nated.
Specimens of this species vary in the number of small
postrostral plates. In some there are only three or four, in
others a larger number. Sometimes, instead of a single series
of median dorsal spots, there are two, in close contact, and
more or less confluent. The narrow light line across the
middle of the superciliaries and the high labials are always
highly characteristic.
The specimen figured of natural size on Plate IV is much
smaller than those alluded to from Sonora and the Copper
Mines, and upon which the foregoing description has been
based.
IV. PITUOPH1S, Holbr.
This genus, closely allied to Heterodon, is characterized by
a prominent snout, the rostal plate elevated and convex, with-
out, however, being recurved. There are two pairs of post-
frontal plates instead of one, and occasionally also two verti-
cals ; three or four postorbitals ; generally two, sometimes only
one anteriorly. The scales are carinated along the back,
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 211
smooth on the sides, and constituting from 29-35 dorsal row?.
The preanal or postabdominal scuttellae is entire
The ground-colors are either whitish or reddish yellow,
with a triple series of patches, those of the medial series the
largest, and several series of smaller blotches on the sides.
Abdomen unicolor or spotted, with an outer row of blotches.
Head of same color as the body, maculated with black spots.
A narrow band of black across the upper surface between the
eyes, and a postocular vitta on each side, extending obliquely
from the eye down to the angle of the mouth. A black ver-
tical patch is often seen beneath the eye.
The names of Bull, Pine, and Pilot snake, are commonly
given to different species of this genus, which are all of great
size, including in fact some of the largest serpents of North
America. Some of the species utter a hissing or blowing
sound.
5. Pituophis McClellanii, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. V.
Spec. char. — Head subelliptical. Rostral plate very nar-
row. Anteorbitals 2 ; postorbitals 4. Dorsal rows 33-35 ;
the 7 outer rows smooth. Tail-forming 1-9 or 1-10 of total
length. Postocular vitta brown, and rather broad. Suborbital
black patch conspicuous ; commissure of labials black. Color
of body reddish yellow, with a series of 53 blotches from head
to origin of tail. Blotches of adjoining series, on either side,
confluent across the light spaces between medial blotches.
Flanks covered with small blotches, forming 3 or 4 indistinct
series. Twelve transverse jet-black bars across the tail. Ab-
domen yellowish, thickly maculated with black patches.
Syn. — Pituophis McClellani, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept.
I, 1853, 68.— Pilot-snake.
Desc — Head proportionally large, ovoid, distinct from the
body. Snout pointed. Occipital plates small. Vertical
broad, subpentagonal, slightly concave on the sides. Super-
ciliaries large. Internal postfrontals rather narrow, elongated ;
212 APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
external postfrontals quadrilateral, a little broader forwards.
Prefrontals irregularly quadrangular. Rostral very narrow,
extending halfway between the prefrontals, convex and raised
above the surface of the snout. Nostrils in the middle line
between the nasals, the posterior of which is a little the smaller.
Loral trapezoidal, proportionally large. Inferior anteorbital
very small, resting upon the fourth upper labial. Postorbitals
varying in comparative size. Temporal shields small, re-
sembling scales. Upper labials 8 ; 6th and 7th the larger.
Lower labials 12 ; 6th and 7th largest. Posterior mental
shields very small, extending to opposite the junction of the
7th and 8th lower labials. Scales proportionally small, in
33-35 rows, the 7 outer ones perfectly smooth and somewhat
larger than the remaining rows.
Ground color yellowish brown, with three series of dorsal
black blotches, 53 in number, from the head to opposite the
anus, with 12 on the tail, in the shape of transverse bars.
Those of the medial series the larger, and covering 8 or 9
rows of scales. On the anterior part of the body they are
subcircular, embracing longitudinally four scales ; posteriorly
they become shorter by one scale. The light spaces between
are a little narrower than the blotches themselves for the
twelve anterior blotches, and wider than the blotches for the
remaining length of the body. The blotches of the adjoining
series alternate with those of the medial series, being opposite
to the light intermediate spaces across which the blotches of
either sides are generally united by a transverse narrow
band. The flanks are densely covered with small and irreg-
ular blotches, forming three indistinct series, confluent in ver-
tical bars towards the origin of the tail. Inferior surface of
the head yellowish, unicolor. Abdomen dull yellow, with
crowded brownish black blotches in series on the extremity
of the scutellse.
Two specimens of this species were caught the 28th of
June. The largest is figured, of natural size, on Plate V. It
is 38J inches in length ; the tail measuring nearly 5 inches.
Abdominal scutellae 231 ; subcaudal ones, 52.
V. SCOTOPHIS, B. & G.
The scales in this genus are very slightly carinated on the
back, and perfectly smooth on the sides. Preanal scutella
bifid. One large anteorbital plate and two postorbitals. The
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 213
colors are brown or black, in quadrate blotches on the back
and on the sides, separated by lighter intervals; beneath
usually coarsely blotched with darker. In one species there
are dark stripes on a light ground.
6. SCOTOPHIS LAETUS, B. & G.
Zoology, PL VI.
Spec, char.— Similar to S. confinis, but postfrontals larger.
Vertical plate longer than broad. Dorsal rows 29. Abdomi-
nal scutellse 227. Subcaudals 72. Blotches fewer than in
S. confinis.
SYN.—Scotophis laetus, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I,
1853, 78.
p ESC . — This species bears a close resemblance to S. con-
finis, and its characters may be best given by comparison
with the latter. It differs, therefore, in the greater number of
dorsal rows/29 instead of 25. The whole body and head are
much stouter. Exterior eight rows smooth, rest slightly cari-
nated. The vertical is broad before, rather acute behind.
A probably monstrous feature is seen in the union of the two
postfrontals, except for a short distance before, and in the
loral and postnasal coalescing into one trapezoidal plate.
Blotches less numerous. A broad vitta across the back part
of the postfrontals, passing backwards and downwards through
the eye, and terminating acutely on the posterior upper labial.
A blotch across the back part of the vertical, and extending
through the occipitals on each side to the nape._ The spots
are larger, longitudinal throughout, with occasional excep-
tions.
Its affinities to S. vulpinus are close. The vertical, how-
ever, is narrow, the eyes much larger, dorsal rows 29 instead
of 25. The blotches on the back are longitudinal, and fewer
in number. For a complete description of this species it will
be necessary to procure larger specimens.
The specimen figured on Plate VI is of natural size. The
only one caught of this species is 18 inches long. Length of
tail 3J inches.
214 APPENDIX P. REPTILES,
VI. OPHIBOLUS, B. & G.
The body is rather thick, and the tail short. The scales
smooth and lustrous, and disposed in 21 or 23 rows, which
scarcely overlap. The preanal scutella is entire. A small
anteorbital plate and two postorbitals. Eyes very small.
The ground-colors are black, brown, or red, crossed by
lighter intervals, generally bordered by black.
Seven species, besides the two here described, have hith-
erto been found in North America.
7. Ophibolus Sayi, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. VII.
Spec. char. — Black, each scale above with a large circu-
lar or subcircular white or yellow spot in the centre. Some-
times only transverse lines of these spots across the back.
Syn. — Herpctodryas getulus, Schl. Ess. Phys. Serp. Part.
descr. II, 1837, 198.
Coronella Sayi, Holbr. (non Schl.) N. Amer. Herp. Ill,
1842, 99. PL xxii.
Coluber Sayi, Dekay, New York Fauna, Rept. 1842, 41.
Ophibolus Sayi, B. & G., Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 84.
Desc. — Body, as in most of the other species of the same
genus, very tense and rigid, with difficulty capable of being
extended after immersion in alcohol. Vertical plate triangu-
lar, wider than long; outer edge slightly convex, an angle
being faintly indicated at the junction of the superciliaries and
occipitals; shorter than the occipitals, which are short,-longer
than broad. Postfrontals large, broad ; prefontals smaller.
Rostral small, not projecting, slightly wedged between pre-
frontals. Eye very small, orbit about as high as the labial
below it; centre of the eye a little anterior to the middle of
the commissure, over the junction of the 3d and 4th labials.
One anteorbital, vertically quadrate; loral half its height,
square. Upper labials 7, increasing to the penultimate.
Lower labials 9; 4th and 5th largest.
Scales nearly as high as long, hexagonal, truncated at each
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 215
end. Dorsal rows 21, exterior rather larger, and diminishing
almost imperceptibly to the back, although all the scales in a
single oblique row are of very nearly the same shape and
size.
The scales on the back and sides are lustrous black, each
one with a central elliptical or subcircular spot of ivory-white,
which on the sides occupy nearly the whole of the scale, but
are smaller towards the back, where they involve one-half to
one-third of the length. Beneath yellowish white, with broad
distinct blotches of black, more numerous posteriorly. Skin
between the scales brown. The plates on the top and sides
of the head have each a yellowish blotch; the labials are
yellow, with black at their junction.
Other specimens agree except in having bright yellow in-
stead of white as described ; the spots, too, are rather smaller,
and manifest a slight tendency to aggregation on adjacent
scales so as to form transverse bands. This is seen more
decidedly where the back is crossed by about 70 short dotted
yellow lines; the 56th opposite the anus. The scales be-
tween have very obsolete spots of lighter, scarcely discernible.
The sides are yellow, with black spots corresponding to the
dorsal lines; indeed, there may be indistinctly discerned two
or three lateral series of alternating blotches.
In larger specimens from the West, this tendency in the
spots to aggregation is still more distinct. The back is
crossed by these dotted lines of the number and relation indi-
cated, at intervals of four or five scales; the spots on the
intervening space being obsolete. These lines bifurcate at
about the 9th outer row, the branches connecting with those
contiguous, so as to form hexagons ; and these extending to-
wards the abdomen again, decussate on about the third outer
row, thus enclosing two series of square, dark spots on each
side. These lateral markings are, however, not very dis-
cernible, owing to the confusion produced by the greater
number of yellow spots. On the edge of the abdomen are
dark blotches, one opposite each dorsal dark space, the cen-
tres of the scutellae being likewise blotched, but so as rather
to alternate with those just mentioned.
The specimen represented on Plate VII was caught the 16th
of May, between Cache creek and Red river. Total length
33^ inches; tail 3f inches; abdominal scutellae 224; subcau-
dals 49.
216 APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
8. Ophibolus gentilis, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. VIII.
Spec. char. — Muzzle more convex and acute than in O.
dsjliatus. Body red, encircled by about 25 pairs of broad
black rings enclosing a white ring: the white mottled with
black on the sides. Black rings broader than in O. doliatus.
Upper part of head entirely black.
Syn. — Ophibolus gentilis, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I,
1853, 90.
Desc. — Ground color deep-red, encircled by 25 pairs of
black rings, the 21st opposite the anas, each pair enclosing a
third ring of white, the latter becoming yellowish by immer-
sion in alcohol. The black rings are conspicuously broader
above, the three crossing eight scales on the vertebral row
anteriorly, and towards the anus about five. Anteriorly the
intervals between successive pairs consist of about five scales,
posteriorly only of two or three, thus diminishing considera-
bly. The black rings contract as they descend, those of each
pair receding slightly from each other, so as to cause the
yellow portion to expand about one scale. The black rings
are contiguous on the abdomen, those of contiguous pairs (not
of the same pair) sometimes with their intervening spaces
black. The scales in the white rings are always more or less
mottled with black, especially along the sides of the body,
this mottling being very rarely observable on the red portion.
The anterior black ring of the first pair is extended so as to
cover the whole head above, except the very tip ; the white
ring behind it involves the extreme tip of the occipitals.
A large specimen is much duskier in its colors. The black
rings extend on the back so that the contiguous rings of adja-
cent pairs run into each other. There are 28 pairs of rings,
the 25th opposite the anus.
Dorsal row of scales, 2] ; abdominal scutellge, 198 ; sub-
caudal ones, 45. Total length, 20 inches ; length of tail, 2f
inches. Plate VIII represents the largest of two specimens,
caught June 14, near Sweetwater creek.
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 217
VII. MASTICOPHIS, B. & G.
The prominent feature of this genus consists in a very slen-
der and elongated tail, forming one-third or one-fourth of the
length. It bears a close relationship to the black snakes,
(Bascanion,) from which it differs chiefly in the structure of
the plates on the upper jaw. The scales are smooth and dis-
posed in fifteen or seventeen dorsal rows. The preanal scu-
tella is divided. The vertical plate is long and narrow. There
are two anteorbitals and two postorbitals, these resting against
the fifth labial.
9. Masticophis flavigularis, B. &. G.
Spec, char.— Light dull yellow, tinged with brown above*
Beneath two longitudinal series of blotches distinct anteriorly.
In alcohol, and especially when the epidermis is removed, the
whole animal appears of a soiled white.
Syn. — Fsammoyhis flavigularis, Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sc. Philad. VI, 1852, 178.
Masticophis flavigularis, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I,
1853, 99.
Desc. — Size very large. Vertical plate broad before, taper-
ing to the middle, where it is about half as wide as anteriorly,
thence it runs nearly parallel. Vertical rather shorter than
occipitals. Greatest breadth across superciliaries less than
half the length of the portion covered by plates. Occipitals
moderate. Centre of eye considerably anterior to the cen-
tre of commissure, over the junction of the 4th and 5th labials.
Labials 8 above, increasing in size to the 5th, which is elon-
gated vertically, the 7th elongate and largest. The 5th forms
part of the inferior and posterior wall of the orbit, as in all the
species of the genus, resting above against the lower postor-
bital, with which the 6th labial is not in contact. Dorsal
scales broader than in Bascanion constrictor, their sides per-
fectly straight, slightly truncate, with the corners rounded.
Exterior row largest, rest gradually diminishing. Scales on
the tail widely truncate.
The general color, both above and below, may be described
as a dull straw-yellow, tinged with light olivaceous brown
218 APPENDIX F. REPTIDES.
above. This latter tint exists in the form of a shading on the
centres and towards the tips of the scales, leaving the bases
yellowish. The proportion of brown increases towards the
back, and in older specimens sometimes suppresses the yel-
low. In all instances a darker shade is seen towards the tip
of each scale. The skin between the scales is yellowish.
The scutellas anteriorly exhibit each two rather large brown-
ish blotches, one on each side of the median line, constituting
two rows on the abdomen, which fade out posteriorly. Some-
times the series are not discernible, the blotches spreading so
as to constitute a dark shade to the margins and exterior edges
of the scutellas. The posterior portions of the plates under
and on the sides of the head are similarly blotched ; the same
tendency being observable on the posterior edges of the plates
on the top of the head, by the deeper shade of the olivaceous
brown there prevalent. Anteorbitals yellow. One specimen
was procured 57£ inches long. Abdominal scutellae 191x2.
The tip of the tail is missing.
In smaller specimens the blotching beneath is rather more
decided. In addition to the colors described, the back is
crossed by indistinct bars of darker, eight or nine scales wide
and half a scale long. This color is also seen on the skin
between the scales under the dark bars, where the bases of
the scales themselves are darker, instead of light. There is
a tendency towards stripes on the side : first one of light
brown, on the outer edge of the abdomen; then an interrupted
yellow one at the junction of the abdominal scutellas and outer
scales ; then brown again through the centres of the rows.
This, however, is not very conspicuous. Sometimes the dark
shades on the sides are tinged with reddish. The obsolete
transverse bars are seen at intervals of one or two scales.
This species may prove to be the Coluber testaceus of Say.
A specimen from Fort Webster, or the Copper Mines, col-
lected by the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Commission,
shows the stripes on the sides much more distinctly, running
through all the dorsal rows anteriorly, and crossed by the in-
distinct bars already referred to. The contrast between the
dark chesnut brown spots on each side, and its deeper centre,
with the clear yellow of the edges, is very distinct. Beneath
yellow, with the blotches reduced to mere dull spots.
APPETDIX F. REPTILES. 219
VIII. LEPTOPHIS, Bell
The body is elongated and very slender, the tail forming
more than the third of the entire length. The scales are dis-
posed in 17 dorsal rows and keeled, except the two outer
rows, which are smooth. The nostril is situated in the mid-
dle of a single plate. The eyes are large. The preanal
scutella is bifid or divided. The color uniformly green.
10. Leptophis majalis, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. IX.
Spec. char. — Reddish green above, yellowish white be-
neath. Body proportionally stouter and tail shorter than
in L. cestivus. Snout and whole head, including vertical,
longer than in latter species. Dorsal scales in 17 rows.
Syn. — Leptophis majalis, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I,
1853, 107.
Desc. — Head more pointed, broader on the temporal re-
gion, and more tapering on the snout than in L. astivus. Ver-
tical plate subhexagonal, broader, and postfrontals propor-
tionally larger in comparison with the prefrontals, than in L,
astivus. Occipitals maintaining more their width posteriorly,
obtuse-angled behind. Nasal more elongated ; loral smaller,
and longer than high. Two large temporal shields and a few
small ones behind. Scales strongly carinated, except the
outer row, which is perfectly smooth, and the second row,
which is but slightly carinated. The scales of both of these
rows are broader than the rest.
Total length, 28£ inches; length of tail, 9| inches. Abdo-
minal scutella?, 163x1; subcaudal, 111. The specimen
figured on Plate IX was caught on the 13th of July at the
head of Cache creek, near old Wichita village.
LIZARDS.
Six species of saurians, or lizards, belonging to six different
genera, were collected during the exploration of Red river.
220
APPENDIX P. REPTILES.
One of them has proved to be new to science ; two were re-
cently described for the first time, whilst the three others have
been long known to herpetologists.
I. PHRYNOSOMA, Wiegm.
This genus, including the so-called horned toads or horned
frogs, more properly horned lizards, is recognisable by a de-
pressed, broad, and subelliptical body, covered above with
irregular scales, the majority very small, others quite large,
pyramidal, raised above the surface of the skin, and scattered
all over the back, sides, and tail. The head is subtriangular
and provided with powerful spines or horns, giving to it
rather a formidable appearance, although all the species of
this genus are perfectly inoffensive. There are external
auditive appertures as in most of the lizard tribe.
In a monograph of the genus appended to Stansbury's Ex-
ploration of the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, six
species are described as indigenous to North America ; ano-
ther has since been added to the list. The single species col-
lected is the most abundant of the genus.
1. Phrynosoma cornutum, Gray.
Spec. char. — Nostrils situated within the internal margin
of the superciliary ridge ; occipital and temporal spines longer
and more acute than in Ph. orbicular e ; a double row of pyra-
midal scales on the sides of the abdomen ; scales on the in-
ferior surface of the head small and slightly keeled, of a general
uniformity, except one row on each side, somewhat larger,
pyramidal, acute, slightly raised, and directed outwards and
backwards ; a series of very large inframaxillary plates, sharp
on their outer edge, the posterior one of which is transformed
into a spine. The plates lining the margin of the jaws are
not prominent. The scales of the belly are proportionally
small, subquadrangular, keeled, and posteriorly very acute i
femoral pores undeveloped, or rudimentary in the female
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 221
Syn. — Phrynosoma, cornutum, Gray, Syn. Rept. in Griff. Anim.
Kingd. IX, 1831, 45. Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. II, 1842, 87.
PL xi. — Girard in Stansbury's Expl. Val. Great Salt Lake,
1852, 360. PI. viii, fig, 1—6.
Agama cornuta, Harl. Med. and Phys. Res. 1835, 141. Plate,
figs. 1 and 2.
Phrynosoma Harlani, Wiegm. Herp. Mex. 1834, 54. — Dum.
and Bibr. Erp. gen. IV, 1837, 314.
Obs. — The color of this species has been well described
by Dr. Holbrook. We may add that the ground-color above
in some individuals is of a variable shade of ferruginous red —
a tint sometimes seen on the inferior surface of the body. The
belly is either unicolor, or else spotted as in P. orbiculare. Nu-
merous specimens of this species were collected during the
exploration of Red river; some on the prairie between Camps
2 and 3 ; others between Camps 6 and 7, and at Camp 7
also , others still on the south fork of Red river, and several
other localities.
II. CROTAPHYTUS, Holbr.
Noticed for the first time during Major Long's expedition.
The type of this genus was briefly described by Say in the
second volume of Long's Narrative, and there called Agama
collaris, in allusion to the very striking feature of bearing a
double black sub-crescentic band on the sides of the neck.
The genus Crotaphytus was first established by Dr. Holbrook,
and is characterized by the presence of small, polygonal plates
on the whole surface of the head. The odd occipital plate
itself is inconspicuous; the auditive apertures are very broad-
ly open. Teeth are found on the jaws and palate. There is
a fold of the skin under the throat ; the head is large and sub-
triangular ; the body covered with minute scales ; and the tail
very long and tapering. Femoral pores present.
This genus now includes four North American species ; three
we have lately described under the names of C. Wislizenii,
4
222 APPENDIX F.— REPTILES.
from Ne*v Mexico, C. Gambelii, from California, and C. dor-
salis, from the desert of Colorado; the fourth is the following:
2. Crotaphytus collaris, Holbr.
Spec. char. — Tail conical, very long and tapering ; head
large, sub-triangular, rounded at the snout ; two subcrescentic
black bars, margined with white on each side of the neck ; the
largest extends from the origin of ijie fore-legs to near the
dorsal line ; the second of these black bars is smaller, and sit-
uated between the latter and the head.
Syn. — Crotaphytus collaris, Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. II, 1842,
79. PL x.
Agama collaris, Say, in Long's Exp. Rocky Mts. II, 1823,
252.— Had. Med. and Phys. Res. 1835, 142.
Obs. — The specimens on hand exhibit several varieties of
coloration worthy of being noticed : thus two specimens from
Gypsum Bluffs, on Red river — a rocky locality present a
green ground-color above, with large blue patches and bright
yellow spots ; underneath light-green, almost uniform, except
under the head, which is deeper and provided with blue, irre-
gularly enlongated spots ; another specimen from the same
locality has brown as the predominating tint. Light-brown
stripes are seen on the legs and tail ; similar spots on the body
and head ; four rows of red spots on the back ; belly light-
brown ; light reddish-brown under the tail and feet.
Specimens from the head of the south fork of Red river have
either a bluish-gray back, with white spots, a bluish-white
belly, and the interior surface of fore-legs reddish, or else the
back is 3^ellow and green.
The above memoranda, on the coloration, were taken on
the spot by Capt. Marcy. The general distribution of color
appears to indicate sexual differences ; thus all the specimens
before us in which the spots have a tendency to arrange them-
selves in transverse bands, or even where transverse narrow
bands take the place of the spots, have proved to be females.
The ground-color, however, varies in both sexes.
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 223
III. HOLBROOKIA, Girard.
The genus Holbroolcia bears a striking resemblance to the
one just described ; it has the same general form, the same
sub-triangular head, covered with small polygonal plates, a
fold under the throat, small scales on the back, and femoral
pores. The tail is perhaps smaller in proportion to the size
of the body. The absence of an external auditive aperture
will, however, at once characterize it generic ally from all its
allies. The absence of teeth on the palatine bones is another
organic character by which the genus HolbrooMa can be dis-
tinguished from Crotaphytus. From Homalosaurus it differs
only by the absence of an external auditive aperture.
The species upon which the genus was originally based is
the one collected by the expedition.
Three other species were found in Texas, and described
by us under the names of H. ajjinis, propinqua, and texana, (see
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, August, 1852.)
3. Holbrookia maculata, Girard.
Spec. char. — Above light-brown, with two dorsal series
of irregularly crescent-shaped black spots convex posteriorly,
and provided with an olivaceous margin ; flanks with small
crowded yellowish or reddish spots ; two, occasionally three,
deep-bluish black spots on the sides of the abdomen ; be-
neath unicolor, either of a soiled white or yellow tint; some-
times irregular bluish vittae under the head.
Syn. — Holbroolcia maculata, Girard, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv.
ofSc. IV, (1850,) 1851,210; and in Stansbury's Expl.
Valley of Great Salt Lake, 1852, 342. Plate vi, fig. 1—3.
Obs. — A full description, as well as a figure of this species,
may be found in the Report of Captain Howard Stansbury on
the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah; rendering it un-
necessary to reproduce either here.
224 APPENDIX F. — REPTILES.
Numerous specimens were collected on the Canadian river
and surrounding localities.
IV. SCELOPORUS, Wiegm.
The genus has the general appearance of Holbrookia, but
is provided with large auditive apertures, large imbricated
and carinated scales on the back in most instances ; and
smooth scales on the belly. The subguttural fold of the
former, however, is not to be seen here and on the surface of
the head ; the plates, though small, are larger, especially the
occipital. There are no teeth on the palate.
Most of the species of this genus are Mexican ; one is com-
mon in the United States, and known as the brown or fence
lizard. A second species was discovered by Captain Stans-
bury in the valley of the Great Salt Lake. Another species
inhabits the western States, and a fourth is peculiar to Oregon.
4. SCELOPORUS CONSOBRINUS, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. X, Figs. 5-12.
Spec. char. — Ground color above brownish, with a series
of small black spots, eight or ten in number, on each side of
the dorsal line. A yellowish stripe outside of the spots, and
a black band beneath the stripe. A greenish area between
the black band above and the elongated blue patch on the
sides of the abdomen. Beneath, greenish blue.
Desc. — This species bears a close relationship to S. graci-
osus, from the valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, in the
description of which the remarkably large size of the dorsal
scales was mentioned as constituting one of its most distin-
guishing features, when compared to S. scalaris. In the
present species the dorsal scales are proportionally still larger
than in S. graciosus. Its body and head are also more slender
and narrower. The tail is more tapering and elongated, and
constitutes almost three-fifths of the total length. In colora-
tion the differences between the two species are very striking.
The head is subelliptical, depressed, declive towards the
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 225
snout, which is rather pointed. The superciliary region is
but slightly raised above the plane of the vertex. The rostral
plate is subtriangular, very low, and elongated transversely.
The nostrils are almost circular, situated in the middle of a
small plate, separated from the rostral by two small interven-
ing ones. There are ten or twelve internasal and very small
plates, and nine somewhat larger frontals, the middle one the
largest. There are two verticals, (or frontals,) the anterior one
the largest. The occipital is large and pentagonal, surrounded
by four or six smaller plates, two anterior of medium size,
contiguous to the postvertical, two lateral, larger and triangu-
lar, exteriorly to which two smaller ones may be observed.
There are three or four subhexagonal, transversely elongated,
plates on the superciliary region, surrounded internally by
one row and externally by two rows of minute plates. The
superciliary edge is formed by five sharp and imbricated thin
plates; it is continued in the shape of a ridge to the nostril by
means of two sharply-keeled plates. The suborbitals are two
in number, the posterior one much the longest. There is a
small loral.
The plates which line the jaws are subquadrangular, very
narrow and elongated, four above and five below, the latter
considerably larger. Above the series of plates of the upper
jaw, and between the suborbitals, two series of small and ir-
regular plates may be observed. Four or five inframaxiliary
plates constitute a series on each side of the lower surface of
the head, joined anteriorly by the subpentagonal symphysal
plate. Between the inframaxiliary series and the series lining
the lower jaw exists a series of four or five elongated and
small plates.
The auditive aperture, which is proportionally large, is oval,
and almost vertical in its longest diameter. At its anterior
margin may be seen two or three scales, larger and more
pointed than those on the temporal region. Behind the audi-
tive aperture, and situated obliquely on the neck, is a slight
fold of the skin.
The neck is somewhat contracted, the body slender and
depressed, with the back, however, slightly arched, and the
belly flat. The tail, as already mentioned, is quite long and
slender, depressed at its base, and hence conical towards the
tip.
The fore-legs, when stretched backwards along the sides,
extend nearly to the groin, while the hind-legs, when brought
forward, reach almost to the ear.
15
APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
The scales are imbricated and keeled on the back and
sides. Their general shape is that of a lozenge, terminated
posteriorly by an acute spine. There are ten longitudinal
rows along the back, with five on each side, which are some-
what oblique, and smaller. Underneath, the scales are-
smooth, posteriorly tricuspid on the belly, whilst under the
head and throat they have but two posterior spines. The
scales below as well as above the fore-legs are keeled.
Those on the upper part of the hind-legs are also keeled,
whilst on the thighs they are smooth. The fingers and toes
are surrounded with carinated scales to their very tips.
The femoral pores, thirteen or fourteen in number on each
side, are conspicuous and situated in the middle of one single
small plate.
The black spots in the series along the back are compara-
tively small, and separated from each other by a space greater
than their diameters. The yellow stripe extends from the
origin of the neck to beyond the anus, the black from above
the shoulder to the groin. The blue patch is elongated and
narrow, terminated posteriorly by a black stripe which runs
for a little distance along the thigh. There is an elongated
black spot on the shoulder.
One specimen was collected on the 6th of June.
Plate X, fig. 5, represents the species in profile and of the
natural size.
Fig. 6. The side of the head enlarged, to show more dis-
tinctly the structure of its plates.
Fig. 7. Head from above, enlarged in the same proportion
as fig. 6
Fig. 8. Head from below, enlarged.
Fig. 9. The right arm and fingers, seen from below.
Fig. 10. The right leg and toes, seen from below.
Fig. 11. Dorsal scales, enlarged four times.
Fig. 12. Scales from the belly, slightly enlarged.
V. CNEMIDOPHORUS, WagL
This genus is characterized by a bifid tongue ; a double-
transverse fold of skin under the throat ; teeth on the palate ;
maxillary teeth compressed, the posterior one tricuspid ;
femoral pores ; broad plates under the thighs ; fingers not
carinated underneath ; and a subcylindrical, very long and
00*7
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. *<> '
tapering tail. The body above is covered with minutely
crowded scales ; whilst on the belly there are eight longitudi-
nal rows of subquadrangular, transversely elongated plates,
or scutelke. On the tail the scales are quite large and very
conspicuous, strongly carinated and constituting circular rows
or whorls.
The explorations of the last few years in Texas and New
Mexico have brought to light several other species of the
genus Cnemidophorus, all provided with eight longitudinal
rows of abdominal scutellae. These are C. gracilis, from the
desert of the Colorado ; C. perplexus, from the upper valley of
the Rio Grande ; C. gularis, C. Grahamii, and C. marmoraius,
from different localities in Texas.
The discovery of C. gularis in Arkansas is an interesting
fact in regard to its geographical distribution
5. Cnemidophorus gularis, B. & G.
Zoology, PL X, fig. 1—4.
Spec. char. — Ground color brownish, with six longitudinal
stripes, green or yellow ; beneath yellowish white, unicoior.
Scales' on the subguttural fold quite large and conspicuous in
proportion to those in other species.
&YX.—Cnemidophoi-us gularis, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci., PhilacL vi, 1852, 128.
tj esc . — This species is very closely allied to C. sexlineaitis,
having, like the latter, six longitudinal stripes, three on each
side of the body, running from head to some distance along
the tail. It .has, also, the same general form ; but on a close
comparison it will soon be observed that the body is propor-
tionally shorter, the limbs more developed, whilst the scales
on the back appear to be actually larger. The head is pro-
portionally smaller and narrower. But the most striking or-
ganic character consists in the presence of somewhat large
and conspicuous scales on the margin of the subguttural fold
of the skin. The following indications of color are derived
from the notes of the expedition : The upper surface of the
head is reddish brown ; three longitudinal yellow or greenish
228 APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
stripes extending from the head to the origin of the tail ; the
middle stripe on each side may be followed on the tail to a
considerable distance. The dorsal space between the two
uppermost stripes on each side is brown, or reddish brown,
like the head above. The space between the uppermost and
middle stripes is of a deep black, and extends from the upper
angle of the orbit down to a certain distance along the tail.
The space between the middle and lower stripes, and between
the latter and the abdominal scutellee, is green or greenish
brown. The legs are brownish red, and the belly white or
bluish white. The tail underneath is yellowish red ; above,
brownish, or reddish brown.
Specimens were collected on the 5th and 6th of June.
Plate X, fig. 1, represents Cnemidophorus gularis of natural
size.
Fig. 2. Head seen from above, to exhibit the plates.
Fig. 3 shows the scales on the subguttural fold and the hand
from beneath, as well as the submaxillary plates.
Fig 4 represents the femoral pores, the preanal plates, and
also the plates at the inferior surface of the hind legs, and the
lower surface of the feet.
VI. LYGOSOMA, Gray.
This genus includes small scincoid lizards, the nostrils of
which open in one single plate, the nasal. The supranasals
are wanting. The palate is without teeth, and provided with
a triangular notch situated far back. The scales, broader than
long, are all smooth. a
All the species of Lygosoma belong to the Old World except
the one here mentioned.
6. Lygosoma lateralis, Duni. and B.
Spec. char. — Upper part of head and bod} r chestnut-brown ;
a black lateral band extending from the snout across the eye
to a considerable distance along the tail. Flanks grayish-
brown, with longitudinal indistinct, darker, interrupted vittae,
Abdomen yellowish, and tail beneath bluish; circumference
of scales mottled with gray. Tail longer than the body.
Limbs very small.
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 229
Syn. — Scincus lateralis, Say, in Long's Exp. Rock. Mts. II,
1823, 324.— Harl. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc, V, 1827, 221,
and VI, 1829, 12.— Holbr. N. Amer. Herp., first ed., I,
1836, 71. PI. viii.
Scincus unicolor, Harl. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., V, i,
1825, 156.
Tiliqua lateralis, Gray, Syn. Rept., in Griff. Anim. Kingd.,
Cuv. IX, 1831, 70.
Lygosoma lateralis, Dum. and B., Erp. gen. V, 1839, 719.
Holb. N. Amer. Herp, second ed., II, 1842, 133. PL xix.
This small and graceful species appears to be spread over
a large portion of the United States. It is always met with
running on the surface of the ground in forests, among dead
leaves, never ascending either trees or shrubs like many other
lizards.
The body is sub-quadrangular, the head continuous with it,
and, like it, flattened above. The tail is sub-circular, tapering
into a point. The plates of the head correspond with the de-
scriptions w r hich we have before us, except that the fronto-
nasals are not contiguous, but separated by a small odd plate
directly in advance of the vertical, (sometimes called frontal.)
But this peculiarity of structure is not indicative of any spe-
cific difference.
The auditive apertures are large, circular, and their margin
simple. The fore-legs, when extended forward, reach the eye.
The hind-legs are a little longer and stouter than the fore-legs.
The scales are perfectly smooth, uniform above and below,
and disposed in thirty longitudinal rows around the body.
The two middle preanal scutellas considerably larger.
One specimen was procured near the mouth of Cache
creek on the 16th of May.
BATRACHIANS.
Of this order of reptiles only two species were procured —
a toad and a frog.
1. Bufo cognatus, Say.
Zoology, PI. XL
Spec. char. — Greenish brown above, with a lighter yel-
lowish dorsal line. Patches of blackish-brown, scattered
230
APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
over the sides and legs. Beneath unieolor of a dingy yellow.
Head short, groove on its upper surface, not extending to the
anterior rim of the eye.
Syn. — Bufo cognatus, Say, in Long's Exp. to Rock. Mts. II,
1823, 190.
Obs. — It is not without hesitation that we have referred the
present species to Bufo cognatus ; the description of Say as
cited is exceedingly brief, applying almost equally well to
several allied species. The colors of our specimen varv
considerably from the B. cognatus as described by Say ; but
the characters of the groove of the crown agree better. The
mark of "head with a groove which hardly extends anteriorly
to the line of the anterior canthus of the eye," although not
strictly in accordance with our species, may, with some al-
lowance, be made to answer to it. It is much to be regretted
that the original specimen of Say was destroyed in the con-
flagration of the Philadelphia Museum, and thus all hopes of
identification are lost. If, however, further explorations in
Arkansas should yield many additional specimens, all differing
as much as the present from Say's description, it will become
necessary to assign a new name to it, especially if the true B»
cognatus be at the same time detected.
DEScpaPTioN. — The head is very short, the snout obtuse
and truncate, with the nostrils subterminal. Upper service of
head grooved ; groove subelliptical and short, not extending
anteriorly to the anterior rim of the eye (fig 2.) The super-
ciliary ridges thicken from before backwards, extending to
the tympanum in passing obliquely behind the eyes, and in
contact also with the parotid glands, which are subovoidal
and of medium size. Tympanum rather small, subelliptical ;
its longest diameter almost vertical. The fore and hind legs
are well proportioned to the size of the body. The under
surface of the hand is provided with small crowded tubercles,
a more conspicuous and a larger one at the articulations of
the fingers ; the fingers themselves are depressed or flattened.
A larger disc-like knob is observed on the middle and at the
base of the hand (fig 3.)
The toes (fig. 4) are but slightly webbed, and, like the fin-
gers, depressed. The fourth is conspicuously the longest, and
the third a little longer than the filth. The under surface of
the feet (fig. 5) is covered with smaller tubercles than those
of the hands. A large spade-like process exists at the base
of the first or inner toe, exteriorly to which, and at the base
APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 231
still of the metatarsus, is a small knob-like tubercle. The
body is thickly covered with papilla?, with some large ones
more conspicuous along the sides of the back ; on the flanks
they are smaller, similar to those of the intervening spaces on
the back; on the abdomen the papilla? are smaller still; upper
part of hands and feet minutely granulated. The snout alone
is smooth.
The dark patches scattered over the upper part of the ani-
mal are margined with a light yellowish line. Sinuating yel-
lowish lines may be observed on the sides of the belly, or
flanks and legs. A rather large spot is seen beneath the eye,
and another in advance and beneath the tjanpanum near the
angle of the mouth.
One specimen procured near the Water-hole between Camps
6 and 7.
Plate XI, fig. 1, represents Bufo cognatus of natural size.
Fig. 2. The head from above.
Fig. 3. Left hand seen from below.
Fig. 4. Right foot from above.
Fig. 5. Right foot from below.
2. Rana pipiens, Latr. — Bullfrog.
Spec. char. — Toes webbed to their extremity, fourth toe
one-fourth longer than the third and fifth. An elongated tuber-
cle at the base of the first toe ; sub-articular tubercles of fin-
gers and toes but slightly developed. Vomerine teeth on two
rounded and separated elevations situated between the inter-
nal nostrils. Diameter of tympanum (in the specimen before
us) greater than the diameter of the eye.
Syn. — Rana pipie7is, Latr. Hist. Nat. Rept. II, 1802, 153.
Harl. Amer. Jour. Sc. X, 62. Med. & Phys. Res., 1835,
101 ; and Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. V, 1827, 335.
Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. IV, 1842, 77. PI. xviii.
Rana Mugiens, Merr. Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, 175. Dum.
& B. Erp. gen. VIII, 1841, 370.
The bullfrog is quite a common animal in the United States,
though its northern, western, and southern limits are not yet
accurately known. A large specimen was found in a cold
spring near the head of the south fork of Cache creek, in the
Witchita mountains. The upper parts of body and limbs are
covered with warty eminences, more crowded on the body.
232 APPENDIX F. REPTILES.
These warts are perfectly smooth, like the skin itself. The
ground-color is greenish brown above, with crowded deep
brown or blackish spots. Beneath, dull yellow, with clouded
bluish patches. The lower surface of the feet has the same
marmorated appearance as the back. The jaws and snout
are greenish brown, and perfectly smooth.
The specimen before us is remarkable for the size of its
tympanum, which is much larger than the eye.
APPENDIX F. FISHES.
233
FISHES.
BY S. F. BAIRD AND C. GIRARD,
1. POMOTIS LONGULUS, B. & G.
Zoologi, PL XII.
Spec char. — -General form elongated. Opercular flap
rather small and entirely black. Twenty-seven to twenty-
nine rows of scales across the line of greatest depth of body?
and about thirteen rows on the tail. Fifty-two scales in the
lateral line.
Syn. — Pomotis Imgulus, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc
Philad. VI, 1853, 391.
Description. — The body is very much compressed, and
more elongated than usual in the genus Pomotis — so much so,
indeed, as to resemble Grystes even more than Centrarchu^
The head constitutes a little less than the third of the total
length, including the caudal fin ; it is subcorneal, with a little
depression upon the middle of the skull. The eyes are large
and circular, and their diameter is contained five times in the
length of the head, measured from the tip of the snout to the
extremity of the opercular flap. The posterior extremity of
the maxillary reaches a point opposite the middle of the pupih
The cheeks are densely covered with small and imbricated
scales. The largest scales are on the opercular apparatus,
(the preopercular excepted,) where they are also imbricated.
The opercular is subtriangular ; its upper angles rounded, and
the posterior one terminated by a membranous and rather
small flap, entirely black. The subopercular extends along
the interior edge of the opercular, tapering slightly upwards.
The interopercular forms a regular curve immediately be-
neath the preopercular, and is covered with one row of scales,
there being a double row of these upon the subopercular.
The dorsal fin is rather low, especially its spiny portion.
Its anterior margin is exactly opposite to the opercular flap.
234 APPENDIX F.— FISHES.
There are ten spiny rays and nine soft ones, the last being
double and the shortest. The first, second, third, fourth, fifth,
and sixth rays increase gradually in length in the order enu-
merated ; the eighth is equal to the sixth ; the ninth is the
longest. They all (the soft rays) bifurcate from their middle,
and then again subdivide from four-fifths of their length to the
tip. The caudal fin is subcrescentic posteriorly; its angles
are rounded; its length contained five times and a half in that
of the body and head together. The central rays bifurcate
three times upon their length. There are seventeen rays in
all, with a few rudimentary ones. The anal is well devel-
oped ; its three anterior spiny rays are the shortest, and not
very conspicuous. The eight remaining ones are soft and
articulated; similar in structure to those of the dorsal fin.
The ventrals are inserted behind the base of the pectorals;
their tip, when bent backwards, reaching the anus, which is
situated a quarter of an inch in advance of the anterior mar-
gin of the anal fin. This is subtriangular, posteriorly sub-
truncated, composed of an anterior spiny ray, and five soft
and articulated ones, which bifurcate twice. The pectoral
extends backwards as far as the ventrals. Its rays, fifteen in
number, are all soft and very slender, bifurcating twice. Only
thirteen of these rays are well developed. The formula of
the fins is as follows :
D X. 9 + 3 ; A III. 8; C 2. I. 8. 7. I. 1; V I. 5; P 15.
The scales are of medium size, longer than high, truncated
anteriorly, rounded posteriorly, and finely denticulated, as seen
in fig. 4. The lateral line does not extend beyond the inser-
tion of the rays of the caudal, the base of which is covered
c with scales irregularly disposed. The smallest scales are
observed under the head, upon the throat; the largest on the
peduncle of the tail.
The color is not sufficiently preserved in the single speci-
men collected to admit of description. Traces of irregular
lines are, however, visible upon the cheeks and opercular ap-
paratus.
Found in Otter creek, Arkansas.
Plate XII, fig. 1. PomoUts longulus, in profile, and of the
size of life.
Fig. 2. A dorsal scale taken on the middle of the back,
above the lateral line.
Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line, exhibiting the mucuous
tube.
APPENDIX F. FISHES. 235
Fig. 4. A scale from the sides of the abdomen, below the
lateral line.
Figs. 2 — 4. are magnified twelve times.
2. POMOTIS BREVICEPS, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. XIII.
Spec. char. — General form short and stout, subelliptical;
opercular flap very much developed, and directed upwards,
black with a lighter margin. Twenty-four rows of scales
across the line of greatest depth, and twelve rows on the
peduncle of the tail. Thirty-seven scales on the lateral line.
Syn. — Pomotis breviceps, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.
Phil. VI, 1853, 309.
Description. — The abbreviated head constitutes two-sev-
enths of the entire length, the caudal fin included. Middle
of the cranium slightly depressed. Nostrils nearer to the eye
than to the tip of the snout. Eyes of medium size and circu-
lar ; their diameter is contained four times only in the length
of the head from the snout to the base of insertion of the oper-
cular flap, which is longer than a diameter of the eye. The
mouth is proportionally small ; the posterior extremity of the
maxillary not extending as far back as the middle of the pupil.
The teeth are slender and more conspicuous than in Pomotis
longulus. Cheeks covered with scales, but slightly smaller
than those on the opercular apparatus. The opercular bones
have the same general shape as in Pomotis longulus ; but the
opercular flap is very much developed, longer than broad,
and rounded posteriorly. The structure of this flap is some-
what similar to a fin ; slender and simple rays being distinctly
visible through the membrane.
The dorsal fin commences in a line above the base of the
opercular flap. Its spinous portion is almost as elevated as
the soft one. There are eleven spinous rays, the first and
second smallest; and ten articulated or soft ones, occupying
a little more than half the space as the spines. The struc-
ture of the soft rajs and their relative length are much as in
Pomotis longulus; they bifurcate from the middle of their length,
and subdivide again upon their extremity. The caudal is
subcrescentic posteriorly, and its angles rounded. It is com-
posed of seventeen well developed rays, and a few rudimen-
236
APPENDIX F. FISHES.
tary ones. The central rays bifurcate three times. The anal
fin is composed of nine soft rays, one more than in P. longulus,
and three spinous ones ; the second and third almost equal in
length. They bifurcate and divide in the same manner as
the dorsal. The insertion of the ventrals is immediately be-
hind the base of the pectorals. Their shape is triangular,
and when bent backwards their tip extends to the anterior
margin of the anal fin, thus overlapping the anus, which is
situated as in P. longulus, about a quarter of an inch in ad-
vance of the anterior margin of the anal fin. The ventrals
are composed of one spinous and five articulated rays, which
bifurcate three times. The insertion of the pectorals is sub-
crescentic ; the tip of these fins reaches about as far back as
do the ventrals. The rays, fourteen in number, (thirteen of
them well developed,) are slender and show traces of a bifur-
cation of the third degree upon their extremity.
D XL 10; A III. 9; C 2. I. 8. 7. I. 2; V I. 5; P 14.
The scales are proportionally large, higher than long, sub-
truncated anteriorly, and rounded posteriorly with minute
denticulations. Scales, irregularly disposed, exist on the base
of the caudal. The largest scales are seen on the middle of
the flanks, and the smallest upon the subthoracic region. The
ground-color appears to have been of a uniform reddish
brown. The opercular flap is deep black, margined with a
lighter line, the hue of which is not preserved. There are
several sinuous irregular lines upon the cheeks and opercular
apparatus.
This species has a general resemblance to Pomotis nietidus,
Kirt., but may easily be distinguished by prominent char-
acters.
One specimen was caught in Otter creek, Arkansas.
Plate XIII, Pomotis breviceps of natural size.
Fig. 2. A dorsal scale.
Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line.
Fig. 4. A scale from the sides of the belly.
Figs. 2-4 are enlarged twelve times.
APPENDIX F. FISHES. 237
3. Leuciscus vigilax, B. & G.*
Zoology, PL XIV, figs. 1-4.
Spec. char. — Subfusiforra. Dorsal fin longer than high.
Sixteen rows of scales across the line of greatest depth, and
eight on the peduncle of the tail. Thirty-eight to forty scales
in the lateral line, which runs through the middle of the sides,
slightly bent downwards on the abdomen.
Syn. — Ceratichthys vigilax, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.
Philad. VI, 1853, 391.
Description. — Body subfusiform, compressed. The head
forms one-fifth of the entire length from the snout to the tip
of the caudal fin ; it is contained three times in the length of
the body, the caudal fin being about one-fifth of the entire
length. The head itself has the shape of a truncated cone.
The eyes are subelliptical ; their longitudinal diameter being
contained three times and a half in the length of the sides of
the head. The mouth is rather small, its angle not extending
to a point below the anterior rim of the eyes. The opercular
bone is conspicuously large, and almost trapezoidal in shape.
The subopercular and preopercular are comparatively small,
The isthmus beneath is about three-tenths of an inch wide.
The dorsal fin is longer than high, and is composed of nine
rays, bifurcated from about their middle ; some of the median
rays showing another subdivision upon their extremity. The
caudal fin is forked; its angles are acute. It contains eigh-
teen well-developed rays, and several rudimentary ones above
and below ; the central ones bifurcate twice. The base of
the caudal fin is considerably broader (higher) than the cen-
tral portion of the peduncle of the tail. The anal fin is situ-
ated behind the dorsal, is higher than long, subtrapezoidal,
and composed of eight bifurcated rays ; the central ones sub-
divided towards their extremity. The ventrals are inserted
very little behind the anterior margin of the dorsal ; they are
rather slender, posteriorly rounded, composed of eight bifur-
cated rays, the middle ones bifurcated towards their extremity :
*Note. — Owing to the immature state of the specimens, we have preferred
returning this species to the genus Leuciscus. Although having a strong resem-
blance to Ceratichthys, as also to Pimephales, in the bluntness of the snout, the
inferior position of the mouth, and other characters, yet the specimen is almost
too small to allow a final determination as to its generic character.
238
APPENDIX F. FISHES.
and when bent backwards the fin does not reach quite to the
anus, which is situated immediately in advance of the anterior
margin of the anal fin. The pectorals are slender ; when
bent backwards they do not reach the insertion of the ven-
trals. They are composed of fourteen bifurcated rays, the
central ones subdividing at their last third. Formula :
D 9; A 8; C 3. I. 8. 8. I. 3; V 8; P 14.
The scales are proportionally large, a little higher than long,
rounded at both extremities, more abruptly posteriorly. The
lateral line runs along the middle of the side, slightly bent
downwards on the abdomen.
The ground-color is yellowish brown; a blackish stripe
composed of crowded dots follows the lateral line on the
sides.
One specimen (immature) caught in Otter creek, Arkansas.
Plate XIV, fig. J, represents Leuciscus vigilax, size of life.
Fig. 2. A dorsal scale.
Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line.
Fig. 4. Abdominal scale.
Figs. 2-4 are enlarged twelve times.
4. Leuciscus bubalinus, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. XIV, figs. 5-8.
Spec. char. — Compressed. Back arched. Tail slender.
Dorsal fin higher than long. Ten rows of scales across the
line of greatest depth, and five rows on the tail. The lateral
line, which contains about thirty-six scales, runs below the
middle of the flanks. Dorsal, caudal, anal, and ventral fins
well developed.
Syn. — Leuciscus bubalinus, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.
Philad. VI, 1853, 391.
Description. — The body much compressed, and rather
short in appearance. Back considerably arched in advance
of the dorsal, behind which the body tapers quite rapidly pos-
teriorly, rendering the peduncle of the tail comparatively
slender. The head is about one-fifth of the entire length.
Eyes comparatively large and circular ; their diameter con-
tained three times and a half in the length of the head, one
diameter intervening between the eye and the snout. The
nostrils are nearer to the eyes than to the tip of the snout.
APPENDIX F.-—F1SHES* Z6\S
The jaws are even, (the figure represents the lower one a little
too short.) The opercular apparatus is conspicuously devel-
oped, especially the opercular, which has the shape of an
elongated quadrangle, slightly concave posteriorly, and slight-
ly rounded inferiorly. The isthmus is quite small.
The anterior margin of the dorsal fin corresponds to the
middle of the distance between the snout and the base of the
caudal fin. It is angular and higher than long, and composed
of eight rays. The anal has the same. length as the dorsal,
but is not quite as high ; it is composed of nine articulated
•rays and two minute spines at the anterior margin. The
ventrals when bent backwards reach the anterior margin of
the anal fin, consequently overlapping the anus situated close
to the anal fin. They contain eight rays, all soft or articu-
lated. The pectorals are comparatively small and slender,
reaching the insertion of the ventrals when brought back-
wards. Their posterior margin is rounded ; the rays eleven
in number. In all the fins the rays are bifurcated, and the
middle ones subdivided upon their length. Formula :
D 8 ; A II. 9 ; C 4. I. 9. 9. I. 3 ; V 8 ; P 11.
The scales are large, higher than long, rounded anteriorly,
subtruncated posteriorly. The lateral liner forms a very open
curve, convex downwards, and nearer to the insertion of the
ventrals than to the base of dorsal.
The ground-color is grayish ; the hue is not preserved on
the specimen.
Caught, like the preceding, in Otter Creek, Arkansas.
Fig. 5 represents Leuciscus bubalinus the size of life, and ap-
parently quite mature.
Fig. 6. A dorsal scale.
Fig. 7. Scale from the lateral line.
Fig. 8. Abdominal scale.
Figs. 6-8 are enlarged twelve times.
5. Leuciscus lutrensis, B. & G.
Zoology, PI. XIV, figs. 9-12.
Spec, char.— Subfusi form, compressed. Insertion of ven=
trals in advance of dorsal. Twelve rows of scales across
the line of greatest depth ; six rows on the tail. About thirty-
six in the lateral line, which is bent downwards on the abdo-
men and slightly broken in advance of the anal fin. Dorsal
and anal fins well developed.
240 APPENDIX F.— FISHES.
Syn. — Leuciscus lutrensis, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.
Philad. VI, 1853, 391.
Description. — 'The body is much compressed and subfu-
siform in general appearance, somewhat tapering from the
posterior margin of the dorsal and anal fins to the caudal, the
base of which is broader than the peduncle of the tail. The
greatest depth is equal to the length of the sides of the head,
which is contained three times and a half in the total length,
the caudal fin included. The greatest thickness is nearly
half of the depth. In general aspect it resembles Leuciscus
Jcenluclcierisis of Kirtland. The eyes are of medium size, sub-
circular ; their diameter contained four times in the length of
the sides of the head. The nostrils, situated towards the upper
surface of the head, are nearer to the eyes than to the tip of
the snout. The posterior extremity of the maxillary does not
reach the vertical of the anterior rim of the orbit.
The upper and posterior margins of the opercular consti-
tute a uniform curve, whilst the anterior and inferior margins
are straight, forming a rather acute angle. The subopercu-
lars and interoperculars are comparatively small.
The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is situated on the mid-
dle of the distance between the snout and the base of the
caudal; the fin itself is quadrangular, higher than long, and
composed of eight rays, the last double, and the anterior rudi-
mentary in close contact with the next. The anal is shaped
somewhat like the dorsal; it has nine perfect rays, and an
anterior rudimentary one. The caudal is deeply forked with
acute angles, and shorter than the head. It is composed of
nineteen well developed rays, and several rudimentary ones,
above and below. The ventrals are posteriorly rounded, (a
character not expressed in the figure,) composed of eight rays,
and when bent backwards their tips reach the anus, which is
situated immediately in advance of the anal fin. The pecto-
rals are elongated, rather slender, rounded, and their tip not
quite reaching the insertion of the ventrals. They are com-
posed of eleven slender, bifurcated, but not subdivided rays.
The median rays of the dorsal, caudal, anal, and ventrals, are
subdivided for at least one-fourth of their length, the bifurca-
tion beginning sometimes upon their middle. Formula :
D 8 + 1 ; A 1. 9 ; C 2. I. 9. 8. I. 1 ; V 8 ; P 11.
The scales are proportionally large, higher than long ; an-
terior, superior, and inferior margins, uniformly rounded, pos-
APPENDIX F. FISHES. 241
terioiiy subtruncated. The lateral line is considerably bent
down on the abdomen, and slightly broken in advance of the
anal fin.
The ground-color, as preserved in alcohol, is dull bluish
brown ; the back is bluish ; the dorsal fin yellowish brown ;
the caudal, pectorals, and ventrals are reddish.
Several specimens were caught in Otter creek, Arkansas ;
the largest of which we have had figured.
Plate XIV, fig. 9, Leuciscus lutrensis size of life.
Fig. 10. A dorsal scale from the middle of the region be-
tween the dorsal fin and the lateral line.
Fig. 11. A scale of the lateral line taken beneath the dor-
sal fin.
Fig. 12. An abdominal scale taken beneath the lateral line,
~ way between the latter and the line of the belly.
242 APPENDIX P.— SHELLS.
SHELLS.
;y professor c. b. adams.
Amherst, Massachusetts,
December 1, 1852.
Dear Sir : I transmit herewith a list of the shells which
were collected in Texas and upon Red river by Captain,
Marcy ;
And have the honor to remain your obedient servant,
C. B. ADAMS.
President Hitchcock.
ACEPHALA.
1. Unio asperrimus, Lea»
The specimens have a great profusion of small tubercles
on the umbones. One large specimen was taken May 22d ?
at the foot of the Witchita mountains : 3 mature and 5 young
shells were taken in Otter creek, July 13th, near the same
place; long, about 100° W.; lat. about 34° 35' N.
2. Unio, Sp. indet.
This may be a variety of the preceding; but with only one
decayed specimen we do not venture to describe it as a new
species. It differs in having only a few large tubercles in two
radiant series, of which one passes down the middle of the
disc and the other is on the posterior angle. A few small
curved ridges proceed from this angle to the ligamentary
margin. No label.
3. Unio tuberculatus, Barnes.
A single valve of a young specimen ; no label.
APPENDIX F. SHELLS. 243
4. Unio anodontoides, Lea.
7 specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th ; one of
them is 5 inches long, 2 to 3 inches high, and 1.6 inch wide.
5. Unio parvus, Barnes.
2 J specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th.
6. Unio hydianus, Lea.
2 specimens were taken near Fort Washita July 31st.
7. Unio l^evissimus, Lea.
The specimen is for this species remarkably thick ; the
nacre is deeply colored with reddish purple, and there are
some fine radiating stria? behind the umbones. No label, but
may have been taken in Otter creek, since it was in the same
parcel with the next species.
8. Unio gracilis, Barnes.
Several specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th,
and some July 15th, probably in a branch of Cache creek, a
few miles west of Otter creek.
9. Cyclas distorta, Prime.
4£ specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th.
GASTEROPODA.
10. Bulimus liquabilis, Reeve.
4 specimens (dead) were taken in Otter creek July 13th.
This is the only terrestrial species in the collection.
11. Physa ancillaria, Say.
3 specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th. Thej
are more shouldered than is usual, but not so much as the
244 APPENDIX F. SHELLS.
variety figured by Professor Haldeman, Monog. Physa, pi. 8 t
fig. 5.
12. Physa heterostropha, Say.
12 specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th.
13. Lymn^ea caperata, Say.
2 specimens were taken May 16th, one day from Cache
creek.
14. Planorbis lentus, Say,
Several specimens were taken with the preceding ; also in
Otter creek, July 13th.
Geographical distribution.
Nos. 3, 11, 12, and 13 occur also through the western and
eastern States. No. 8 has its northeastern limit in Lake
Champlain. Although Ohio specimens of this species are
easily distinguished from those of Lake Champlain, it is re-
markable that these Texan shells cannot be distinguished
from them. Nos. 5, 6, and 14 are southern species. No. 10
has hitherto been known only as a Texan shell. The re-
mainder are western and southern species.
NOTICES OF ADDITIONAL SPECIES OF SHELLS : BY G. C, SHU=
MARD, M. D.
1. Unio anodontoides, Lea,
Found in the Little Witchita, and in a small creek between
Fort Washita and Fort Arbuckle ; quite abundant, and the
specimens very beautiful.
2. Unio rugosus, Barnes.
Occurs with the preceding species at all the localities above
mentioned. The specimens are less ventricose than any we
have seen from the Ohio basin. They approach more nearly
to a variety brought by Professor Litton from Red river of
the north.
APPENDIX F. SHELLS. 245
3. Unio siliquoideus, Barnes.
Found in a small creek between Fort Arbuckle and Fort
Washita.
4. Unio l^evissimus, Lea.
A few detached valves of this species were found on the
banks of Otter creek.
5. Anodonta imbecilis, Say.
Abundant and very beautiful, in Beaver creek ; more spar-
ingly in a small creek between Fort Arbuckle and Fort
Washita.
6. Planorbis trivolvis, Say.
Abundant in many of the streams from Fort Belknap to the
sources of Red river.
7. Physa gyrina, Say.
Beaver creek, Choctaw Nation.
8. Succinea avara, Sa} 1- .
Otter creek, Choctaw Nation.
9. Cyclas parttjmeia, Say.
Otter and Beaver creek.
10. Bulimus dealbata, Say.
246 APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS.
ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS.
BY CHARLES GIRARD.
i
I. DAIHINIA, Hald.
Gen. char. — Body rather short, concave above, without
any traces of wings ; provided with short and robust limbs ;
second and third joints of tarsi, equal ; antennae long and fili-
form. A row of spines upon the under surface of the femora,
more conspicuous in males than in females.
Syn. — Daihinia, Hald. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc. II,
1850, 346.
Obs. — The general aspect of this genus is that of Phalan-
gopsis, from which it differs by having "shorter antennae,
shorter and more robust limbs." It approximates to Steno-
pelmatus by the structure of its tarsi, in which the second and
third joints are equal.
Prof. Haldeman, who traced the distinction between Dai-
kinia and Phalangopsis, proposed to consider the former as a
mere sub-genus of the latter. But should the above charac-
ter prove constant, they are sufficient to raise Daihinia to the
rank of a genus ; thus simplifying much the nomenclature.
Two species of this genus are known — the one herein
described and figured, and D. robusta, Hald., an inhabitant of
New Mexico.
1. Daihinia brevipes, Hald*
Zoology, PI. XV, figs. 9-13.
Spec char — Dark brown, mottled with lighter shades;
legs short and robust; tibiae shorter than the femora, and
strongly spinous ; antennae of medium development.
Syn. — Phalangopsis (Daihinia) brevipes, Hald. Proc. Amer.
Assoc. Adv. Sc. II, 1850, 346.
APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. 247
Description. — The fact that in this species the tibiae are
shorter than the femora, contributes somewhat to impress
upon it more strongly that character of the genus which con-
sists in being provided with shorter limbs than in Phalangopsis.
The surface of the body is generally smooth, but posteriorly,
and particularly in the male, there are minute short spines,
which give to that region a granulated appearance; these
minute spines are especially crowded upon the margin of the
segments or articulations. The femora are provided with
spines above and below, stronger below, and more so in the
male. The tibial spines are very much developed on the an-
terior and posterior tibiae, much less on the medial ones;
anteriorly they occupy the outer edge of the limbs, and an-
swer fossorial purposes ; posteriorly they constitute two rows,
directed horizontally backwards, inclining a little downwards,
the inner row being the strongest. The anterior and poste-
rior tarsi are trimerous ; the medial ones being tetramerous.
The ovipositor is comparatively small; its length being less
than the half of the length of the body, and provided beneath
and towards the tip with from eight to ten small spines.
The ground-color is chesnut-brown, mottled above with
lighter shades. The antenna? and spines are blackish.
Specimens were collected at the Camp No. 7, recorded as
"yellowish-brown;" others on June 5th and 6th, said to be
" yellowish-red."
Plate XV, fig. 9, represents the male Daihinia brcvipes size
of life.
Fig. 10 is the female, also the size of life.
Fig. 11, front view of the head of the female.
Fig. 12, a tarsus from above.
Fig. 13, a tarsus from below.
II. ANABRUS, Hald.
Gen. Char.— Body sub-cylindrical, thickest in the middle ;
without wings ; antenna? almost as long as the body, and fili-
form ; pronotum selliform, extending over the basal articula-
tion of the abdomen, and concealing rudimentary elytra ;
ovipositor elongated, nearly straight, sword-shaped ; tarsi
broad, soles concave ; third articulation cordate.
Syn. — Anabrus, Hald. in Stansb. Expl. Vail. G. Salt Lake,
1852, App. C. 370.
248 APPENDIX F.— ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS.
Obs. — -The general appearance of the genus Anabrus re-
minds us strongly of Phalangopsis proper, from which it is dis-
tinguished by its movable and selliform pronotum and the
length and shape of the ovipositor. • The general proportions
of the body and limbs are more elongated than in Phalangop-
sis. The structure of the tarsi, which is not apparent upon a
first glance, affords other differences not less important, be-
tween Anabrus and Phalangopsis, when studied compara-
tively.
2. Anabrus haldemanii, Girard,
Zoology, PI. XV, figs. 5-8.
Spec. char. — Antennae long and filliform, reaching pos-
teriorly the base of the ovipositor ; pronotum short, broad ;
femora smooth. Yellowish ; feet and ovipositor reddish pur-
ple. Posterior margin of pronotum black, with two parallel
black bands on the posterior third of its length.
Description.— The abdomen above exhibits ten segments
or articulations ; the anterior or basal one being, as stated
above, covered by the posterior prolongation of the pronotum.
Beneath there are seven sub-quadrangular plates, situated
opposite to the seven middle upper segments, The posterior
segments enclose another piece bearing two spine-like, ab-
dominal appendages — one on each side. The ovipositor is as
long as the abdomen, and entirely smooth. The base of the
antennae is situated above the eyes, and inserted upon an angu-
lar movable piece. The joints composing these organs are
very short, and provided with minute setae. The tibiae are
provided with four rows of spines, two anterior and two pos-
terior ; the internal posterior row being the stoutest. The
posterior rows are more densely set with spines, whilst the
latter are scattered and alternate with each other in the ante-
rior rows. The first and cordate joint of the tarsi is the long-
est ; the second is the shortest ; and from the middle of the
third, a fourth slender and long joint arises, slightly convex
above, and terminating in two spines or claws curved inwards
and outwards.
The ground-color above and below is yellowish ; the an-
tennae, limbs, and ovipositor are of a reddish purple. The
posterior margin of the pronotum is black. Two parallel
black vittae, enclosing a narrow yellow one, are observed on
APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS.
each side of the dorsal line, upon the posterior third of the
pronotum. The posterior portion of the upper abdominal
segments is occasionally of a deep-brown hue.
This species differs from Anabrus simplex, Hald., by a pro-
portionally much shorter pronotum.
One specimen, caught June 27th, is recorded as " green
and white."
Plate XV, fig. 5, represents Anabrus haldemann in a profile
view and of the size of life.
Fig. 6 is a front view of the head.
Fig. 7, a tarsus frorri, above.
Fig. 8, a tarsus from below.
III. BRACHYPEPLUS, Charp.
Gen. char. — Body acrydoid ; elytra and wings rudimen-
tary; antennas rather short; pronotum tricarinated ; surface
between the carinas granulated. Second joint of tarsi very
short ; first and third elongated ; last one terminating by two
curved claws, between which is situated a subcircular fleshy
disk.
Syn. — Brachijpeplus, Charp. Orth. descr. et pict. Fasc. IX,
1843, Tab. li.
Obs. — This genus, established by Toussaint de Char pen-
tier in his Orthoptera descripta et picta, was not characterized,
owing, perhaps, to the fact that one species only was known
and described by him under the name of B. virescens, said to
inhabit " Mexico." It may easily be distinguished from the
one we shall describe by its much shorter antennae and slen-
derer tarsi ; also by its color, which is deep-green, with a few
brown spots on the pronotum, and a double series of these
along the upper part of the abdomen.
3. Brachypealus magnus, Girard.
Zoology, PL XV, fig. 1-4.
Spec char. — Reddish brown ; elytra dotted with black ;
antennas bluish brown ; femora and tibiae reddish ; tarsi pur-
plish ; spines black towards tip ; femora sub fusiform ; a ca-
rina along the upper and middle region of the abdomen.
250 APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS.
Description. — The pronotum is one-third of the length of
the abdomen, overlapping posteriorly the anterior abdominal
segment entirely and half of the second. The entire number
of abdominal segments or articulations is eleven, carinated
upon their medial line, and continuing the medial carina of
the pronotum all along the middle region of the abdomen
above. Antennas a little longer than the pronotum, and com-
posed of about twenty short joints. The tibiae are shorter
than the femora, and provided, the two anterior pairs inter-
nally, and the posterior pair externally, with two rows of
spines, the inner row the strongest. The femora are sub-
fusiform ; the posterior ones a little broader than thick, but
never as much compressed as in B. virescens, in which these
organs present sharp edges. The tarsi are all tetramerous :
the first article is the stoutest and the longest, the second being
quite short ; the third is more slender, and the fourth the
smallest, terminating into two carved spines or claws, be-
tween which is a subcircular fleshy disk. The rudimentary
elytra are subovoidal, not extending backwards to the poste-
rior margin of the third abdominal segment.
The ground-color, as preserved upon specimens in alco-
hol, is yellowish brown ; black dots and spots are scattered
over the rudimentary elytra. The antennas are bluish brown;
the femora and tibiae reddish, and the tarsi purplish, whilst the
spines are black.
This species differs from B. virescens by its proportionally
longer antennae, shorter pronotum, and less compressed fem-
ora. • The general shape of the body is in every respect pro-
portionally longer than in the latter species.
Two specimens were collected on the 7th of July — one
*' green," the other " reddish brown."
Plate XV, fig. 1, represents Brachypeplus magnus in natural
size.
Fig. 2, front view of the head.
Fig. 3, a tarsus from above.
Fig. 4, same from below.
We refer to Brachypeplus virescens two specimens ; one col-
lected on the 12th of June, and which was " green above,
white beneath, with yellow and black stripes on the back ; JJ
another specimen, a little smaller, caught June 21st, was
" green and brown,"
APPENDIX F.— ARACHNIDIANS. 251
ARACHNIDIAN8.
BY CHARLES GIRARD,
i. araneidj:,
1. Mygale hentzii, Girard.
Zoology, PI. XVI, 1-3.
Spec. char. — Blackish brown ; densely studded with hairs,
Cephalothorax subcircular, with a median and transversely
elliptical infundibulum upon its posterior half, whence shallow
grooves radiate towards the periphery. Abdomen ovoido
Palpi composed of five joints besides the maxilla?, a hook in
the male. Legs six-jointed.
Description. — -This species is one of the largest of the
genus hitherto found within the limits of the United States.
The specimen figured, however, is much below the usual size.
The cephalothorax is subcircular in shape, a little broader in
the male than in the female. The eyes are disposed as in
fig. 3, on a little eminence near the anterior margin, and upon
the midial line. On the posterior half of the same region, on
a line with the eyes, is a traverse infundibulum, sometimes
subcrescentic, convex posteriorly. Shallow and sometimes
irregular grooves radiate from that centre towards the margin
of the cephalothorax The abdomen is ovoid ; considerably
larger in the female than in the male. The labrum is quite
small. The chelicerae are robust, regularly arched, termina-
ted by a rather slender hook, similarly curved, and movable
upon the cheliceras. The palpi are six-jointed ; the basal joint,
functioning as maxilla, is robust, and not otherwise distin-
guished from the following, except that it is provided along
its inner margin with a brush-like series of hairs. The second
joint is very short"; the third is the longest ; the fourth is a
little larger than the second ; the fifth a little shorter than the
third ; the fourth shorter than the fifth ; the sixth is the size of
the second, but differently shaped, being rounded at its ex-
252 APPENDIX F.— ARACHNIDIANS.
tremity, at the inferior surface of which exists a hook, very
stout at the base, tapering into an acute point, curved down-
wards and outwards. In the female the sixth joint of the
palpi is as long and of the same shape as the fifth, and de-
prived of the hook. The fourth pair of legs is the longest ; the
first pair comes next ; the second pair is the smallest. They
are all six jointed, the first joint short and robust. The second
joint is the longest ; the third the smallest ; the fifth is, after
the second, the next in length ; then the fourth, and finally the
sixth. The external pair of fusi, or spinning apparatus, is
slender, and as usual, three-jointed , the internal pair is very
small, and not conspicuous. The whole surface of the body
and legs, above and below, is densely covered with fine setose
hairs. The color is uniform blackish brown.
The My gale hentzii is the large black spider known in the
Southwest as the tarantula, where its bite is greatly dreaded.
A female specimen was collected on the 17th of May, on an
open, barren prairie between Camps 2 and 3. Other speci-
mens of both sexes were taken^pn the 28th of June, near the
head of south fork of Red river.
Plate XVI, fig. 1, represents Mygale hentzii seen from above.
Fig. 2 is an underview to exhibit the labrum (1,) the maxillae
(m,) the chelicerae (c,) and the palpi (p,) also to show the fusi
(f.) Fig. 3 represents the disposition of the ocelli.
2. Lycos a pilosa, Girard.
Zoology, PL XVI, figs. 4 and 5.
Spec, char.— Hairs of a yellowish brown color, covering
the upper parts. Beneath black ; cephalothorax subpyriform ;
abdomen ovoid. Palpi composed of five joints besides the
maxillse ; terminal joint provided beneath with two small
spines. Legs very long and slender ; all six-jointed.
Description. — Of all the American Lycosa hitherto des-
cribed the present species is the one in which the legs are the
longest and the most slender. The size of the celphalothorax
and abdomen is proportionally smaller, however, than in L.
fatifera, Hentz.
The cephalothorax is longer than broad, elevated on its
•middle region, and anteriorly very prominent ; subpyriform in
its general outline : the narrowest part directed forwards.
Its surface, when freed from its fur, exhibits shallow grooves
APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDXANS. 253
radiating from the centre towards the periphery, pretty much
in the same manner as in the My gale just described, although
much less conspicious. There is no central infundibulum,
which is replaced here by a minute longitudinal furrow about
a tenth of an inch in length. The abdomen is ovoid, and as
usual, larger in the female than in the male.
The cheliceras are stout, with a very slight downwards in-
flexion, provided with small protuberances upon the inner
margin of its anterior extremity, and terminated by a slender
hook curved inwardly. The labrum is comparatively small,
whilst the maxillae are stout. The palpi are slender, and
composed of five joints. The first joint is very small, incon-
spicuous ; the second is the longest and the most slender of
all ; the third is somewhat larger than the first, the fourth lar-
ger than the third, and the fifth larger than the fourth, which
is swollen and sub-concave beneath, provided with two min-
ute hooks inserted upon two tubercles. In the female the
palpi are slenderer than in the male, and the last joint is simple
and longer than the third. If he legs are l° n g a °d slender,
composed of six joints : the nind pair is the longest; the
first pair is the next in length ; the third pair is the shortest.
The third joint is the smallest in the four pairs ; the first joint
is the next in length, and the stoutest ; the second pair is the
longest in the three anterior pair ; the fifth comes next, then
the fourth and sixth. In the posterior pair the fifth joint is
the longest ; then the second ; then the fourth and sixth. The
fusi, four in number, are short, intimately grouped, and com-
posed of a single joint. The whole surface of the body and
legs, above and below, is densely covered with short hairs.
The color above is uniform grayish brown. The abdomen,
cephalothorax, and first joint of legs beneath, are deep black.
The second, third, and fourth joints are of the color of the up-
per parts upon their middle, and black near their articulations.
The fifth and sixth joints are almost entirely black. The ex-
tremity of the cheliceras and palpi are black beneath. When
the hairy covering is removed, the color is a uniform chestnut-
brown.
The color may present some variations ; thus in the notes
of Captain Marcy one is described as having " the back
brown, belly dirty white, head and legs red."
One specimen preserved in alcohol exhibits a reddish band
down the middle of the cephalothorax, and two black vittae,
one on each side of the abdomen. The cephalothorax neahbte
254 APPENDIX F. — -ARACHNIDIANS*
is reddish ; and on the abdomen there are two elliptical light,
spots.
Specimens were collected the 16th of May on the open
prairie, between camps 1 and 2 ; and on the 19th of June, on
Canadian river, Arkansas.
Plate XVI, fig. 4, represents the trophi, showing the labrum
(I,) the maxillae (m,) the palpi (p,) and chelicerae (c.) Fig 5
exhibits the disposition of the ocelli.
II. TARANTULID^E.
Thelyphonus excubitor, Girard.
Zoology, PI. XVII, fig. 1-4.
Spec. char. — Blackish brown above, deep chestnut be-
neath ; upper surface of body and legs minutely granular ;
beneath smooth, with scattered minute imprinted dots. First
and second articles of the palpkfcery granular, remaining ones
with a few granules and numerous imprinted dots. Caudal
appendage very much developed, and composed of about fifty
joints.
Description. — There is a very great resemblance between
this species and T. giganteus.* The only striking difference
which exists between them is to be found in the structure of
the palpi and in the length of the caudal appendage.
The cephalothorax is elongated, narrowest anteriorly, where
it assumes almost a triangular shape. Its posterior margin is
subtruncated, slightly concave in the middle. The central
portion of the anterior third of the cephalothorax presents a
perfectly plane surface, with a medial furrow, as it were,
whilst posteriorly it is depressed, and sloping towards the
margins, the surface showing shallow depressions, one upon
the middle line, and more regular than the lateral one. Near
the anterior extremity, and in a subcircular depression on each
side of the medial, smooth, and rounded elevation, are found
the ocelli, circular, large and black. In advance of these
ocelli, the rostrum is almost abruptly truncated, as seen in the
centre of fig. 3. From the anterior ocelli to the lateral ones
extends a linear series of granules, terminating upon the tuber-
* See Guerin's Magazin de Zoologie, 1835, Class VIII, for an illustrated mo-
nograph of the genus Thelyphonus by H. Lucas.
APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 255
culous elevations, upon which are seen three yellowish ocelli
grouped, as exhibited in fig. 2.
The chelicerse are robust, but very slightly bent, composed
of one large joint and a conical, curved, and acute spine, to
the inner side of which are attached brushes of quite elongated
and reddish setae. Palpi long and robust, in the shape of arms,
and composed of six joints. The first joint is seen only from
below (fig. 4, a,) and exhibits a subtriangular and flat surface,
terminated anteriorly by a conical point, The second joint is
smaller than the first, scarcely to be seen viewed from below,
but developed upon its upper surface into a flattened and
irregular disk, provided upon its anterior margin with five
conical spines, varying in size : seen in front, (fig. 3, b,) it is
elevated almost vertically from the horizontal position of the
first. The third joint is the longest of all, slightly curved, and
provided inwardly with two minute spines — one above, the
other below. The fourth joint is somewhat shorter than the
third, but is much longer than broad, subcylindrical, slightly
bent, and provided at its inner, anterior, and upper edge with
a prominent, conical, and straight spine. The fifth joint is of
the length of the fourth, but slenderer, and provided anteriorly
with a stout and shorter spine. Finally, the sixth joint is a
subcorneal and spiny processus, moving against the spine of
the fifth joint, constituting a forceps, and used as such to seize
prey. The thoracic appendages (feet) are long and slender,
especially the anterior and posterior pairs. The anterior pair
may be readily distinguished from the three others, in not
being provided with hooks upon their extremity. Its function
is rather that of a pair of palpi than that of ambulatoiy organs.
The first and second joints are short and stout ; the third,
fourth, and fifth long and slender; the fourth and fifth almost
equal in length, and longer than the third. Eight small joints,
together equal in length to the third, terminate these appen-
dages. The three others are constructed upon the same plan,
all having nine joints and terminal hooks, generally two in
number. The first, second, and third joints are similar to
those of the anterior pair; the third, however, is the longest;
the fourth is but a little longer though slenderer than the se-
cond, and slightly curved; the fifth is much slenderer and a
little shorter than the third. Next come four small joints, to-
gether smaller in length than the fifth, and provided upon their
anterior margin with minute spines. The second of these
four,* or the seventh in the series, is the longest of the four ;
the third is the smallest ; the first and fourth are equal in
256 APPENDIX F. ARACHNID1ANS.
length, the latter much slenderer. Two hook-like and slen-
der spines terminate these organs
The abdomen is longer than the cephalothorax, oval in
shape, though depressed, and composed of eight very distinct
segments and a half, the anterior one. The stigmatiform
bodies are quite conspicuous above (seven pairs) and below,
(four pairs.) The anterior half segment is not seen from
below. The seventh segment exhibits laterally a second pair
of stigmatiform bodies, less conspicuous, however, than the
others. The posterior segment has also faint traces of an
analogous pair. The two first caudal rings are very narrow ;
the third is as large as the two others together. The filiform
appendage is very long, and composed of about fifty joints.
The upper surface of the cephalothorax and abdomen is
covered with minute granules extending over the palpi, being
particularly dense on the three first articles, and over the
three first joints of the thoracic appendages also. Minute
impunctures are seen upon the remaining articles and joints,
and also scattered upon the inferior surface of the appendages
and body. Minute setae are scattered over the appendages
of the cephalothorax and abdomen, more densely towards
their extremities.
The color is uniform blackish brown above, and deep chest-
nut beneath.
One specimen of this animal was collected.
Plate XVII, fig. 1, represents, seen from above, Thelypho-
nus excubitor the size of life.
Fig. 2 gives the position, number, and relative size of the
ocelli.
Fig. 3 is a front view, exhibiting in the centre the chelicerae
and the three first articles (a, b, c) of the palpi.
Fig. 4 represents the anterior portion of the cephalothorax
from below : a, first article, b, second article, and c, third
article of the palpi ; and d, anterior pair of feet.
HI. SCORPIONIDiE.
Although the collections made in the valley of Red river
contained no specimen of this group of arachnides, we have
brought them here to notice, satisfied as we are that they exist
in that locality.
Scorpions are found in the southern Atlantic States, all
along the Gulf of Mexico, through Texas and New Mexico to
California, and through Louisiana to Arkansas.
APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 257
1. Scorpio (Telegonus) boreus, Girard.
Zoology, PI. XVII, figs. 5-7.
Spec. char. — Body greenish yellow ; thoracic and caudal
appendages yellowish. Lateral ocelli in close contiguity ;
posterior one the smallest. Median ocelli situated on the
sides of an elongated and black elevation. Chelicerse termi-
nated by a serrated claw. Palpi robust, shorter than the
body. Caudal appendage as long as the body, the spine ex-
cepted. Abdominal comb with eighteen lamina?.
Description. — The general form of the body is fusiform,
anteriorly and posteriorly tapering. The cephalothorax proper
is subquadrilateral, longer than broad, narrower anteriorly
than posteriorly ; both of these extremities linear ; lateral
margin somewhat undulated. Its surface is carved with a
few undulating grooves, giving to the rest an undulated ap-
pearance; and over the whole, minute granules. The median
ocelli are black, situated a little in advance of the middle of
the length of the thorax, and placed on the sides of an elon-
gated, little, and black eminence, divided longitudinally by a
groove. The lateral ocelli are set close together, and situated
near the anterior margin of the cephalothorax ; the posterior
one is much the smallest : they are represented with their
relative proportions in fig. 7. The chelicerse are stout, two-
jointed, the second being the largest, and is terminated by a
minutely serrated claw ; the palpi are five-jointed ; the first
joint is short and stout, and fulfils the function of jaws without
denticulation. The second is the smallest. The third and
fourth are more elongated ; the third a little longer than the
fourth. They are angular, the angles being margined with
dense tows of minute granules. The fifth joint or hand
(carpus) is stout and swollen, exhibiting eight undulating ribs,
(four above and four below,) upon which is a row of minute
granules. Two rows above and below are seen extending
along the spiny immovable processus of the hand, constituting,
with a movable spine, a slender chela or claw, slightly curved
inwards. Scattered setse may be seen on the whole length of
the palpi, and also on the thoracic appendages, (feet.) " The
latter are slender; the fourth pair is the longest; the first pair
the smallest, the second and third pairs being of intermediate
proportions ; the second longer than the first, and the third
longer than the second. They are all flattened, seven-jointed,
and terminated by minute hooks. The third joint is in every
17
258 APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS.
one the longest and most slender; the fifth, sixth, and seventh
are small, the seventh being the smallest of all. There are
generally three terminal hooks ; occasionally minute spines
may be seen near the articulation of the sixth and seventh
joints. The first joint is the stoutest, and in the first pair of
these appendages it has something to do with mastication,
functioning perhaps as a lower lip. The abdominal combs
are slender and elongated, and composed of a transverse tri-
articulated piece, and of eighteen little laminas attached to it.
The dorso-abdominal shields, seven in number, increase in
size from forwards backwards, the anterior one being the
narrowest of all. Their surface exhibits minute granules not
very conspicuous. There are only five ventral shields, nearly
equal in size ; the posterior one somewhat different in shape,
and not provided with stigmata. The caudal appendage
(tail) is as long as the body, and composed of five joints and
a poison bag. The two first joints are the smallest, the fifth
being the longest ; the poison bag is swollen up and provided
with a slightly curved and acute hollow spine. The upper
part of each joint is concave or grooved, whilst the inferior
part is convex. They are carinated, and rows of conspicuous
granules are observed along the carinae.
The color- of the body above is uniform greenish yellow ;
the thoracic appendages (feet) are yellowish, whilst the palpi
and caudal appendage (tail) reflect a reddish shade upon the
yellow ground.
The specimen figured was collected in the valley of the
Great Salt Lake of Utah, by Captain Howard Stansbury.
A much smaller specimen was brought from Eagle Pass,
Texas, by Mr. Arthur Schott, of the United States and Mex-
ican boundary.
Plate XVI, fig. 5, represents, size of life, S. ( Telegonus)
horeus seen from above.
Fig. 6 is a view from beneath, to show the abdominal
combs, first abdominal segment, and origin of fourth and third
pairs of feet.
Fig. 7 represents the distribution of the ocelli.
2. Scorpio (Atreus) californicus, Girard.
General form of body and appendages slender when com-
pared to the preceding species. The tail is almost twice the
length of the body ; there is not the same disproportion of
length between the first and second joints and the remaining
APPENDIX F. — -ARACHNIDIANS. 259
ones. The carinae and rows of granules are much less con-
spicuous. The cephalothorax and dorso-abdominal shields
exhibit carinae and rows of granules not only on the palpi, but
likewise on the feet. Rows of granules may be seen along
the angular projections or carinas. The chelae are much slen-
derer, the hand (carpus) and poison bag much smaller. An
exceedingly minute spine may be observed on the poison bag
under the sting. The lateral ocelli are situated more anteriorly,
more apart from each other, and equal amongst themselves.
The abdominal combs are composed of twenty laminae.
Color light brown ; palpi and tail deeper ; upper part of
abdomen blackish, with a median light vitta.
One specimen was collected in California and presented by
Dr. Stone to the Smithsonian Institution.
3. Scorpio (Atreus) sayi, Girard.
SYN.—Butkus vittatus, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. II,
1821, 61.
_ Upon a close examination of several specimens of this spe-
cies obtained from western Florida, we satisfied ourselves
that it belongs to the subgenus Atreus instead of Buthics, in
which k was placed by Thomas Say. It so happens that
the specific name of vittatus has since been given by Guerin
to another South American species of scorpions ; and if we
propose here to replace Say's specific name, against the
received law of priority, we would remark that when full
grown, the vittae entirely disappear, and the color becomes
uniform deep reddish brown, the legs and under surface being-
lighter. In this species the tail is once and a half the length
of the body. The palpi, are proportionally small, and in the
young exiguous. The chelae are slender, slightly curved,
with an undulation at their base, but without marked denticu-
lations. _ The upper surface is finely granular. There are
from thirty to thirty-two laminae to the abdominal combs.
"Fuscous, with three fulvous vittae, sides black," applies
strictly to the immature state.
Specimens of this species were sent from Pensacola, Flor-
ida, to the Smithsonian Institution, by Dr. Jeffrey, U. S. N.,
and Dr. J. F. Hammond, U. S. A.
A species very closely allied, if not identical wtih Scorpio
(Atreus) sayi, is not uncommon in Texas, where several spe-
cimens were collected by Lieut. D. N. Couch, U. S. A.
260 APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS.
IV. PSEUDOSCORPIONIM.
Observations upon Galeodes subulata op Thomas Say.
Two species of this genus are described by the same
author in Major Long's Expedition;* one under the name of
Galeodes pallvpes, the other under that of G. subulata, the only
difference between them consisting in the structure of the
chelicerse, which in G. pallipes are terminated by arcuated
claws, armed within with many robust teeth, whilst in G. subu-
lata the upper claw is nearly rectilinear, and the lower one
alone possessed with two robust teeth.
Having but one individual of this genus at our command,
we are not prepared to decide upon the question of the valid-
ity of both species. The specimen before us answers to
Say's characters of G. subulata; and being perfectly satisfied
that it belongs to the latter species, we propose to describe it
a little more at length than w T as done by its discoverer.
The entire length, from the tip of the chelicerae to the end
of the abdomen, is one inch and a quarter, the abdomen itself
forming about one-half of that length. The cephalothorax is
composed of three distinct segments ; the anterior one much
the largest, giving points of attachment to the parts of the
mouth, to the palpi, and the two anterior pairs of legs ; to the
second thoracic segment is attached the third pair of legs,
and to the third segment the fourth pair. The anterior seg-
ment of cephalothorax, seen from above, is subrhomboidal
and smooth. At its anterior margin are situated the two
ocelli, separated from each other by a deep groove. The
chelicerae are very stout, and composed of one single joint
densely covered with setose hairs, and terminated each by
two spines, one above (finger of some authors,) rigid, and
another below (the thumb,) moving vertically against the
upper. The latter is compressed, acute, almost rectilinear,
and smooth ; the inferior one is subcorneal, curved upwards,
acute towards the point, and provided at its base inwardly
with two spiny small processes. The palpi are proportion-
ally robust, stouter and longer than the three anterior pairs of
legs ; somewhat shorter than the fourth pair, but of a stouter
* Account of an expedition from Pittsburg to the Rocky Mountains, performed
in trie years 1819 and '20. Vol. II, 1823, p. 3.
APPENDIX F. AEACHNIDIANS. 261
appearance, as all the joints, four in number (the maxillas ex-
cepted) preserve the same diameter. They are covered on
their whole length with hairs similar to those on the chelicerae.
The maxillas are subtriangular, provided only with brushes of
hairs. The next joint (the joint of the palpi) is very small
and triangular ; the second is the longest ; the third is the
next in length ; then the fourth, the tip of which exhibits a
minute smooth tuberculifbrm knob. The first pair of legs is
the most slender of the thoracic appendages, and about the
length of the third pair ; the basal joint is quite short ; the
second is the shortest of all ; the third is the longest ; the
fourth, fifth, and sixth smaller in the order enumerated. The
last joint terminates like the palpi, bluntly. This anterior
pair of legs is called by some second pair of paljn, upon the
ground that their structure is most alike. The three remain-
ing pairs of thoracic appendages are seven-jointed, thus com-
posed of one joint more than in the first pair and palpi, and
furthermore terminated by two minute curved claws. The
first, second, and third joints are short, stoutish, and subequal ;
the remaining are longer and slenderer, the fourth beino- the
longest, and the other diminishing gradually. They are cov-
ered upon their whole length with hairs similar to those which
cover the palpi, but perhaps less densely so. The abdomen
is subovoid, being a Utile depressed ; it is densely hairy above
and below, and composed, as usual, of nine segments or
annuli .
Collected on June the 10th.
262
APPENDIX P.— MYRIAPODS.
MYRIAPODS.
BY CHARLES GIRARD.
1. Scolopendra heros, Girard.
Zoology, PI. XVIII.
Spec. char. — Twenty-one pairs of grallatory appendages,
composed of five segments of articulations, and a conical ter-
minal spine, more or less curved. Back bicarinated; beneath,
flat and grooved. Antennas composed of twenty-five joints ;
color uniform dark-reddish brown : lighter beneath.
Description. — The general form of the body is depressed,
subconcave above, flat beneath. It is composed of twenty-
one annuli, segments or rings, each of which bears one pair
of locomotory appendages, (feet.) The middle region of the
back presents a slight double carina and last segment. The
intermediate area is rather flattened, whilst each running
parallel the whole length of the body, very faint on the first
side, is gently sloping towards the exterior margin. At the
inferior surface, two longitudinal furrows or grooves may be
seen extending the whole length of the body, and dividing the
abdominal disk into three almost equal parts. The stigmata
are transversely elongated, and situated immediately beneath
the lateral margin of the dorsal shields of each segment. The
insertion of the locomotory appendages takes place imme-
diately above the lateral margin of the abdominal shields of
each segment. The locomotory appendages are as numerous
as the segments of the body — twenty-one pairs constructed
alike ; that is to say, composed of five joints and a curved
terminal spine. A minute spine may occasionally be seen at
the anterior margin of the fourth and fifth joints. The third
and fourth joints are longer than the first and second ; the
fifth is always the smallest : these organs are tapering rapidly
towards their extremity. In the caudal pair, the first and
APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS. 263
second articles or joints are longer than the third and fourth ;
the first one is moreover, provided with a spiny process along
its inner margin. Its general shape and directing distinguishes
it, likewise, from all the other pairs.
The second segment is quite short, the shortest of all, and
contrasts strangely with the others, which preserve regular
proportions, gradually diminishing from the middle of the
length towards both extremities, with but few exceptions.
The first segment or ring is one of these, being the shortest
after the second ; its anterior margin is subcrescentic, the
concavity of which receives the cephalic shield or disk (head.)
Besides the anterior pair of locomotory appendages, it gives a
point of attachment to a pair of robust and two-jointed forceps,
functioning as a pair of jaws for seizing and holding the prey.
The central piece" is large and subtriangular, the anterior
margin of which is denticulated, (the second lip of some
authors. That second or external lip (labrum) is formed by
the union of two pieces, which are separate in the young,
where they constitute a third joint to the forceps jaws, the
second lip then being also separate, and existing as a limina
already denticulated anteriorly. The next joint is short and
stout ; fhe second is a conical and tapering spine, curved in-
wardly and perforated, as it is well known, for the passage
•of a venomous fluid, not otherwise dangerous.
The cephalic disk itself, seen from above, is subcircular in
shape, projecting slightly between the antennas, and showing
upon its surface traces of the dorsal carinas alluded to above.
To its inferior surface we find attached two pairs of mandibles
and one pair of palpi. In proceeding from outwards inwards,
we will find immediately behind the forceps-jaws the palpi,
(little feet, sometimes called,) composed of four flattened joints
and a minute, curved, and terminal hooks. They are united
at their base by the means of two additional central pieces.
The second joint is the longest, and slightly bent. The exterior
pair of mandibles, the one next to the palpi, is composed of
four joints, the first being almost as long as the three remain-
ing ones ; the fourth is rounded, presenting an inner concave
surface with a sharp terminal margin. They are united upon
their middle by a lanceolated ligula. The inner pair of man-
dibles is composed of two pieces ; the first irregularly shaped,
the second subcircular concave, subcircular and margined
anteriorly by small spines, four or five in number, constituting
a denticulated margin.
In the anterior margin of the cephalic disk are inserted the
264 APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS.
|
antennae composed of twenty-five joints gradually dimin-
ishing in thickness, and increasing in length towards the
extremity, which is filiform. Exteriorly to the antennae, and
close to the margin of the disk, are situated the ocelli, four on
each side, as usual in the genus, and disposed as represen-
ted in figure 5.
The inferior surface of the last ring differs from the others
in having a much smaller shield, and in being provided on
each side with a stout, subcorneal spine, directed backwards.
An immature specimen, one-third of the length of the one
figured, has the same number of segments or annuli, the same
number of feet, and the same general structure.
One individual of this species was collected on the 15th of
June, at Sweet-water creek ; others were found in July, be-
tween the south fork of Red river and Otter creek.
Plate XVIII, fig. 1, represents Scolopendra heros size of life,
seen from above.
Fig. 2, the head from below.
Fig. 3, posterior extremity from below.
Fig. 4, a medial segment to show the attachment of feet.
Fig. 5, disposition of ocelli on left side.
2. Julus grnatus, Girard.
Spec. char. — Ground-color bluish black j segments nar-
rowly margined posteriorly with reddish; anterior margin of
segments rather blue, whilst the middle is rather black, thus
giving the appearance of three rings of color. The anterior
portion, which is covered by the articulation, is fulvous. Feet
deep chestnut-brown. Antennae rufous at base, blackish at
tip. Stigmata not conspicuous ; marked by a series of small,
obsolete blackish spots.
Remarks. — -This species is allied to Julus marginatm of
Say, but its body is proportionally much stouter. The ocelli
are disposed upon a subtriangular space quite different in
shape. The antennae themselves are slenderer in propor-
tions. The labrum (upper lip) is also less emarginated than
in Julus marginatus, and the marginal punctures much less
conspicuous.
One specimen was collected on the 27th of June.
APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS. 265
3. Julus atratus, Girard.
Spec. char. — Body, feet, and antennae uniform deep black-
ish brown ; antennae and feet occasionally reddish, as also the
labrum and anterior margin of first segment. Posterior third
of each segment of a shining black. Stigmata and lateral
striae beneath quite conspicuous.
Remarks. — Resembles more Julus ovnatus than Julus mar-
ginatus in the general proportions of the body, but in the
structure of the antennae and labrum comes nearer to Julus
marginatum.
Specimens of this species were collected at Prairie Mer
Rouge, Louisiana, by James Fairiej esq., and sent to the
Smithsonian Institution.
APPENDIX G.
BOTANY.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANTS COLLECTED DURING THE EX-
PEDITION : BY DR. JOHN TORREY.
No. 96, St. Mark's Place, New York,
August 10, 1853.
Dear Sir : I have examined the collection of plants that
you brought from the headwaters of the Red river, towards
the Rocky mountains. The flora of this region greatly resem-
bles that of the upper portion of the Canadian. It is remark-
able that there occur among your plants several species that
were first discovered by Dr. James, in Long's Expedition,
and have not been found since until now. Your collection is
an interesting addition to the geography of North American
plants, and serves to mark more clearly the range of many
western species. For particular remarks on the rarer plants,
and descriptions of the new species, I refer you to the accom-
panying list.
At your request I have had some of the rarer plants drawn
and engraved, to illustrate your report to Congress.
I am, dear sir,
Yours truly,
JOHN TORREY.
Captain R. B. Marcy.
APPENDIX G. BOTANY.
RANUCULACEvE.
267
Clematis Pitcheri, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 10. Witchita Mountains; fl.
and fir. July 17.
Anemone Caroliniana, Walt. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 12. Sources of the
Trinity River ; May 3.
Delphinium azureum, Michx. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 32. Main Fork of
the Red River ; fl. May 8— June 16.
PAPAVERACE^E.
Argemone Mexicana, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 61. C«mmon on the
upper waters of the Red River ; May — June 16.
CRUCIFER.E.
Vesicaria angustifolia, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 101 ; Gray, PL
Lindh. 2, p. 145. Sources of the Trinity River ; fl. and fr. May 3.
V. stenophylla, Gray, PL Lindh. 2, p. 149 ; and PL Wright. 1, p. 10, and
2, p. 13. North Fork of the Red River ; fr. June 14.
Pithyrjea Wislizeni, Engelm., in Wisliz. inMex., p. 95; Gray, PL Wright.
1, p. 10, and 2, p. 14. Abundant on the headwaters of the Red River ; June
23— July 14.
The specimens of this plant collected by Captain Marcy vary considerably in
the leaves, which are often nearly entire. The flowers also vary in size ; the
petals being sometimes nearly one-third of an inch in length. The silicles are
larger than in specimens collected in New Mexico by Mr. Wright and Dr. Ed-
wards. They are by no means always deeply emarginate at the base, and some-
times they are slightly notched at the summit.
Streptanthus hyacinthoides, Hook., in Bot. Mag., t. 3516 ; Torr. and
Gr., Fl. 1, p. 78 ; Gray, Gen. 111., t. 61. Witchita Mountains to the boun-
dary of the Choctaw Nation ; fl. May 31 — June 4.
CAPPARIDACE.E.
Polanisia graveolens, R,af. ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 123, and SuppL, p.
669. Witchita Mountains ; fl. and fr. July 16. The pods are on a short stipe,
and the seeds are more or less rough.
268 APPENDIX G. BOTANY.
CARYOPHYLL ACE JE .
Silene Antirrhina, Linn., Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 191. On the Main
Fork of the Red River ; fl. May 8.
Paronychia Jamesii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 170 ; Gray, Pi. Fendl., p. 14.
Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22.
PORTULACACE^.
Talinum teretifolium, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 365 ; Gray, Gen. 111., t. 98. Mid-
dle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22, fr. July 5.
MALVACE^.
Malvastrum coccineum, Gray, Gen. 111., t. 121 ; PI. Fendl., p. 24. Malva
coccinea, Nutt. Sida coccinea, DC. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 235. North Fork
of Red River, &c.
Callirrhce involucrata, Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 15, and Gen. 111., t. 117.
Malva involucrata, Torr. and Gr., FL, p. 226. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl.
May 22.
C digitata, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 181 ; Gray, 1, c. Fort Belk-
nap.
LINACE.E.
Linum Berlandieri, Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3480 ; Entrelm. in Gray, PI.
Wright. 2, p. 25. Cache creek, and Cross-timbers of the Red River ; May.
L. Boottii, Plauch., in Lond. Jour. Bot 7, p. 475 ; Engelm., 1. c. Witchita
Mountains ; fl. and fr. July 17.
OXALIDACELE.
Oxalis violacea, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 211. Headwaters of the
Trinity River ; April 25.
O. stricta, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1. c. With the preceding.
APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 269
GERANIACE^E.
Geranium Carolinianum, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl, ], p. 207. Headwaters
of the Trinity, and on Cache creek ; April — May.
ZANTHOXYLACE.E.
- Ptelea trifoliata, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 215 ; /3 mollis. Torr.
and Gr., Fl. 1, Suppl., p. 680. Common on the headwaters of the Red River;
fr. June 16.
ANACARDIACEiE.
Rhus trilobata, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 218; Gray PL Fendl.,
p. 28. On the Middle and North Forks of the Red river; in fruit June 1-16.
R. Toxicodendron, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., 1. c. With the preceding in
fruit only.
VITACEjE.
Vitis rupertris, Scheele, in Linnsca, 21, p. 591 ; Gray, PI. Lindh., 2, p.
165. Witchita Mountains ; abundant. The fruit was immature, but had at-
tained nearly its full size in the middle of July. They are said to be ripe in
August, when they are about the size of large peas, of a deep purple color, and
agreeable to the taste. This species much resembles the summer grape of the
Atlantic States.
SAPINDACEiE.
Sapindus marginatus, Willd. ; Torr. and Gray, Fl. 1, 255 ; Gray, Gen.
111., 2, t. 180. Main Fork of Red River.
This is generally known in Texas and Arkansas by the name of Wild China.
It is a tree, and attains the height of 20 feet, with a trunk 10 inches in dia-
meter. The wood is of a yellow color.
POLYGALACE.E.
Polygala alba, Nutt. Gen. 2, p. 87 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 38. P. Bey-
richii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 670. On Suydam Creek, North Fork of Red
River ; fl. June 6.
270 APPENDIX G-— BOTANY.
P. incarnata, Linn ; Torr. and Gr. 1, p. 129. Tributaries of the Washita
River ; fl. and fr. July 23. This species has not hitherto been found so far
west.
KRAMERIACE.E.
Krameria lanceolata, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2 p. 168 ; Gray, Gen.
III., 2, t. 185. Headwaters of the Trinity, and on the Middle Fork of the Red
River ; fl. May 4-22.
LEGUMINOSiE.
Vicia micrantha, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 271. Cache Creek and
Middle Fork of Red River ; 11. and fr. May 16-22.
Rhynchosia TOMENTOSA,"var. volubilis, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 285. Tribu-
taries of the Washita River ; fl. July 26.
Tephrosia Virginiana, Pers. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 295. Witchita
Mountains and upper waters of Red River ; fl. June 4, fr. July 23.
Glyctrrhiza'lepidota, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 106 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 298.
Main and North Forks of the Red River ; fl. June 6, fr. June 26.
Indigofera leptosefala, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 298. With the
preceding ; fl. May 26-June 6.
Psoralea esculenta, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 475, t. 22. Mouth of Cache Creek and
Witchita Mountains ; May.
P. Argophtlla, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 475 ; Hook. Fl. Bor.— Am. 2, p. 136, t. 53.
North and Middle Forks of Red River ; fl. May 26-31.
P. floribunda, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl 1, p. 300. Sources of the Red
River ; fl. June 2-9.
Petalostemon violaceum, Michx., Fl. 2, p. 50, t. 37, f. 2 ; Torr. and Gr.,
Fl. 1, p. 310. With the preceding ; June 2-7.
Petalostemon gracile, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 7, p. 92; Torr. and Gr.,
Fl. 1, p. .309. Cache Creek ; May 18.
P. multiflorum, Nutt., 1. c. ; Torr. and Gr., 1. c. On the Witchita Mount-
ains ; fl. and fr. July 15.
APPENDIX a. BOTANY. 271
Petalostemon villosum, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 85 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 310.
Cache creek ; June 14 ; flowers not yet expanded.
Dalcba aurea, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 101 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 308 ; Gray,
PI. Wright. 2, p. 41. Main Fork of Red River ; fl. July 5.
D. lanata, Spreng. Syst. 3, p. 327. D. lanuginosa, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr.,
Fl. 1, p. 307. Big Witchita and on the Main Fork of the Red River ; fl.
June 27.
D. laxsflora, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 741 ; Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 101 ; Torr. and Gr.,
Fl. 1, p. 307. D. pencillata, Moricand, PI. Nouv. Amer., t. 45. Common on
all the upper waters of the Red River ; May- July.
Amorpha canescens, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 92 ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 306.
Witchita Mountains ; fl. May 30.
Astragalus Nuttal-lianus, DC. Prodr. 2, p. 289 ; Torr. and Gr. 2, p. 234.
Upper waters of the Red River ; fl. and fr. May 5. The flowers are larger than
usual in this species.
A. cartocarpus, Ker. Bot. Reg., t, 176 ; Torr. and Gr. Fl. 1, p. 331. Head-
waters of the Trinity. May 2 ; in flower only.
Oxytropis Lamberti, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 740 ; Torr. and Gr.', FL 1, p. 339,
With the preceding; fl. in May.
Desmodium sessilifolium, Torr. and Gr. 1, p. 363. Witchita Mountains.
The specimens of this plant collected by Captain Marcy are in a state of remark-
able fasciation. The branches of the panicle are coalesced (sometimes almost
to the summit) into a broad flat mass, which is covered with sessile flowers and
fruit.
Clitoria Mariana, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 290 ; Torr., FL N. York,
1, p. 163, t. 24. On the Washita ; fl. July 27.
Baptisia australis, R. Br. ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 385. Sources of the
Red River : fl. and fr. June 6-10.
B. LEucopHiEA, Nutt., Gen. 1, p, 282 ; Torr. and Gr. 1. c. Common on the
upper tributaries of the Red River ; fl. April, fr. May.
Hofpmanseggia Jamesii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 293 ; Gray, PL Lindh. 2,
p. 178. With the preceding ; fl. and fr. June 14-24.
272 APPENDIX G. BOTANY.
Cassia Cham.ecrista, Linn. , Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 395. Tributaries of
the Washita ; fl. July 22.
Schrankia uncinata, Willd.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 400. Mouth of
Medicine River, &c. ; fl. April.
Acacia lutea, Leavenw. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 403. On the Witchita
Mountains ; fl. and fr. July 14. The leaves are remarkably sensitive.
ROSACEA.
Sanguisorba annua, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr,, Fl. 1, p. 429. Pottrium an-
nuuin, Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 1, p. 198.
ONAGRACEiE.
(Enothera ruombipetala, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 493 ; Kunze,
in Linnasa, 20, p. 55. Main Fork of Red River ; fl. June 24.
CE. sinuata, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 294. Witchita Mountains and
upper tributaries of Red River ; May- June.
CE. speciosa, Nutt., in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 119 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1. c.
Big Witchita ; fl. May 8. Middle Fork of the Red River ; fr. June 21.
OE. lavandul.ef olia, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 501 ; Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot.
6, p. 223 ; Gray, PL Wright. 1, p. 72. Big Witchita and North Fork of Red
River ; fl. May 8, fr. June 6. The leaves in all our specimens of this rare spe-
cies are nearly glabrous, about one inch and a half long, and 2-3 lines wide,
with the apex rather acute. The fruit is well described by Hooker, (1. c.)
CE. serulata, Nutt., Gen. 1, p. 246; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 501. Com-
mon on the upper tributaries of the Red River ; May- June.
Gaura coccinea, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 249 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 518. North
Fork of Red River ; fl. June 6.
G. villosa, Torr. Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 200; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p.
518 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 73. Witchita Mountains ; fr. July 14. The
ripe fruit is not always reflexed. It is (including the stripe) about 7 lines long,
ovate, strongly tetraquetrous, abruptly contracted at the base, and 2-4-seeded ;
the seeds more or less imbricated.
APPENDIX G. BOTANYo 273
LOASACEiE,
Mentzelia nuda, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 535 ; Gray, PL FendL, p. 47, and
PI. Wright. 1, p. 73 ; Bartonia nuda, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 297. Witchita Mount-
ains ; fl. June 22.
CUCURBITACEJL
Cucurbita perennis, Gray, PI. Lindh. 2, p. 193 ; and Wright. PL 2, p. 60.
Cfatidissima, H. B. and Kunth? Cucumis perennis, James, in Long% Exped,
2, p. 20 ; Torr. and Gr. Fl. 1, p. 543. North Fork of the Platte ; fl. June 6.
Although the cultivated plant seems to be dioecious not unpleasant to the smell,
Mr. Wright says, (vide Gray, 1. c.) that in a wild state it is " certainly monoe-
cious, and exhales an unpleasant smell when bruised ;" so that it does not differ
from the description of C.foetidissima, except that the latter is said by Kunth to
be an annual, which may be a mistake. The flowers are as large as those of the
common pumpkin.
Sictdium, sp. nov? Fruit 1| inch in diameter, globose, sessile. Seeds ^
larger than in S. Lindheimeri, and more turgid. On the Main Fork of Red
River ; fr. July 11.
GROSSULACEJL
Ribes aureum, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 164 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 552. North
Fork of Red River ; fr. June 4.
UMBELLIFERyE.
Ertngium diffusum, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 207 ; Torr. and Gr.,
Fl. 1, p. 603. Witchita Mountains ; fl. June 14. This rare species has not
been found before, since it was first discovered by Dr. James, more than thirty
years ago. It is rather doubtful whether it is diffuse, except, perhaps, when it
is old. The specimens of Captain Marcy are less branched than the original one
from which the description in the Flora of North America was drawn.
Leptocaulis echinatus, Nutt., in DC. Prodr. 4, p. 107 ; Torr. and Gr., FL
1, p. 609. Headwaters of the Trinity ; April 2.
PolytjEnia Nuttatlii, DC. Umb , p. 53, t. 13, and Prodi. 4, p. 196 ; Torr.
and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 533. Middle Fork of Red River; fl. June 1. Witchita
Mountains ; fr. July 16.
18
274 APPENDIX G. BOTANY.
Euryt^enia Texana, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1. p. 633. Main Fork of Red
River ; fr. June 11. This plant has hitherto been found only by the late Mr.
Drummond, who discovered it in Texas more than twenty years ago. It is an
annual, about two feet high ; the fine stride of the stem and branches are rough-
ened upward, with minute points. The umbels are compound and spreading.
Flowers minute. Petals white, broadly orbicular, waved on the margin, deeply
emarginate, with an inflexed point. Fruit about one-third larger than in Drum-
mond 's Texan specimen.
RUBIACE^.
Gldenlandia angustifolia, Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 68. Houstonia angus-
tifolia, Mich. Fl. 1, p. 85 ; Hedyotis stenophylla, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 41.
Tributaries of the Main Fork of Red River ; fl. May — June.
VALERIANCE^.
Fedia radiata, 0. leiocarpa, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p, 52. Upper Red
River.
COMPOSITE.
Liatris squarrosa, Willd. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 68 ; Sweet Fl. Gard.,
t. 44. Tributaries of the Washita River ; fl. July 22—24.
L. acidota, Engelm. and Gray, PI. Lindh., p. 10 ; Gray PI. Wright. 1, p.
83. L. mucronata, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 70 ; not of DC. On the Wa-
shita ; July 27.
Solidago odori, Nutt. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 219. Witchita Moun-
tains ; July 16.
S. Missouriensis, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 32, and Trans. Amer.
Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 327 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 222. With the prece-
ding.
Artemisa filifolia, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 211 ; Torr. and Gr.,
Fl. 2, 417. Upper tributaries of the Red River ; May. An abundant shrub,
of a grayish white aspect, with numerous branches, and crowded, slender
leaves. This is one of the numerous species called sage by the hunters. It is
found from the plains of the Upper Missouri to the Valley of the Rio Grande,
and west to the Colorado.
APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 275
Achillea millefolium, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., PI. 2, p. 409. With the
preceding. It is the woolly form that almost exclusively occurs west of the
Mississippi.
Zinnia grandiflora, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 348 ;
Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 298 ; Torr. in Emory's Rep., t. 4, Gray, PI. Fendl.,
p. 81. Main Fork of Red River ; fl. July 2.
Riddellia tagetina, Nutt. 1. c, p. 371; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 362;
Torr. in Emory's Rep., t. 5 ; Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 93. Main Fork of Red
River ; June 25 — July 8. The pappus is more hyaline and acute than in speci-
mens from other localities in my herbarium. It is also slightly lacerate
at the tip, showing something of a transition to R. arachnoidea. The leaves,
too, are more woolly and broader than in the more common form of the
plant.
Rudbeceia hirta, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 307. Witchita
Mountains ; fl. June 1. Is R. bicolor distinct from this species? Dr. Gray re-
marks, (Plant. Lindh. 2. p. 227,) that in cultivation, the purple brown of the
rays is commonly obsolete or wanting in all the later heads.
Echinacea angustifolia, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 554 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p.
306. Witchita Mountains ; June 1.
Lepachts columnaris, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 315. Rudbeckia columnaris,
Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 575. Common on all the tributaries of the Red River :
June.
Helianthus petiolaris, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 2, p. 115 ; Sweet
Brit. FL Gard. (n. ser.) t. 75. With the preceding.
Gaililardia pulchella, Foug. ; DC. Prodr. 5, p. 652 ; Torr. and Gr.,
Fl. 2, p. 366. Common on the upper tributaries of the Red River ; May —
June.
Palafoxia callosa, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 369. Stevia callosa, Nutt. in
Jour. Acad. Philad. 2, p. 121 ; Bart. Fl. Amer. Sept., t. 46. ftfoliis latioribus.
Tributaries of the Washita ; June.
Htmenopappcs corymbosus, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 372. H. Engclmmmi-
anus, Kunth.
276 APPENDIX G. BOTANY.
Actinella linearifolia, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 383. Hymenoxys lineari-
folia, Hook. Witchita mountains ; May 30.
tsHALLiA caespitosa, Nutt. in DC. Prodr. 5, p. 680 ; Hook. Bot.
t. 3704; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 391. Headwaters of the Trinity river;
May.
Aphanostephus ramosissimus, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 310 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 1,
p. 93. Jl. Riddellii, Torr. and Gr. Fl. 2, p. 189. Egletes ramosissima, Gray,
PI. Fendl., p. 71. Little Witchita and upper tributaries of Red River ; May —
June. The tube of the disk flowers is indurated in all the specimens.
Engelmannia pinnatifida, Torr. and Gr. s in Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil.
Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 343 ; and Fl. 2, p. 283. Witchita Mountains ; May 30.
Melampodium cinereum, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 518; Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 78:
M ramosissimum, DC. 1. c, Torr. and Gr. Fl. 2, p. 271. M. lencanthum, Torr.
and Gr. 1. c. Cache Creek ; June 21. A variable species.
Chrtsopsis canescens, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 256 ; Gray, PI. Fendl., p.
77. Main Fork of Red River ; July 8.
C. hispida, Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 22, (under Diplopappus ;) DC. Prodr.
7, p. 279 ; Torr. and Gr. 1. c.
Centaurea Americana, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 117 ; Bart. Fl.
Amer. — Sept., t. 50 ; Torr. and Gray, Fl. 2, p. 453. Tributaries of the upper
Red River ; June — July.
Cirsium undulatum, Spreng.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 456. With the pre-
ceding.
Ptrrhopappus Carolinianus, DC. Prodr. 7. p. 144 ; Nutt. in Trans. Amer.
Phil Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 430. Headwaters of the Trinity and on Cache Creek :
May.
Lygodesmia juncea, Don.; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 295, t. 103; Torr.
and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 484. Upper tributaries of the Red River; June. The lower
branches are covered at the base with tubers or galls, about the size of cherry-
stones, produced by the stings of insects.
APPENDIX G.- — BOTANY. 277
L. aphylla, DC. Prodr. 7, p. 198 ; Torr. and Gr., PI. 2, p. 485. Texana,
Torr. and Gr. 1. c. North Fork of Red River ; June 16. The numerous radi-
cal leaves are 3-4 inches long, runcinately pinnatifid. Achenia angular, dis-
tinctly tapering upward.
ASCLEPIADACEJL
Ascelpias tueerosa, Linn.; Michx Fl. 1, p. 117 ; Sweet. Brit. Fl. Gard.,
{ser. 2,) t. 24 ; Decaisne, in DG Prodr. 8, p. 567. Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p.
123. Upper tributaries of Red River ; May — June. The leaves vary from
■ovate and amplexicaul to narrowly linear.
A. speciosa, Torr. in Ann. Lye. 2, p. 218, and in Fremont's First R.ep., p.
95. A. Douglasii, Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 53, t. 142 ; Decaisne, 1. c.
Witchita Mountains to the upper tributaries of the Red River ; fl. June —
July ; flowers larger than in any other North American species of Asclepias.
Acerates paniculata, Decaisne, L c. p. 521 ; Asclepias viridis, Walt., FL
Carol, p. 107? Jlnantherix paniculatus, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.
(n. ser.) 5, p. 202. Cache Creek and Middle Fork of Red River, fl. May 16,
fr. June.
A. decumbens, Decaisne, 1. c. Jlnantherix decumbens, Nutt. 1. c. Cache
Creek ; fl. May 17. The follicles oblong, not muricate.
A. amgustifolia, Decaisne, 1. c. Polyotus angustifolius, Nutt. 1. c. Branch
of Cache Creek ; fl. May 17.
A. viridiflora, Ell. sk. 1, p. 317 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 124 ; Decaisne,
L c. Asclepias viridiflora, Pursh. Fl. 1, p. 181 ; Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2, p. 53, t.
143. North Fork of Red River ; fl. June 4. The specimens collected by Cap-
tain Marcy belong to the broad-leaved forms of the plant.
Enslenia albida, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 164, and in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.
(n. ser.) 5, p. 203 ; Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 518. Main Fork of Red
River ; not in flower.
APOCYNACEiE.
Apoctnum cannabinum, Linn. ; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Amer. 2, p. 51, t. 139 ;
Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 439 ; Torr. Fl. New York, 2, p. — . Common on
the upper tributaries of Red River ; May — June.
278 APPENDIX G. BOTANT?.
Amsonia salicifolia, Pursh, FL 1, p. 184 ; Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p„
385. Witchita Mountains ; fr. July 16. This is perhaps only a variety of Jl.
angustifolia, Michx., and both may not be specifically distinct from A. tahernm-
niontana, *
GENTIAN AGE.
Sabbatia campestris, Nutt, in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5 ? p. 167 ;
Griseb., in DC. Prodr. 9, p. 50 ; Engelm. and Gr., PI. Lindh. 1, p. 15. On
the Washita ; fl. and fr. July 27.
Erythr;ea Beyrichii, Torr. and Gr., FL 2, ined. E. trichantka 0. angusti-
folia, Griseb, 1, c. With the preceding ; fl. and fr. July 26.
Eustoma Ru3shlianum, Don. ; Griseb. in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 51. Lisianthus
glaucifolius, Nutt. 1. c. L. Russelianus, Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3626. Washita
River to the upper tributaries of the Red River ; July.
CONVGLVULACELE.
Evoi.vulus pilosus, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 174, (as a synonym) ; Trans. Amer.
Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 195. E, argentens, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 187; Choisy, in
DC. Prodr. 9, p. 443 ; not of R. Br. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22.
Choisy doubtingly refers Brown's plant to JE. hirsutus, Lam., and therefore has
adopted Pursh 's name.
Convolvulus lobatus, Engelm., and Gray, PL Lindh. 1, p. 44 (in a note.)
C. hastatus, Nutt.. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc (n. ser.) 5, p. 194 ; not of Thunb,
C. Mittallii, Torr. in Emory's Rep., p. 149. Middle Fork of Red River ; May
22 — June 6. This species has much the appearance of C. althseoides, Boss.
C. (Ipomcea) leptophyllus, Torr., in Frem. First Report, p. 94, and in
Emory's Report, p. 148, t. 11. With the preceding,
C. (Ipomcea) shumardianus, (sp. nov. ;) caule gracili subpubescente ; foliis
ovato-lanceolatis sursum angustatis basi acutis ; pedunculis petiolas Iongioribus
sepalis ovatis obtusis. Witchita Mountains ; fl. July 17 ; flowers as large as in
C. panduratus, which the plant much resembles, but differs in the form of the
leaves, and in the broader and more obtuse sepals. Named in honor of Dr. G.
C. Shumard, the botanical collector of the expedition.
APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 279
SOLANACE.E.
Solanum flavidum, Toit. Ann. Lye. New York, 2, p. 227 ; Dunal in DC.
Prodr. 13, p. 375. Cache Creek ; May. This species is not suffrutescent, as
is stated in the original description, but probably annual. Mr. Wright found it
on the Rio Grande. The prickles are sometimes almost wanting.
S. Carolinense, Linn. ; Torr., Fl. N. York 2, p. 105; Dunal, 1. c, p. 305.
Witchita Mountains and upper tributaries of the Red River ; May- June.
Physalis pumila, Nutt, in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 193. With
the preceding ; May- June. This species has been overlooked by Dunal in
DC. Prodr.
SCROPHULARIACEiE.
Castilleja purpurea, G. Don. ; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 10, p. 531. Euchro-
ma purpurea, Nutt., 1. c, p. 180. Sources of the Trinity River ; May.
Penstemon grandiflorus, Nutt., in Fras. Cat. 1813, and Gen. 2, p. 53;
Benth., 1. c, p. 322. P. Bradhurii, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 738. North Fork of Red
River ; fl. June 3. The pedicels vary from three lines to nearly an inch in
length.
P. ambiguus, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 228 ; Benth., 1. c, p. 321,
Witchita Mountains; June. This rare and well characterized species has lately
been found by Mr. Wright on the upper Rio Grande.
P. CoBiEA, Nutt., 1. c. ; Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3465; Benth., 1. c s p. 326.
Upper tributaries of the Red River ; May-June.
P. pubescens, Soland. ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 35 ; Benth., 1. c. Head-
waters of the Trinity. Smoothish, with narrower and more entire leaves than
usual.
Gerardia grandiflora, Benth., Comp. Bot. Mag., 1, p. 206. Dasystmna
Drummondi, Benth., in DC. Prodr. 10, p. 521. On the Washita ; fl. July 27.
280 APPENDIX G. BOTANY.
LABIATE.
Monarda aristata, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 186;
Benth., in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 363. Main Fork of Red River ; May 24-25. Nut-
tall says that this species is sometimes perennial ; but all our specimens seem to
be annual. A variety was found on Cache Creek, in which the teeth of the
calyx are aristate from a broad base, and strongly hispid-ciliate. The corolla is
not spotted, as in the ordinary form.
M. punctata, Linn. ; Benth., 1. c. ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 59. M. lutea,
Michx., Fl. 1, p. 16. North and Middle Forks of Red River ; May-June. A
dwarfish and annual form, in which the corolla is scarcely spotted, was found in
the same region.
Teucrium Cubense, Linn. ; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 578. T. lacinia-
tum, Torr., in Ann. Lye. New York, 2, p. 231. Cache creek and Middle Fork
of Red River ; Ma) r . This species was incorrectly described by me as " fruiti-
culose " in the work quoted.
Scutellaria resinosa, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 232 ; Benth., in
DC. Prodr. 12, p. 427. Cache Creek and Sweetwater Creek ; May 18- June 9.
S. parvula, Michx., Fl. l,p. 12; Benth., 1. c: Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 71.
S. ambigua, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 37.
VERBENACEiE.
Lippia cuneifolia, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 234, (under
ma.) Witchita Mountains, and on the Washita ; June 1-27. Schauer has
overlooked this species, in his revision of Verbenacect for DC. Prodr.
Verbena bipinnatifida, Engelm. and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 49 ; Schauer,
in DC. Prodr. 11, p. 553. Glandularia bipinnatifida, Nutt., in Jour. Acad. Phil.
2, p. 123, and in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p. 184. Sources of the Trinity
and upper tributaries of Red River ; May-June.
BORAGINACE.E.
Euploca convolvulacea, Nutt., in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p. 190 ;
DC. Prodr. 9, p. 559. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. June 23. I am now con-
vinced that my E. grandijlora (Emory's Report, p. 147) is an unusually large-
flowered state of the present species. The plant is abundant on the Upper Rio
Grande.
APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 281
Eritrichium Jamesii. Myosotis suffruticosct, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York,
2, p. 225 ; DC. Prodr. 10, p. 114. North Fork of Red River ; fl. and fr. June 14.
This plant had not been found, till Captain Marcy collected it, since it was dis-
covered by Dr. James, in Long's Expedition. It is a genuine Eritrichium, but
can hardly be referred to any one of De Candolle's sections of that genus. My
description (1. c.) was drawn from old and imperfect specimens, the stems of
which were indurated at the base so as to appear suffrutescent. As more com-
plete specimens show the plant to be herbaceous, the former specific name is
not appropriate. The allied Fendlerian species No. 636 (E. multicaule Torr.
Mss.) is very hispid and canescent, with spreading hairs, and throws up several
stems from a thick root or caudex. Leaves linea-spatulate and obtuse. Flow-
ers on conspicuous pedicels. Fructiferous calyx broadly ovate, nearly erect ;
the segments ovate-lanceolate and closed over the fruit. Nutlets truncate at
the summit, very smooth and shining.
POLEMONIACE^l.
Phlox pilosa, Linn.; Benth, in DC. Prodr. 9, p. 305. Sources of the Trini-
ty ; May.
primulacej:.
Dodecatheon Meadia, Linn.; Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 136; DC. Prodr. 8, p. 56.
Sources of the Trinity ; fl. May.
SANTALACEvE.
Comandra umbellata, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 157 ; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p.
139, t. 79, f. A ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 160. Thesium umbellatum, Linn.
Tributaries of the Red River ; May. There are few plants that have a wider
range in latitude and longitude than this.
282 APPENDIX G. BOTANY.
EUPHORBIACEiE.
Euphorbia corollata, Linn.; Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 607 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2,
p. 175, t. 99. On the Washita ; July.
E. marginata, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 607 ; Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 224.
Main Fork of Red River ; July 8. Upper part of the stem hairy.
E. helioscopia, Linn.; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 174, (excl. syn. Pursh;)
Gray, Bot. N. States, p. 405. Headwaters of the Trinity ; fl. May.
Stillingia lanceolata, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 176.
S. sylvatica 0. salicifolia, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 245. Middle Fork
of Red River ; fl. June 4.
Hendecandra Texensis, Klotsch in Erich. Arch. (1841) 1, p. 252 ; Engel.
and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 53. Croton muricatum, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil.
soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 153. H. multiflora, Torr. in Frem. First Rep., p. 96. Mid-
dle Fork of Red River ; fl. and fr. June 22.
Gynamblosis monanthogtna. Engelmannia Nuttalliana, Klotsch, 1. c.
Croton monanthogynum, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 215. C. ellipticum, Nutt. Gen. 2, p.
235, (excl. syn.;) Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 245. Main Fork of Red
River ; June 24. The Engelmannia of Klotsch, which is based on Croton ellip-
ticum of Nuttall, must give place to the earlier genus of the same name of Torr.
and Gray. I propose for it a manuscript name given to the plant many years
ago, when revising the Euphorbiaceaz of the United States. Klotsch is wrong
in referring Croton monanthogynum to Hendecandra maritima. In the young
specimens of Captain Marcy all the staminate flowers are 8-10 androus : and the
later flowers are not unfrequently hexandrous. The petals and sepals vary from
three to five.
Tragia ramosa, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 245. T. angustifolia,
Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 172. T. brevispica, Engel. and
Gray, PL Lindh. 1, p. 54. North Fork of the Red River ; June.
APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 283
Cnidoscolus stimulosus, Engel. and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 26. Jatropha
stimulosa, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 216 ; Ell. Sk. 2, p. 649. Cache Creek ; May 17.
PLANTAGENACEiE.
Plantago Virginica, Linn.; Torr. Fl. New York, 2, p. 16. Headwaters of
the Trinity, fl. May.
P. gnaphaloides, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 100 ; Hook. Fl. Bor.— Am. 2, p. 124;
Decaisne in DC. Prodr. 13, (Sact. 1,) p. 713. Mouth of the Big Medicine
River.
POLYGQNACEiE.
Eriogonum longifolium, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p.
164 ; Benth. Eriog. in Linn. Trans. 17, page 406. Witchita Mountains ; June.
CHENOPODIACE.E.
Chenopodium subspicatum, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 199? Middle Fork of Red
River. The specimens are without either flowers or fruit. Annual, diffuse,
and much branched ; clothed with whitish furfuraceous scales. Leaves con-
spicuously petiolate, broadly rhombic ovate, with one or two coarse teeth on
each side.
Obione canescens, Moq. Chenop., p. 74 ; and DC. Prodr. 13, (pars 2,) p.
113 ; Torr., in Stansbury's Report, p. 395. 0. occidentalis, Moq. 1. c. Calli-
gonium canescens, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 370. Jitriplcx canescens, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 197.
Common on the upper tributary of the Red River.
NYCTAGINACEiE.
Oxybaphus angustifolius, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 237 ; Choisy,
in DC, Prodr. 13, (pars 2,) p. 433. Calymenia angusti 'folia, Nutt., in Fras. Cat.
1813, and Gen. 1, p. 26. Upper tributaries of Red River ; June.
O. nyctagineus, Torr., 1. c. ; Choisy, 1. c. Mlionia nyctaginea, Michx., Fl.
1, p. 100. Calymenia corymbosa, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5,
p. 178; not Mirabilis corymbosa, Cav., in which the involucrum is one-flowered.
With the preceding ; May 28.
284 APPENDIX G-- — EOT ANY.
O. Hirsutus, Sweet ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Amer. 2, p. 124 ; Choisy, 1. c. Mlio-
nia hirsuta, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 728. With the preceding. V . Stem erect, 2-3
feet high, sparingly branched ; viscously pubescent ; leaves 2-3 inches long,
and 1-1| inch wide, on very short petioles, nearly entire. Flowers in a long,
loose terminal and naked panicle ; involucre 3-flowered, rotate-companulate.
Fruit fusiform, oblong, 5-angled. As in most of the Nydaginacece, this plant
abounds in cells filled with raphides. These are so abundant in the liber of the
root, that they form a layer of a silvery white color.
Abronia mellifera, Dougl., in Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 2879 ; Choisy, 1. c.
Cache Creek ; fl. and fr. May 18. The specimens in the collection agree exact-
ly with Douglas's plant collected in California, and named by Sir William
Hooker.
CUPULIFERJE.
Qdercus undulata, Torr., in Ann. Lye, 2, p. 248, t. 4. Abundant on the
upper tributaries of the Red River. Stems 1-2 feet long, from a thick woody
base, sparingly branched above. Leaves oblong, two inches or more in length,
undulate, and furnished with 1-3 rather obtuse and scarcely mucronate teeth
on each side, densely and softly pubescent underneath, nearly smooth above,
thick and somewhat coriaceous.
CONIFERiE.
Juniperus Virginiana, Linn.; Michx. f. Sylv. 2, p. 353, t. 155 ; Torr., Fl.
N. York, 2, p. 235. J. sabina, Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 166. Middle Fork
of Red River.
HYPOXIDACE.E.
Hypoxis erecta, Linn.; Bart , Fl. N. Amer., 1, t. 35, f. 1; Torr., Fl. N.
York, 2, p. 289. Headwaters of the Trinity River ; May.
COMMELYNACEiE.
Commelyna angustifolia, Linn.; Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 53; Torr., Fl. N.
York, 2, p. 332. North Fork of Red River ; May-June.
Tradescantia virginica, Linn.; Bot. Mag., t. 105; Bart. 1. c, t. 41;
Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 81 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 333. Abundant on the up-
per tributaries of Red River ; May-June ; extremely variable in pubescence,
and in the breadth of the leaves.
APPENDIX G.— BOTANY.
IRIDACEvE.
Sisyrinchium Bermudiana, Linn.; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 290. Head-
waters of the Trinity ; May .
Nemastylis acuta ; with the preceding-.
LILIACE.E.
Scilla esculenta, Ker. Bot. Mag-., t. 1574. Phalangium esculentum,
Nutt., in Fras. Cat. 1813, Gen. 1, p. 219. P. Quamash, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 226,
Headwaters of the Trinity ; May.
Allium Canadense, Kalm ; Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 223 ; Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 450 ;
Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 308, On Cache Creek ; fl. May 14.
A. ochroleucum, Nutt. Trans, Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 156; not of
Waldst. and Kit. Headwaters of the Trinity ; May.
A. reticulatum, Fras ? Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 435. Jl. angulosum, fi. lenchor-
hizum, Nutt. 1. c. ? Common on the tributaries of Red River, Bulb usually
covered with dark reticulated coats, but sometimes na.ked.
MELANTHACEiE.
Amianthium Nuttalii, Gray, in Ann. Lye, N. York, 4, p. 123. Helonias
angustifolia, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 154. Jlmiantan-
thus, Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 181, Headwaters of the Trinity ; May,
CYPERACE^S.
Cyperus Schweinitzii, Torr. Cyp., p. 276; Fl. N. York, 2, p. 343. C, alter-
niflorus, Schwein., in Long's 2d Exped., 2, p. 381 (not of R. Br.) Middle and
North Forks of Red River ; May-June.
C. Strigosus, Linn,; Torr., Cyp., p. 261 ; Fl. N. York, 2, p. 340, t. 136,
Witchita Mountains ; July.
Cyperus acuminatus, Torr. and Hook., in Torr. Cyp. Suppl. Witchita
Mountains ; July 15.
286 APPENDIX G.— BOTANY.
Fimbristylis spadicea, Vahl, Enum, 2, p. 294 ; Torr. Cyp., p. 346 ; Kunth,
Enum. 2, p. 237 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 360. Headwaters of the Trinity ;
May.
Cares Muhlenbergii, Schk. Car. 2, p. 12, f. 178 ; Schwein. and Torr.
Car., p. 304 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 374. Headwaters of the Trinity, and on
Cache Creek ; May- June.
C. festucacea, Schk. Car. f. 173 ; Carey, in Gray's Bot. N. States, p. 545.
C. straminea. var. festucacea, Torr. 1. c. With the preceding.
GRAMINEiE.
Phalaris angusta, Nees ; Trin. Ic. Gram. t. 78 ; Kunth, Gram. 2, p. 32.
P. occidentalism Nutt., in Trans. Anier. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 144. On
Cache Creek ; May 16. This plant is certainly P. angusta of Trinius, of
which I have specimens named by that distinguished botanist. It appears,
however, scarcely to differ from P. microstaclya, DC.
Paspalum ljeve, Michx. Fl. 1, p. 44 ; Trin. Panic. Gen., p. 160 ; Torr., Fl.
N. York, 2, p. 421. Main Fork of Red River ; June.
Panicum pauciflorum, Ell. Sk. 1, p. 120 ; Gray, Bot. N. States, p. 613.
Headwaters of the Trinity ; May.
P. reticulatum, (n. sp.;) culmo geniculate erecto subsimplici ; foliis vagin-
isque laxe pilosis ; panicula obionga contracta, ramulis racemosis paucifloris ;
spiculis obovatis acutiusculis gTabris breviter pedicellatis muticis ; glumis valde
inaequalibus ; flore neutro bivalvi ; palea inferiore (ut in gluma superiora)
7-costulata reticulata, flore hermaphrodite transverse ruguloso. On the Main
Fork of Red River ; July. Nos, 2090 and 2091, Wright's Coll. N. Mex,
1851-52, are glabrous and more robust forms of this species.
P. obtusum, (H. B. K. ?) spicis 5-7 racemosim dispositis erectis ; spiculis
geminis subimbricatis unilateralibus muticis obovatis obtusis glabris ; glumis
Eequalibus multinervosis ; flore inferiore triandro bipaleaceo ; flore hermaphro-
dite subtilissime longitudinaliter striato subnitido. — H. B. and Kunth, Nov.
Gen. 1, p. 98? Tributaries of the Washita. Plant glabrous and glaucous,
about 18 inches long. Raehis narrowly linear, very flexuous ; nerves of the
glumes green. Near P. obtusum, H. B. K., but differs in the nearly equal
glumes, &c. No. 2092 Wright's Coll. N. Mex. 1851-52, is exactly our
plant.
APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 287
Aristida fasciculata, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 154 ; Kunth,
Enum. 2, p. 196. A. purpurea, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5,
p. 145. Middle Fork of Red River ; May-June.
Agrostis (Sporobolus) airoides, Torr, in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 151.
With the preceding. The axils of the panicle are nearly glabrous in Captain
Marcy's specimens.
Calamagrostis gigantea, Nutt. 1. c., p. 143. Middle Fork of Red River
June 23.
Chloris verticillata, Nutt. 1. c. With the preceding ; June 25. An ele-
gant grass, near C. alba, Presl. and Torr. in Emory's Rep. p. 153.
Bouteloua racemosa, Lag. Var. Cienc. (1805) p. 141 ; Torr. in Emory's
Rep., p. 154 ; not of Torr. Fl. N. York. Dinebra curtipendula, DC? Kunth,
Syn. PI. Eq. 1, p. 281 ; excl. syn. Michx. Eutriana curtipendula, Trin. Fund.
p. 161 (in part ;) Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 280, and Suppl. p, 233; excl. syn. Michx,
and Willd. Main Fork of Red River ; July. The detailed description of this
species by Kunth, 1. c, (drawn from a Mexican specimen collected by Hum-
boldt) shows that the Chloris curtipendula of Michaux (Bouteloua curtipendula,,
Torr.) is a distinct species, as indicated in Emory's Report, 1. c,
Chondrosium oligostachyum. Atheropogon oligostachyum, Nutt. Gen. 1, p,
78 ; Torr. in Sill. Jour. 4, p. 58. Eutriana ? oligostachya, Kunth. Gram, 1, p.
96, ex. Enum. 2, p. 282. Main Fork of Red River ; July 2.
C. papillosum. Jltheropogon papillosum, Engelm. in Sill. Jour. 46, p. 104..
With the preceding, of which it is perhaps only a variety. The species of
Chondrosium and Bouteloua are known by the name of Grama Grasses in New
Mexico and Texas.
Pleuraphis Jamesii, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 148, t. 10 ; Kunth,
Enum. 1, p. 285. Main Fork of Red River; July. Kunth (1. c.) asks whether
this is not Hymenotheceium quinquesetem of Lagasca ; but the brief description
of that author (in Gen. et. Sp. PL Nov. 1816) does not agree with our
plant.
288 APPENDIX G.— BOTANY.
Sesleria dactyloides, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 65; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 323; Torr
in Emory's Report, p. 323, t. 10. Upper tributaries of the Red river; July
This is the well known Buffalo-grass of the western prairies. It is remarkable
that neither the grain nor the fertile flowers of this grass are known.
Poa (Eragrostis) oxylepis. P. interrupta, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.
(n. ser.) 5, p. 146; not of Lam. Witchita mountains; July. A very neat grass.
The specimens of Captain Marcy are only about 18 inches high.
P. eragrostis. Linn.: Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 333; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 458.
North Fork of Red river; July.
P. arachnifera: panicula oblonga contracta, ramulis semiverticillatis; spicis
subquinquefloris, lato-ovatis, fioribus laxis basi et racheos longe lanoso-arach-
noideis; glumis inequalibus anguste-lanceolatis, in carina scabris; palea inferiore
lineari-lanceolata acutissima obscure 3-5-nervata, carina inferne ciliata.
0? spiculis 9-10 floris, rachi sparsa lanosa. Headwaters of the Trinity; May.
Melica glabra, Michx. Fl. 1, p. 62. Witchita mountains; May 30.
Koeleria cristata, Pers. Syn. 1, p. 97; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 381. K. nitida,
Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 74. K. tuberosa, Nutt. in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p.
148. Headwaters of the Trinity.
Festuca nutans, Willd., Enum. 1, p. 116; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 407; Torr.
Fl. N. York, 2, p. 471, t. 158. Witchita mountains; June.
F. tenella, Willd. 1. c; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 397; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p.
470, t. 154. Headwaters of the Trinity; taller than the plant of the Atlantic
States.
Uniola latifoi.ia, Michx., Fl. 1, p. 71; Ell. Sk. 1, p. 167; Kunth, Enum.
1, p. 425. Witchita mountains; July. A tall showy grass, with very large
much compressed spikelets.
U. stricta, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 155. U. multiftora, Nutt.,
in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 148. Washita river to the upper trib-
utaries of the Red river; June-July. No. 2033 Wright's Coll. N. Mex. 1851-52
is the same.
Triticum repens, Linn.; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 440; Torr., Fl. N. York; 2, p.
474. Common on the tributaries of Red river; May-June. All the specimens
are awnless.
Elymt/s Canadensis, Linn.; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 451; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2,
p. 476. E. glaucifolius, Willd. Cache creek, &c; June.
APPENDIX G. — BOTANY. 289
Hordeum Jubatum. Linn.; Torr.j PI. Mid. and N. States, 1, p. 158; Kunth,
Enwn. 1, p. 457. Tributariee of Red river.
H. POSUL1.0M, Nutt, Gen, 1, p, 87, and Trans. Araer, Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5,
p. 151: Kunth, Enum. 1, p, 457.
Trjpsacum BACTfLOiDEs, Linn.; Michx. Fl. 1, p. 61; Nutt. 1. c; Kunth,
Enum. 1, p. 469, North Fork of Red river; June.
^wdropogon Jamesh. Jl. glaucum, Torr. , in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 153;
not of Muhl . With the preceding.
EQUISETACEjE.
etwm HYEMAI.E, Linn.; Pursh, FL 2, p. 652; Torr., Fl. New York, 2,
in Fork of Red river,
APPENDIX Gt. BOTANY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate I. Anemone Caroliniana.
Fig. 1, a stamen, magnified ; fig. 2, a head of pistils ; fig. 3, a head of ripe
achenia, both magnified ; fig. 4, a single achenium, more enlarged.
Plate II. Dythyrjba Wislizeni.
Fig. 1, a flower, magnified ; fig. 2, the pistil, more enlarged ; fig. 3, a ripe
pod, with one cell opened, to show the seed — also magnified ; fig. 4, the
embryo, more magnified.
Plate III. Geranium Fremontii.*
Plate IV. Hgffmanseggia Jamesii.
Fig. 1, a flower ; fig. 2, a pod ; fig. 3, seed — all moderately magnified.
Plate V. Sahguisorba annua.
Fig. 1, a flower; fig. 2, the fruit— both magnified.
Plate VI. Eryngium diffusum.
Fig. i, a separate leaf; fig. 2, a flower ; fig. 3, a petal ; fig. 4, the ovary,
with the styles and three of the sepals ; fig. 5, front view of a stamen and
sepal ; fig. 6, side view of the same — all but fig. 1 more or less magnified.
Plate VII. Euryt-enia Tex an a.
Fig. 1, a meriearp, magnified ; fig. 2, transverse section 'of the same, more
magnified.
i
Plate VIII. Liatris acidota.
Fig. 1, head of flowers, moderately magnified ; fig. 2, a single flower, more
enlarged ; fig. 3, a single bristle of the pappus, still more enlarged.
Plate IX. Aphanostephus ramosissimus.
Fig. 1, a ray-flower; fig. 2, a disk-flower ; fig. 3, style of the same ; fig-. 4,
achenium, with its coroniform pappus — all magnified.
* This species was not found by Captain Marcy, but it grows in the region
that he explored. The plate was prepared for another government report,
which was never published.
292 APPENDIX G.— BOTANY.
Plate X. Xanthisma Texana.
Fig. 1-3, scales of the involucre ; fig. 4, a disk-flower ; fig. 5, achenium and
pappus of the same ; fig. 6, ray-flower ; fig. 7, style of the disk-flower —
all magnified.
Plate XI. Engelmannia pinnatifida.
Fig 1, a ray-flower, with an inner involucral scale ; fig. 2, style of the
same ; fig. 3, a disk-flower ; fig. 4, style of the same ; fig. 5, an achenium
— all magnified.
Plate XII. Artimesia filifolia.
Fig. 1, portion of a flowering branch, moderately enlarged ; fig. 2, a single
head, more magnified ; fig. 3, the same, longitudinally cut and equally
magnified ; fig. 4, a disk-flower, and fig. 5, a ray-flower, both more mag-
nified.
Plate XIII. Erythr^ea Beyrichii.
Fig. 1, a flower, magnified ; fig. 2, a capsule.
Plate XIV. Heliotropium tenellum.
Fig. 1, the calyx ; fig. 2, corollo, showing its aestivation ; fig. 3, the same,
expanded ; fig. 4, the same, laid open ; fig. 5, fruit : fig. 6 longitudinal
section of the seed— all magnified.
Plate XV. Euploca comvolvulacea.
Fig. 1, a flower, moderately magnified ; fig. 2, the same, laid open and
equally magnified ; fig. 3, the stamens, more magnified ; fig. 4, a single
stamen, still more magnified ; fig. 5, the pistil, equally magnified ; fig. G.
fruit, with the persistent style ; fig 7, transverse section of the same,
equally enlarged ; fig. 8, longitudinal section of a seed, more magnified.
Plate XVI. Penstemon ambiguus.
Fig. 1, a flower, moderately magnified ; fig. 2, the stamens and a portion of
the corolla, more enlarged ; fig. 3, the pistil, equally magnified ; fig. 4,
capsule twice the natural size, and dehiscent.
Plate XVII. Lippia ciimeifolia.
Fig. 1, a bract ; fig. 2, a flower ; fig 3, the calyx ; fig. 4, the corolla, cut
longitudinally, showing the stamens and pistil — all moderately magni-
fied ; fig. 5j the pistil, longitudinally cut, more enlarged.
APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 293
Plate XVIII. Abronia ctcloptera.
Fig. 1, involucre, somewhat magnified ; fig. 2, fruit of the natural size ; fig.
3, transverse section of the fruit, magnified ; fig. 4, an achenium, magni-
fied ; fig. 5 S transverse section of the same, also magnified ; fig. 6, the
embryo.
Plate XIX. POA 1NTERRUPTA.
Fig. 1, a spikelet ; fig. 2, single flower; fig. 3, a caryopsis — all magnified.
Plate XX. Uniola stricta.
Fig. 1, a spikelet, magnified.
APPENDIX H.
ETHNOLOGY.
VOCABULARIES OF WORDS IN THE LANGUAGES OF THE CO-
MANCHES AND WITCHITAS : BY CAPT. R. B. MARCY.
APPENDIX H
ETHNOLOGY.
VOCABULARIES OF WORDS IN THE LANGUAGES OF THE CO-
MANCHES AND WITCHITAS : BY CAPT. R. B. MARCY.
Man.......
"Woman . . .
White man.
Mexican . . .
Negro
Indian.. . . .
Delaware. .
Kickapoo. .
Cherokee . .
Osage
Comanche .
Chief.
Friend
Enemy
One
Two.......
Three......
Four ......
Five..
Six........
Seven
Eight
Nine
Ten
Horse... . . .
Mule
Bear
Dog
Prairie-dog.
Sun
Moon
Stars
Water
Fire.......
Road
Smoke
River
Mountain. .
Corn
Grass
Tree
Blanket
Mirror
COMANCHE.
To-e-bitch-e.. . .
Wy-e-pe
To-e-titch-e . . .
Tack-o-ii-bo . .
Toosh-ah-Jj/-bo .
Wash-sashe.
Taak-qtwi-no
Hartch
To-ho-ba-kah ,
Pooke
Moo-rur . . .
Whee -lah . .
Charl-lee ..
Kee-chee. . .
Ta/i-arpe ..
Mushe
Tft-arehe ..
Pah
Koo-o-nah.
CooA:-toe ,
Ho-no
Tb-yah-vees-tah .
Hah ne-fte-tah. . .
Me cheese-ka.. . . .
O/j.o-pee ,
Wah nopp
■A/oA-bo-ne
WITCHITA.
Two-bear-e-fcefe-ah .
A'rt/j-hank.
E-fca-rish.
Es-ta-he.
Es-tah he-cs-co-rash .
£/i-hos.
Nar-tca/i-ro.
Shake -/ca/j-quah.
S/i-an-nack.
Wash-sa.she.
JVb taw.
A-ra-oh.
Hartch.
Now-fa-wah.
Cha-osth
Witch.
Tow -way.
TaaZfc-witch.
Es-qwaic-etch.
Ae-hash.
Ke-o/f-itch.
Ke o-/«t«-wah.
Sa o-Hn-te.
Es-k ir-ri-ah -wash .
Ca.-ivah-ra.
Moo-tut.
Wee-rah.
Kcetch-ah.
Aeec/ie-n'ah.
A'ee-shaw.
Moir (like French.)
Eck-qua-rfe-co.
Keetche.
Es-tore.
To ya,h-cdch-co.
Etch-qua -ask-co ,
Hat.
Ne-yaw-caic-tee.
Tais.
Ec yock-cod.
Cawk.
Ah watqr-cotsh.
Atch-e-o-wash.
298
APPENDIX H, ETHNOLOGY.
COMANCHE.
WITCHITA.
Paint..
Tobacco
Powder
Gun
Bow
Arrow
Yes
No.....
To hear
To sleep
To come ,
To go
Fight
Understand
Talk
Look here
I see
Tell them
He says
How much ?. . .
How far ?....,
Good
Bad
Great
Small
Black
Dead
God
My father
My mother. . .
My brother. . .
My sister
My son
My daughter .
My husband..
My wife
Child
Bojt
Girl
Face
Body
Head
Heart
Breast
Hair
Hand.
Leg
Foot
Neck
Eye
Mouth
Tongue
Back
Bone
Blood
Ear
Scalp
Buffalo . . . . . .
Pees-ah-pee Tah-rah o-way.
Pah-mo Way-co.
Nah-co chee Etch-eod.
Pe-i-it Kah-Zo-kash.
Ho-a a-te Kee-s^i-its.
Pa-ark .A'ay-quats.
Hah Wash.
Kay Ke ah.re.
Nali-gut To-otch kash.
Ithe-pe A-shotch.a-s/ioMJ-bick.
Keem-mah To-ta-os.
Me ah-lo Totch-esch.
Naw-bah-ola-kah Ta-a-chots.
fiTocft-kun-nee Wah-tavv-chow-ofc/i-kash.
Ta-quaw Wash-talk-fce-shaw.
Cab-&oo?i Esh-s/ja-esh.
Un-s/ia-esh.
Marry-e-ah-whit-to . .... .1 22-shock.
raZfc-kash.
Jltch-kinch.
Ah-she-ka-atch-e a-wah.
./Itch-tah.
Naw-owi-ta.
Totch -tali.
Kee-eicft-tah.
Co-rash.
Chaat
Tahe-cbAt
Pe-opp
Ter-titche
Tbo-hop
Ta-yeh j Wah-Za-tash
Tar-a-pe
Ner-acfc-pee
Ner-fce-ar
Ner-Zffi-ma |
Ner-pa-eher j
Ner-Zoo-ar
Ner pa-tax
Ner co mack-pe
Ner-quer
To-a-chee
To-a-nicfc-pe
Wy-ah-pee-chee
Koo-veh
Wahk-cher
Pa-aft
Pe-hee
To-koo
Par-pe
Moo. wah
Ah-Zoo-koo
JVaA-hap
Too yock
Naw-chiche
Tep-pa
Ar-aA-ko
Qua-hee
So-nip
Peeshe-pa,h
jVoA-karke
Pah-pee
CooA>chow
APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY.
299
COMANCHE.
O x Pe-mo ro
Herd of horses Tah-fte-yeh ......
Deer Ul-leek-hah
Turkey Ko-yo-nif-tah
Day Tah-arp
Summer.. 7Varch
Winter . To-han
Spring Tane-ftafe-ro
jij ioht Too-kah-ra,
Morning Pua-ori/t-co
Darkness Teir
Rain Er-mar ,
Snow Tar-kau
Sea Par-hap-hia
Prairie • Ve-he-wale-tc . . ■
Springj (fountain) Pah-hap-pea
Bread Ta-e-s/tfHU-tar . . .
Melon'.'. Pe-fce-na
•Wood Koo-o/t-nee
Forest - Hoo-o/f-cartc . . .
Bird Hoo-choo
Fish Frt-que
Snake Noo-be-er
Stone Terp...
Lead JVwp-parke
Pipe To/i-ish
Corn Hah-ne-fte-teh . .
Tent Kah-fta/i-me
Wampum Tshe-nip
Kettle Way-he-z'o-wuh .
Boat Wo-we-poke
Axe i Ho-Mm-nah
Spear » Cheak
Knife •• Weith
Flint JVa-da-curte
Shoe.'.' Ma-a-pee
Kettle Wit-wah
Town Kee-mt-kie
Warrior Too-a-vitche. . . .
Hot t/r-ate
Cold Urtch-ate
White ' Too-shop
j^ e( j A-frop-tee
Handsome Char-nar-bo-my .
Live JV«i/-ure
Salt O-nae-M-er
J^ear May-titch
Far off Ma-rior-kee
To-morrow Pa-arc/i-quee
To kill ! May-way-kun . .
To eat...
To walk.
To run
Tu-/car-roo .
He?--mumsh .
No-/c«-ark . .
To drink He-fcef-to
To laugh.
To cry . .
To love..
To trade .
Ta-hah-net .. .
T«fe-kay
Kum-mar-pee.
Te-me-a/i-row .
WITCHITA.
300
APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY.
ENGLISH.
COMANCHE.
WITCHITA.
To see =
Me
Nf
He...... . .
They
APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. 30.1
REMARKS ON THE PRECEDING VOCABULARIES, BY PROFESSOR
• W, W. TURNER.
Of the two vocabularies here given, the Comanche agrees
very closely with that obtained by Mr. Robert S. Neighbors,
Indian agent in Texas, and published by H. S. Schoolcraft,
in his History, Condition, and Prospects of the Indian tribes,
vol. 11, p. 494, et sea.; the slight discrepancies which pre-
sent themselves between the two being nearly owing to the
different manner in which the same sounds are caught and
represented by different persons. The ethnological affinities
of the Camanches are w T ell known. They are the most im-
portant tribe of Indians in Texas, and constitute a portion of
the great Shoshonee or Snake family, which have been led
in pursuit of the buffalo far to the south of their congeners.
The vocabulary of the Witchitas, though less complete, is
more interesting, as being the first ever published, as far as I.
am aware. A pretty extended examination, however, has not
enabled me to discover an analogy between it and any other
aboriginal tongue with which we have the means of compar-
ison. It is true, that in Captain Marcy's lists the words for
Osage, friend, mule, bear, prairie-dog, are the same in this lan-
guage as in the Comanche ; but the entire dissimilarity of the
two vocabularies in other respects, shows that the words in
question must have been adopted from one language into the
other, or from a common foreign source. Thus it is evident
that the Comanche name for prairie-dog is borrowed from the
Witch ita, while the name for mule has been taken by both
from the Spanish. The ethnological position of the Witchitas,
then, remains still to be determined.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX.*
Page.
Abronia . . . . 284, 293
Abundance of water and grass. ... 46
Acacia 272
Acephala 242
Acerates 277
Adair bay 126
Achillea 275
Actinella 276
Agama 221, 222
Agassizocrinus 186
Agricultural capabilities 75
Agrostis., 287
Albuquerque, altitude of 121
Alecran (scorpion) 259
Alkaline charater of water. ..... 9
Mlionia 283, 284
Allium 285
Jitliwn 285
Amianthium 285
Jhniant antli us 285
Ammonites 196
Amorpha 271
Amsonia 278
Jlmsonia 278
Anabrus 248, 249
Anacardiacese 269
Analysis of gypsum spring 56
Analysis of gypsum water 99
Analysis of Marcylite 10
Analysis of subsoil 9, 25
Ananchy tes 198
Jlnantherix 277
Anemone 267, 291
Andropogon 289
Jlndropogon 289
Anodonta 245
Antelopes 17, 54, 55, 67
Antilocapra 201
Antiscorbutics 39
Aphanostephus 276, 291
. .Aphanostephus , 276
Apocynum 277
Page.
Aracbnidians 251
Araneida? 251
Archimedipora 188
Argemone 267
Aristida 287
Jlristida 287
Arkansas, geology of 167
Artemisia 274, 292
Asclepiadacete 277
Asclepias 277
Jlsclepias 277
Astarte 194
Astragalus.. 271
Atacamite .10, 147
Mheropogon 287
Atmospheric refraction 44
Atreus 259
Atriplex 283
Baptisia 271
Barometer broken. ]5
Bassaris 147
Battle between Indians 46
Batracbians 235
Bear, instinct of. 62
Beaver creek 69
Beavers, habits of 36
Big Wichita 11
Birds seen 13
Bituminous coal 123
Boraginacere 280
Bos 201
Bottle buried 41
Bottom lands, 92
Boulders 20, 174, 176
Boundary between Texas & Choc-
taw Nation 21
Bouteloua 287
Eouieloua. 287
Bow, its use and material 106
Buffaloes... 17, 27, 29, 77
Synonyms are italicised,.
304
INDEX.
Page.
Buffaloes, diminution of their num-
bers 114
Buffalo grass 43
Buffaloes, range of. 113
Buffaloes, relation of to Indians. . 112
Bufo. 229, 230
Bulimus.. 243
Buthus 259
Brachiopodaj. 188
Brachypeplus 249
Brackish water. ................ 69
Brown coal 153
Brush fence 37
Bryozoa „ 188
G.
Cache creek 8
Calamagrostis 287
Calligonium 283
CallirrhoB 268
Calymenia 283
Canadian 42
Canaje-Hexie 18
Canis ... .. 200
Canons 166
Capparidacese. 267
Carex 286
Carex 286
Caryophyllaceoe 268
Cardium 194
Cassia. 272
Castilleja. 279
Castor 200
Cattle-stealing 106
Centaurea 276
Centipede 262
Ceratichthys 237
Cervus 201
Chastity of prisoners, violation of. 110
Chenopodiacese 283
Chenopodium 283
Chickasaw phim 20
Chief hood of Indians . 105
Ckloris. . . 287
Choctaw reservation, boundary of. 80
Chloris. 287
Chloris 287
Chondrosium 287
Cbondrosiwm 287
Chrysopsis 276
Cirsium 276
Clematis . . 267
Clitoria 271
Cnemidophorus 226
Cnidoscolus 171
Coal 283
Page.
Coal basin in west. ............. 152
Coal of Brazos 152
Cold weather. * 32
Coal west of Mississippi 152
Colorado, confusion of the name. 4
Coluber 214
Cornanches 93
Comanches, physical features of. 107
Cornanches, subdivisions of. .... . 103
Comanche trail. 27
Comandra 281
Commelyna 284
Commelynaceae 284
Composite 274
Coniferae 284
Convovulvus 278
Convolvulus 278
Convolvulacere 278
Copper........ 162
Copper, carbonate of. 177
Copper ore. .8, 9, 10, 25, 145
Coronella. 214
Courses and distances 140
Cretaceous fossils 172, 191
Cretaceous rocks. 172
Crinoidea 186
Crotalus 202
Crotaphytus 221
Croton 282
Cross Timbers 76, 87, 92
Cruciferse 267
Cucumis 273
Cucurbita 273
Cucurbita 273
Cucurbitacea3. 273
Cupuliferae 284
Cyathrocrinus 186
Cyelas 243
Cyperaceae 285
Cyperus 285
Cypcrus 288
D.
Daihinia ....... 246
Dalea. 271
Dalea 271
Dasystoma 279
Deer .63, 67
Deer-bleat 54, 70
Delphinium 267
Desmodium 271
Dews 46
Didelphys 201
Dinebra 287
Diploppapus 276
INDEX.
305
Page.
Distances from Fort Belknap to
Santa Fe 97
Dithyrsea. 268, 291
Divide 13, 15
Dodecatheon • 281
Dofii Ana 126
Drift 163, 178, 180
Drift-hills 179
Drought 39
E.
Early explorations of Red river. . 2
Echinacea 275
Echinodermata 198
Egletes 276
Elevations above sea. 48. 61
Elk creek 22
Elymus 288
Elymus 288
Encampment, mode of. 33
Engelmannia 276, 292
Engelmannia 282
Enslenia.. 277
Equisetaceae 289
Equisetum 289
Eragrostis 288
Eriogonum 283
Eritrichium 285
Erilrichium 285
Eryngium 290
Erythrsea 278, 292
Erythrcea 278
1'Etage Senonien 169
Euchroma 279
Eulima 196
Euphorbia 282
Euphorbiacea? 282
Euploca 280, 292
Euploca 282
Eurytamia 274, 291
Eustoma 278
Eutsenia 205
Eutriana 287
Evolvulus 278
Evolvulus. 278
Exogyra 191
Explorations by Gregg 5
" " James 4
" " Lono- 4
" Pike ........ 3
" " Sparks 2
False rumors.
20
82
Page.
False scorpions. ................ Ji59
Fedia 274
Felis 201
Ferruginous sand. 183
Fertility of soil 80
Festuca 288
Fimbristylis 286
Fish ...26, 233
Flies, annoyance from .71, 76
Fort Arbuckle, arrival at. ...... . 88
Fort Belknap 6, 13
Fort Smith, altitude of. ........ . 121
Fort Smith, arrival at ......... . 5
Fossils 49
Fossil-wood ..... 176
French explorations of Red river. 2
Fresh water .38, 40
G.
Gaillardia 275
Galeodes. ..................... 261
Garter snake ............... 205
Gasteropoda ................... 243
Gaura .... ................ 272
GentianacesE .................. 278
GeraniacetB 269
Geranium .269, 291
Gerardia 279
Geology of Arkansas ........... 167
Geology of country ............ 167
Glandularis 280
Globiconcha ................... 195
Glycyrrhiza 270
Gnats, annoyance from ......... 73
Gold.... 173
Gold-bearing formation 20
Gold-bearing rocks ............. 159
Gold deposites.. ............... 17
Gold diggings of Colorado ...... 158
Grama grass .30, 45, 54
Grama 281
Graminese 286
Granite .16, 17, 173
Grapes 38
Grasses, native ................ 79
Grazing, best time for .......... 33
Gregg's expedition 5
Greyhounds, use of, in chase. ... 27
Grossulacea; 273
Grotto in gypsum .............. 56
Grove of timber 23
Grypham 192
Guides, sagacity of. ........... . 81
Gynamblosis. .................. 282
Gypsum .22, 50
Gypsum beds, extent of. ....... . 99
306
INDEX.
Page.
Gypsum deposite m, . . 164
Gypsum formation 157
Gypsum in South America 1G4
Gypsum water, analysis of 86, 99
II.
Head of navigation of Red river. 97
Head spring of Red river 60
Hedyotis 274
Heterodon 208
Helianthus 275
Helix plebeium 31
Heliotropium 292
Helonias 285
Hemiaster 198
Hendecandra 282
Hendecandra 282
Herpetodryas 214
Hoffmanseggia 271, 291
Holaster 198
Holbrookia 206
Holect3 T pus 199
Homeward inarch 63
Hordeum 289
Hospitality, rights of 109
Houstonia 274
Hundredth degree of longitude.. . 20
Hymenopappus 275
Hymcnopappus 275
Hymenolkecium 287
Hymenoxys ^ . . . . 276
Hypoxidacese 284
Hypoxis 284
Ignorance of power of whites. . . . 108
Incredulity of Indians 108
Indians 80
Indians and Tartars compared. . . 112
Indian camps 33
Indian forays 95
Indian horsemanship 103
Indians, mode of checking 96
Indians of Red river, general de-
scription of 1 02
Indian tracks 69
Indian villages 78
Indigofera 270
Inoceramus 193
Ipomaea 278
Iridacece 285
Iron sands. 147
J.
James, Dr., journal of. 4
Janira 191
Jasper 159
Jatropha 283
Julus 264
June rise 16, 87, 98
Juniperus 284
Juniperus 284
Juniperus Virginiana 57
Kaskia Indians 3
Ke-clie-a-qui-ho-no 53
Keechies 101
Kickapoos 87
Kioways 39, 47, 93
Kioway creek 41
Koeleria 288
Kocleria 288
Krameria 270
Krameriacere 270
L.
Labiatae 280
Latitudes 41, 61, 64, 69
Lakes of Red river 91
Laguna Colorado 121
Labradorite 148
Leguminosas 270
Lepachys 275
Lephrosia 270
Leptocaulis 273
Letophis 219
Lepus 200
Leuciscus 237, 238, 239, 240
Liatris 274, 291
Liatris 274
Lies told by the Indians 19
Lightning 14
Lignite 159
Liliacea 285
Lime 25
Linacese 268
Linum 268
Lippia 280, 292
Liquor, use of, among Indians. . . 114
Lisianthus 278
Little Witchita 6
Lizards described 219
Llano Estacado 36, 38, 45
INDEX.
307
Page.
Llano Estacado impracticable for
a railroad 119
Llano Estacado, geology of. 179
Loasaceae 273
Lodges, Witchita, town of. 78
Loess creek 31
Longitudes 41
Long's exploration 4
Long's peak 125
Lost member of party 42
Lutra 200
Lycosa 252
Lygodesmia 276
Lygosoma 228
Lymneea 244
Lynx 200
M.
Magnetic needle, variation of. . . . 68
Malva 268
Malvastrum 268
Malvaceae 268
Mammals . . .' 200
Manganese ore 147
Marcylite 10, 134
Marshallia 276
Masticophis 217
McClellan's creek 44
Medicine lodges 116
Melampodium 276
Melampodium 276
Melanthacese 285
Melica 288
Mentzelia 273
Mephitis 200
Meteorological observations 127
Mezquite grass 7
Mezquite wood 31, 43, 64, 70, 123
Middle Comanches 85
Military post, new one advised .90, 91
Mineralogy 145
Mirabilis 283
Mirage 45
Mollusca 191
Monarda 280
Monarda 280
Mount Scott 76
Mount Webster 22
Mountains, physical features of. . . 71
Mulberry creek 65
Mule lost 80
Mygale 251
Myosotis 281
Myriapods 262
N.
Navigation of Bio- Witchita 7
Negroes, hostility to. 110
Nemastylis 285
North Fork 25
Nyctaginace<£ 283
Oaks, dwarf. 26
Obione 283
Obione 283
CEnothera 272
Oldenlandia 274
Onagraceaj 272
Ophibolus 214, 215, 216
Order for expedition 1
Orthopterous insects 248
Ostrea 192
Otter creek. 16
Overcup oak 8
Oxalidacece 268
Oxalis 268
Oxybaphus .283, 284
Oxy tropis 271
Pah-hah-en-ca 85
Palaeontology 186
Pat afoxia 275
Panicum 286
Panicum., 286
Panopeai 194
Panther 12
Papaveracoa 267
Paronychia 268
Paspalum 186
Pass in the mountains 76
Patent Office, letter from. ..... 65
Peak of Guadalupe 124
Pecten 191
Pentratrematiks 187
Pentremites 187
Pentstemon .279, 292
Pentstemon 280
Petalostemon 270, 271
Petrified wood 44
Phalangium 286
Phalangopsis 286
Phalaris 286
Phalaris 286
Phengites 165
Phlox 281
Phrynosorna 220
Physa .243, 244
Physalis , 279
Pike's expedition 3
508
INDEX.
Page.
Pituophya 21 1
Planorbia . 244
Plantagenacera 283
Plantago 283
Pleuraohis 287
Poa...* 288, 293
Poa. 288
Polanisia 267
Polemoniace-Es 281
Polygala.. 2G9
Polygalaceae.. 269
Polygonaccaj 283
Polyotus 277
Polytenia 273
Pomotis..... 235
Porphyritic greenstone 157
Portulacaceee 268
Poterium 272
Prairie dogs 45
Prairie-dog towns 50
Presents distributed 18
Preston 97
Preston, arrival at 6
PrimulaceEe 281
Prisoners, release of 85
Prisoners, Mexican 85
Procyon 200
Productus.. 189
Primus chicaaa 20
Psammophis 217
Pseudoscorpionidee 260
Psoralea.. 270
Ptelea.. *>69
Ptoromys. 200
Pupa muscorum. 3]
Pure water. 69
Phyrrlsopappus 276
Quapaws. 101
Quercus .... ^ 284
Quercus macrocarpa. 8
Quicksand 7 , 32
It.
Raft of Red river 90
Railroad, best route for 120, 123
Railroad, general considerations
respecting 119
Rain .....14, 15, 16, 70
Rains, times of occurrence 46
Rana 231
Ranunculacese 267
Rattlesnake 217
Red clay formation lao
Red river 21
Red river, early explorations of. . 2
P«.ed river, its physical characters 91
Red river, position of sources. ... 92
Reptiles 202
Reptiles collected 66
Religious belief 116
Retepora 188
Rhus 269
Rhynchosia 270
Ribes 273
Riddellia 275
Riddellia 275
Rio Raijo of Humboldt 4
Rise of river 47
River terraces 97
Rock bed of river 59
Rock salt 98
Rosacea? 272
Rubiacece 274
Rudbeckia 275
Rudbeckia 275
Rush creek 87
Sabbatia 278
Safe return 89
Sagacity of Indians 35
San Diego 122
Sand-hills 17, 98
Sandy creek 43
Salt Fork 23
Salt, incrustation of 37
Salt springs 185
Salt plains not at head of Red river 45
Sanguisorba 272, 291
Santalacese 281
Sapindacese 269
Sapindus 269
Sceleporus 224
Scenery, magnificent 60
Schrankia 272
Schrankia angustata 48
Scilla 285
Sinews 229
Sciurus 200
Scolopendra 262
Scoria 155
Scorpio 257
Scorpions 257
ScorpionidiE 257
Scotophis 213
Scrophulariaceffi 279
Scutellaria 280
Scurvy 39, 47
INDEX.
309
Page-
Scyphia.. .. .. . 155
Sections, geological 172
Selenite 176
Septaria 148
Serpents 202
Sesleria 288
Shells 242
Shepard, Prof. C. U., letter from. 145
Shortest route to Pacific 123
Sicydimn 273
Sicydium . 273
Sida 268
•Sidell's route 124
Sierra Waco ]22
Signs, use of. 109
Silene 268
■Sisyrinchium 286
Smoke of Indians 67
Snows, little obstruction from. . . . 123
Soils, analysis of. 148
Solanacess 279
Solanum . . 279
Solidago 274
Spark s expedition 2
Spermophilus 201
-Spiders 252
Spirifer 190
Sporobolus 287
Staked Plain 63
Staked Plain, etymology of. ... . 100
Stevia 275
Stillingia 282
Stillingia 282
Strept'hanthus , 267
Subsoils 168
Subsoil, analysis of. 8
Succinea 245
Succinea elongata 31
Sulphate of lime 49
Sulphur river 123
Sulphuret of lead 184
.Superstitions. 116
Suydam creek 27
Sweetwater creek 32
Swiftness of wild animals 68
T.
Talinum 268
Talk with the Indians. 18
Taniias 200
Tarantula 251
Tarantulidae 254
Tartars and Indians compared . . . 104
Telegonous 257
Temperature of water 9
Terebratula 189, 190
Page.
Terraces of river 38
Tertiary coal 152
Teucrium 280
Teucrium 280
Thelyphonus 255
Tkesium 281
Thirst..... 58, 59
Tiliqua 229
Tillable land on Red river 92
Timber 71
Timber, large size of. 43
Timber, varieties of. 8, 13
Titanian sands 147
Tobacco, use of. Ill
To-se-quash 85
Tradescantia 284
Traffic of Indians, illegal. ....... 114
Tragia 282
Tragia 282
Transportation of stores, route for 96
Trigonia 193
Trinity river 122
Tripsacum 289
Triticum 288
Tylostoma 195
Umbelliferte 273
Unio 243, 244, 245
Uniola 288, 293
Uniola 288
Ursus 200
V.
Valerianaces 274
Valley, fertile 76
Verbena 280
Verbenacece 280
Vermillion, use of. 108
Vesicaria 267
Vicia 270
Vinaigron ( Thelyphonus) 254
Vitaceai 269
Vitis 269
Volcanic rocks 158
Vulpes 117
W.
Wacos 84, 101
War-club 107
War parties 106
310
INDEX.
Page.
War parties, how distinguished. . 27
Warner's pass 126
Water basin 64
Water of Red river, analysis of. . 165
Water, sudden rise of. 14
Wildcat 66, 110
Wild-horse creek 87
Winds, prevailing. 33
Winters of Red river 92
Witchitas 18, 83, 101
Witchita mountains.. 10, 17, 67, 69
Witchita mountains, agricultural
capabilities of country about ... 78
Witchitas, extent of their country. 75
Page.
Wichita mountains, structure of. . 1 75
Women, condition of 112
X.
Xanthisma 292
Z.
ZanthoxylaceiE 269
Zapania 280
Zinnia 275
Zoology.. 200
2
'...
'
V
m?
'Mk
'■V
'?'' '-■:"-
mm
<
izl
- I
">M.
till
N°8.
Wmm
-v. ^
4*" ■■:?
*«* -*w K - • /•■
lib
Ackerm an Li fh 3 79 B r o a ohv ay 1 ■-
VIEW NEAR THE HEAD OF THE KE-CHE-AH-pUE-HONO
N a 10.
HEAD OF KE- CHE -AH- QUE -HO -NO OR THE MAIN BRANCH OF REE-R1V3R
>s-
W
GEOLOGICAL SECTION. SHOWING THE ORDER AND SUCCESSION OF THE STRATA FROM WASHINGTON COUNTY ARKANSAS TO FORT BELKNAP TEXAS.
BY GEORGE G SHUMARD M.D.
~r > -i i. r
zx I r~ i c
*■ » * * >
fcd
ly "> 1
CD
-'„"*-
.;
fH
'
• i ,,|?W
O
1
fcjj
t
|
- /-
Pj
f)
t- 1
p" 1
: -"-6V,
t—
tj
i',| ; | ,'|
|
o
i
1
SB
,,ttj
es
- ' >' -
•
;':\jf^. '
SO
".;:;;'
i
if
w
/
■ M
-+
R
-r-
- > % j. *
'-;'■;
>'
' 22,'
P
pj
-
.'/■
.".to :l ■
. /
L ^
w
/
CD
/^
^J
J
r^
o
7""'~ - '
a
M
P
if
I
1
h- 1 -
t
O
n
O
b
g
o
>
r
rD
2.1 #
-i_LlLL.llLl_T-
o
p
o
r
O
g
o
>
r
to
s
-j
O
z
pi
t~
r -
J>
Z
o
m
in
H
>
O
>
O
O
o
I o
Cro-
>
z
c_
c
z
rn
DO
<
O
m
p
(/>
I
c
>
30
o
i i i i i i i i i ^h— i i i I i i i i — r i i i — i — -
S'
s
a*
adt?
o
m
o
r
O
Q
o
>
r
n)
m
a
H
o
T,
O
*/>
H
>
Z
m
>
H
X
m
;x
n
>
D
o
-'1
31
1*1
D
2
<
x
>
m
c
|T|
o
a
'■■
X
C
2
>
c
PL
p
g'3
Pi a
-
:3i°
is -
&?-
'a
i
o
n
o
i-
o
g
o
>
r
o>
m
o
H
O
Z
o
-n
O
r
-n
■n
0)
O
z
o
>
o
3:
m
o
n
Fi
■<
o
n
o
b
bo
3r
C
>
XI
Q
iteu
/ :.'/
•■ * m ■
mm
:.-\
%^
I
^
^
,
.
I
f't
■
■ -%
■0j§^k
/ -ipi
-JM3
f%
-
xMsMfc ^ •■44
■^-■-"i^i^^u
Palaeontology
p]
/
//
\ V
m
'i ;"■
2
:
N V
\;
s
*■/'
1 h.
.
JH.RLchard
W.ILDoucsal .
. 3 CONFLUENTUS, Sa
y-
PL II.
^sil
-«w >£»>»
Acker man Lith 379 Broad* 1 1
EUTAENIA FB ' , B.St G.
V/.Il.riouOal
Zoology
fi m
■
.J.H.Richavd
W.H.T' i
EUTAENIA MARGIANA, B.&G
*%
mam
%m' r
}K ^Wm
HET'EP
W.B Douoal
.ooloCty
I'l.V
*^WR¥ V
J'-!.Jl>cUard. > v [l "■■■
pituophis mc'clellanii, b.&.g.
! oology
PI . VI
M^S
■J,':
sS^-" l \
.ELRicharcL.
: ""~%
W.H.Dougal.
SCOT 1 OPHI S LAETU S , B . & . G
%.
7-3
ty-
JSssSSSS
t x -
; j
,.
X.,
A
WW
. pfc ■ ^
®58mM{nf
' ■
■
"J. H. Richard.
■i? / •-''
OPHIBOLUS ' ' 'IIIS-.B
W.H.Do
' 7
••■
'
(
'
• K \^y.
^>"
Lohard.
WH.Douqai.
ZooloOy.
PI. XL
h
&-<•
M.
%.
I "
,J
M&
W$mm
m.
C*
^:.M x \
°- ®
m.
^N
iRHi
Mm L - •
££%gm
R - S£b
igi , Y*
r-cDv-
/P-SSs^JrS^S^ 5
_i
J.H.Richai'd. AckermajiLitL379Broadwa.y N Y
BUFO GOGNATUS , Say.
WH.Dou^.al.
m
„, l;
;X
b
-
■&
{/fMfr-
%£
m
' !'
■*F
Zoo]
PI . XIV.
«3f*~*
~^ :
• .
Zool opy
PI. XV.
J.H.TiiehaTd. Xicmgal.
Tigs.1-4. BBACHYPEPLUS MAGNUS, G. Eg». 9-13 DAIHINIA PEEV1FES ,Eald
Pigs . 5— 8 . ANABKUS HALDEMANII , G .
-
...X ^ , >'<^ - jl
^J
-
5
si "
U
IH-Ricl-iard .
Figs. 1-3. MY '
. -i '. ,m' ! ,OSA> G,
J
4 -^
.
^^^
' ■^&Jj0 i
'
#
f
i
..
\
\
****3v
5**.
*>
^tefej-!
, l/
/
d
'
.
/ y — . -
■
i™j?— ■<*
jSi3«
£ 5
■
; f !
i* ,•
^
-
r
-•
■- 2J ; ■
?
n
.
;
I
. ■•: .
PI li
€3^- ,1*-'' V- ' \k£ ,
icTcermauIitL37
DIT . ttSLIZE
pi. in.
I
GERANIUM EREMOE
botany
El. IV
Ackermaiil ,i th.379 Bi oa-iwayiNf i
HOP JMATSTS E i 1 ( J I A JASME SII
i ferayM
[SORB A ANNUA.
Botany
PI. VI.
AckermauL : Toa iwayNY
ERYNGIUM DIFFUSUM .
Botany .
P1/VH
AifennaiLlitliBBr'jacb/raxtTI
EU-RY T^LTTIA TE XAETA
jotany.'
P1VU1
; ,
\C- /.-
'i
Ackennan'Lith37SBroadwayNY
LJATRIS ACID OTA.
."
Botany.
PL.
A<&OTiauLi&37SBroacbrayKI
.APHATTO S TEPHUS RAMOSISSIMTJS .
Botany
i'l X.
Ackermanl.itti - <
XANTHISMA TEX AN A.
pm
Ackermanlith 379Br o id-way N"Y
.lin^LMANNIA P1NNATIFIDA.
Botany
ELX11.
Ackerm2mItQi379Broaotwayiy
ARTEMISIA J1LIFOLIA.
Botany
P1.X111
a. /..:n:. i . * . , -.r i ? i r., r; N /
ERYTHR i£, A BEYRICH1I.
PI. XIV
. • IPIU'JVI fENELL ""
Pi XV
th.379
EUPLOGA COWOLVUJ
Botany
El.xv.
AclermanLitliS'/gBioadwaj NY
PENTSTEMOlsT AMBIGUUM
Botany
PI XVII.
Ackermanlitk. 379 Br oaiway 1ST Y
ZPPIA CUNEIFOLIA
Botany .
T1XIX.
■ ■ /
Ac'kenaanIraiSra'B:
POA INTERRUPT A
.Botany
PI XX.
uiiTitli379Broailway]>r X
UNIOLA STRIGTA.
H 493 85 if
■•* %
■-'„ ■■>•.,
4r e °
' J? " «*
HECKMAN
BINDERY INC.
1985
N. MANCHESTER.
Wg^ INDIANA 46 962_
ay
■ ■■
%&